0% found this document useful (0 votes)
272 views677 pages

MS01 v4.2 All Installation Manuals - Zip

Uploaded by

SOFIANE BOUROUIS
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
272 views677 pages

MS01 v4.2 All Installation Manuals - Zip

Uploaded by

SOFIANE BOUROUIS
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 677

Operating System Setup GUIDE

FRONTIER WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE –


for Windows® 7

MS01 Software Version 4.0

Universal Guide for


First Edition
Service Technician Use
Copyright Not ice
© Copyright 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation
Frontier Workflow Management Software MS01 Installation Guide
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, translated, or
stored in a retrieval system in any form or by any means, without the prior written consent of FUJIFILM
Corporation.

Soft ware Licensing Agreem ent


PLEASE READ THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE OPENING THIS
PACKAGE OR USING THIS SOFTWARE. OPENING THIS PACKAGE OR USING THIS SOFTWARE
INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE
WITH THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, PROMPTLY RETURN THIS SOFTWARE UNOPENED TO
YOUR SUPPLIER AND YOUR MONEY WILL BE REFUNDED.
This Software License Agreement is a legal document between you (a single entity) and FUJIFILM
Corporation (the "Licensor") for the MS01 Frontier Workflow Management Software (the "Software"). The
Software includes the Frontier Workflow Management Software MS01 software, the associated media,
any printed materials and any electronic documentation. By using the Software, you agree to the terms of
this Software License Agreement.
The Licensor grants you a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use one copy of the Software in
object code only.

Ownership Retained By Licensor


FUJIFILM Corporation owns all title and copyrights in and to the Software and the Licensor has the full
right and authority to grant the license granted herein. Your license does not give you any title or
ownership in the Software, nor is it a sale of any rights in the Software. The only right granted to you is
the right to use the Software in accordance with the terms of this Software License Agreement. All rights
not specifically granted to you under this Software License Agreement are reserved by the Licensor.
You may make only a single copy of this Software as a backup copy, provided that it includes all notices
and markings, including copyright, trademark and other proprietary notices as on the original. Such
backup copy of the Software may not be in use at any time unless the original Software is damaged
beyond use, and it must remain in your possession and control. You may not copy the Software onto any
public network. You may not, and you may not allow others to, modify, disassemble, decompile, translate,
reverse engineer, reproduce, make derivative works of or enhance the software. You may not, and you
may not allow others to, rent, lease, sell, sublicense or otherwise transfer the Software to any other
person.
In addition to any other rights it may have, the Licensor may terminate this Software License Agreement if
you fail to comply with the terms and conditions hereof. In such event, you must cease all use of the
Software and destroy all copies of the Software and all of its component parts.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
i
At the Licensor's sole discretion, the Licensor may from time to time provide you with updates to the
Software. Any such updates shall become part of the Software licensed to you hereunder and subject to
all of the terms and conditions of this Software License Agreement.

Disclaim er of Warranties
The Licensor expressly disclaims any and all warranties relative to the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS
PROVIDED “AS IS," WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR OF
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT AND THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY
AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LICENSED PRODUCT IS WITH YOU.

Lim itation of Liability


In no event shall the Licensor be liable for any direct, special, incidental, indirect or consequential
damages whatsoever to you (including, without limitation, damages for loss of profits, sales or data or for
business interruption) arising out of the use of or inability to use the Software, even if the Licensor has
been advised of the possibility of such damages. In any event, the Licensor's entire liability under any
provision shall be limited to the greater of the amount actually paid by you for the Software or $25.
Because some states and jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability, the above
limitation may not apply to you. If any provision of the Software License Agreement is declared by a court
of competent jurisdiction to be invalid for any reason, such invalidity shall not effect the remaining
provisions hereof.

Governing Law
This Software License Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard
to conflict of laws principles.

Term
This License Agreement is effective until terminated. You may terminate this License Agreement by
returning the Licensed Product to Licensor. Licensor may terminate this License Agreement if you breach
any of the terms and conditions. Upon termination of this License Agreement for any reason, you shall
return the Licensed Product to Licensor. All provisions of this Agreement relating to disclaimers of
warranties, limitation of liability, remedies, or damages, and Licensor's proprietary rights shall survive
termination.
YOU ACKNOWLEDGE YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS AGREEMENT AND AGREE TO
BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS. YOU FURTHER AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT IS THE COMPLETE
AND EXCLUSIVE STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU AND LICENSOR, AND
SUPERSEDES ANY PROPOSAL OR PRIOR AGREEMENT, ORAL OR WRITTEN, AND ANY OTHER
COMMUNICATIONS RELATING TO SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT.

NY-177971 v3 0950000-102

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
ii
Table of Cont ent s

CH APTER 1 : I N TROD UCTI ON .......................................................................................................................4


OVERVI EW ................................................................................................................................................................4
CH APTER 2 : OPERATI N G SYSTEM SETUP ..............................................................................................5
W I NDOWS® 7 I NSTALLATI ON .................................................................................................................................5
Drive Set up ......................................................................................................................................................5
Creat e FRONTI ER Account .........................................................................................................................8
Act ivat e Windows ..........................................................................................................................................9
CH APTER 3 : W I N D OW S ® 7 POST- I N STALLATI ON SETUP .......................................................... 10
D RI VE SETUP ( AFTER W I NDOWS® 7 I NSTALLATI ON) ....................................................................................... 10
CONTROL PANEL SETTI NGS .................................................................................................................................. 15
Overview ......................................................................................................................................................... 15
Access t he Cont r ol Panel .......................................................................................................................... 24
Display ............................................................................................................................................................. 25
Folder Opt ions .............................................................................................................................................. 28
I ndexing Opt ions ......................................................................................................................................... 30
Per sonalizat ion ............................................................................................................................................. 34
Pow er Opt ions ............................................................................................................................................... 38
User Account s ............................................................................................................................................... 45
OTHER SETTI NGS/ TASKS ..................................................................................................................................... 51
Overview ......................................................................................................................................................... 51
Recy cle Bin Set t ings ................................................................................................................................... 51
Net w ork Card Set t ings .............................................................................................................................. 53
Gr oup Policy .................................................................................................................................................. 58
Windows Fir ewall ......................................................................................................................................... 63

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
iii
Chapter 1: Introduction

Overview
This universal guide is intended for retail labs running FUJIFILM systems regardless of
location.
Important: Review this entire guide to determine which sections apply to your lab before you
begin installing any software.
®
This setup guide provides details and instructions for setting up Windows 7 operating systems prior to
installation of FUJIFILM’s Frontier Workflow Management Software (MS01) for retail lab systems
internationally. It may need to be used in association with a regional or retail client-specific guide.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
4
Chapter 2: Operating System Setup
®
This chapter provides instructions for initial setup of Windows 7 for use with MS01 version 4.0, including
tasks which must be performed prior to creating a base image.

Windows® 7 Installation
®
Important: This section refers to parts of the Windows 7 installation requiring specific settings in
®
order to adequately support MS01 4.0. Refer to this section while installing Windows 7.

Drive Setup
Important: There must be a minimum of one drive with at least two partitions, or two drives each
having their own partition. Each drive should have a minimum storage space of 40GB.

1 When the Which type of installation do


®
you want? screen of the Windows 7
installer displays, click Custom
(advanced).

The Where do you want to install


Windows? screen displays.

Note: This example may differ from what


is displayed on your screen. All of your
drives are displayed in the list.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
5
2 Click Drive options (advanced).

The menu on the bottom of the screen


updates, displaying advanced drive
options.

3  To create a new partition:


a. Click New.

A Size spin control displays.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
6
b. Set the Size to no less than 40960 MB.

c. Click Apply.

An Install Windows dialog box may display with a message about additional partitions
that Windows might create for system files.

d. Click OK.

e. Complete Windows® 7 installation.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
7
 To extend the an existing partition into unallocated space (increase partition size):
a. Select the desired drive in the list.

b. Click the Extend button.

A Size spin control displays.

f. Set the Size to no less than 40960 MB.

c. Click Apply.

d. Complete Windows® 7.

Create FRONTIER Account


®
A FRONTIER user account must be created during Windows 7 installation.

1 From the Choose a user name… screen,


type the following information in the
specified fields:
 User Name: FRONTIER
 Computer Name: FRONTIER

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
8
2 Click Next.

The Set a password for your account


screen displays.

3 In the Type a password (recommended) field, type FRONTIER.

4 In the Retype your password field, type FRONTIER.

5 In the Type a password hint field, you may type a hint Windows will display in the event you forget
the password.
®
6 Continue with the Windows 7 installation.

Activate Windows
®
During the Windows 7 installation, a Type
your Windows product key screen displays.
Type the product key in the appropriate field
and ensure the Automatically activate
Windows when I’m online check box is
selected.
®
Windows 7 will automatically activate when a
network cable is connected to the computer
and there is Internet connectivity.

®
Continue with the Windows 7 installation.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
9
Chapter 3: Windows® 7 Post-Installation Setup
Important: You must log-in the FRONTIER user account prior to completing the tasks in this
section.

Drive Setup (After Windows® 7 Installation)


®
If you were unable to setup drives during Windows 7 installation, follow the instructions in this section to
setup drives now. There must be a minimum of one drive with at least two partitions, or two drives each
having their own partition. Each drive should have a minimum storage space of 40GB.

1 ®
Select the Windows menu button located at the bottom-left corner of the screen.
®
The Windows Start Menu displays.

2 Click the Control Panel button.

The Control Panel window opens.

3 Click Administrative Tools.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
10
The Administrative Tools window opens.

4 Double-click Computer Management.

The Computer Management window


opens.

5 From the navigation menu on the left,


select Disk Management under the
Storage option.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
11
The contents of the window update to
display disk management information.

6 Right-click an unallocated region on the


hard disk.

A context menu displays.

7 Select New Single Volume… from the menu.

The New Simple Volume Wizard opens


displaying the Welcome screen.

8 Click Next.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
12
The Specify Volume Size screen
displays.

9 In the Simple volume size in MB field, type a value no less than 40960.

10 Click Next.

The Assign Drive Letter or Path screen


displays.

11 Ensure the Assign the following drive


letter radio button is selected and select
the desired drive letter to assign the new
partition from the associated drop-down
menu.

12 Click Next.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
13
The Format Partition screen displays.

13 Click Next.

The Completing the New Simple


Volume Wizard screen displays.

14 Click Finish.
The wizard closes and the new drive partition setup is complete.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
14
Control Panel Settings

Overview
In this section, you will learn how to:
 Access the Control Panel (see page 24)
 Modify Display
 1 From the Control Panel, click
Display.

The Display menu screen displays.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
15
2 Click Adjust resolution.

The Screen Resolution screen


displays.

3 From the Resolution drop-down


menu, select 1024 x 768.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
16
4 Click Apply.

The system updates, displaying the new Resolution settings.

A Display Settings dialog box opens


asking you to confirm the settings.

5 Click Keep changes.

The Display Settings dialog box closes and the Screen Resolution screen returns to focus.

6 Click OK.

The Display menu screen displays.

7 Click Control Panel Home to return


to the Control Panel main menu.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
17
 Folder Options (see page 25)
 Modify Indexing Options (see page 30)
 Modify Personalization
 1 From the Control Panel, click Personalization.

The Personalization screen displays.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
18
2 Look at the Screen Saver setting at the bottom-right corner
of the screen.

3 If the Screen Saver setting is set to:


 None – skip to the next step.
 Any other option – complete the following steps:
a. Click the Screen Saver icon.

b. The Screen Saver Settings dialog box opens.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
19
c. From the Screen saver drop-down menu,
select None.

d. Click Apply.

e. Click OK.

f. The Screen Saver Settings dialog box closes


and the Control Panel > Personalization
screen returns to focus.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
20
4 From the list of desktop background themes, scroll down to
Basic and High Contrast Themes.

The system processes the request and a Please Wait


message displays. During this time, the display converts to
black and white and you will not be able to perform any
commands – do not be alarmed, the system is only updating
its display settings.

Once complete, the display is updated to the Windows


Classic theme and the required Personalization settings
are complete.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
21
5 Click Control Panel Home to return to the Control Panel
main menu.

 Power Options (see page 34)


 Modify

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
22
 User Accounts (see page 45)
Important: Complete all instructions in each sub-section of this section before moving onto the
next section.
Open the Control Panel and set the View by option to Small icons.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
23
Access the Control Panel
®
The sections following this section require the Windows Control Panel to be open. Follow the steps in
this section to access the Control Panel.

>>> To access the Control Panel:

1 ®
Select the Windows menu button located at the bottom-left corner of the screen.
®
The Windows Start Menu displays.

2 Click the Control Panel button.

The Control Panel window opens.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
24
Display
1 From the Control Panel, click Display.

The Display menu screen displays.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
25
2 Click Adjust resolution.

The Screen Resolution screen displays.

3 From the Resolution drop-down menu,


select 1024 x 768.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
26
4 Click Apply.

The system updates, displaying the new Resolution settings.

A Display Settings dialog box opens


asking you to confirm the settings.

5 Click Keep changes.

The Display Settings dialog box closes and the Screen Resolution screen returns to focus.

6 Click OK.

The Display menu screen displays.

7 Click Control Panel Home to return to


the Control Panel main menu.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
27
Folder Options
Disable the Sharing Wizard in Folder Options.

1 From the Control Panel, click Folder


Options.

The Folder Options dialog box opens.

2 Select the View tab.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
28
The View tab displays.

3 Scroll down the Advanced settings list


until you see Use Sharing Wizard
(Recommended).

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
29
4 Clear the selection in the Use Sharing
Wizard (Recommended) check box.

5 Click Apply.

6 Click OK.

The Folder Options dialog box closes and the Control Panel returns to focus.

Indexing Options
1 From the Control Panel, click Indexing
Options.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
30
The Indexing Options dialog box opens.

2 Click the Modify button.

The Indexed Locations dialog box


opens.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
31
3 From the Change selected locations
list, clear all check box selections.

4 Select the first folder displayed in the


Summary of selected locations list.

Locations within the selected folder


display in the Change selected
locations list.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
32
5 Clear any check box selections
associated with locations within the
selected folder.

Once all check box selections associated


with locations within the selected folder
are cleared, the folder no longer displays
in the Summary of selected locations
list.

6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for all folders


remaining in the Summary of selected
locations list.

7 Click OK.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
33
The Indexed Locations dialog box
closes and the Indexing Options dialog
box returns to focus. The Index these
locations list no longer displays any
locations being indexed.

8 Click Close.

The Indexing Options dialog box closes and the Control Panel returns to focus.

Personalization
1 From the Control Panel, click
Personalization.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
34
The Personalization screen displays.

2 Look at the Screen Saver setting at the


bottom-right corner of the screen.

3 If the Screen Saver setting is set to:


 None – skip to the next step.
 Any other option – complete the following steps:
a. Click the Screen Saver icon.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
35
b. The Screen Saver Settings dialog box opens.

c. From the Screen saver drop-down menu, select None.

d. Click Apply.

e. Click OK.

The Screen Saver Settings dialog box closes and the Control Panel > Personalization
screen returns to focus.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
36
4 From the list of desktop background
themes, scroll down to Basic and High
Contrast Themes.

The system processes the request and a


Please Wait message displays. During
this time, the display converts to black
and white and you will not be able to
perform any commands – do not be
alarmed, the system is only updating its
display settings.

Once complete, the display is updated to


the Windows Classic theme and the
required Personalization settings are
complete.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
37
5 Click Control Panel Home to return to
the Control Panel main menu.

Power Options
1 From the Control Panel, click Power
Options.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
38
The Power Options menu screen
displays in the Control Panel window.

2 Select the Require a password on


wakeup option from the menu on the
left.

The Define power buttons and turn on


password protection menu screen
displays.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
39
3 From the When I press the power
button drop-down menu, select Do
nothing.

4 Click Save changes.

The Power Options menu screen


displays again.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
40
5 Click the Change plan settings option
associated with Balanced
(recommended).

The Change settings for the plan:


Balanced menu screen displays.

6 From the Turn off the display drop-


down menu, select Never.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
41
7 From the Put the computer to sleep
drop-down menu, select Never.

8 Click Change advanced power settings.

The Power Options dialog box opens.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
42
9 Scroll down the list and select PCI
Express > Link State Power
Management > Setting.

10 Select Off from the Setting drop-down menu.

11 Click Apply.

12 Click OK.

The Power Options dialog box closes and the Change settings for the plan: Balanced menu
screen returns to focus.

13 Click Save changes.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
43
The Power Options menu screen
displays again.

14 Click Control Panel Home at the top of


the menu on the left to return to the
Control Panel.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
44
User Accounts
1 From the Control Panel, click User
Accounts.

The User Accounts menu screen


displays within the Control Panel
window.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
45
2 Click Change User Account Control
settings.

The User Account Control Settings


dialog box opens.

3 Move the slider bar to the lowest


setting – Never notify.

4 Click OK.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
46
The User Account Control Settings
dialog box closes and the User
Account menu screen returns to
focus.

5 Click Manage User Accounts.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
47
The User Accounts dialog box
opens.

6 Select the FRONTIER account.

7 Click the Advanced tab.

The Advanced tab displays.

8 Click Advanced.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
48
The lusrmgr – [Local Users and
Groups (local)] window opens.

9 Double-click the Users folder.

10 Double-click FRONTIER.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
49
The FRONTIER Properties dialog
box opens.

11 Select the User cannot change


password check box and ensure the
Password never expires check box
is also selected.

12 Click Apply.

13 Click OK.

14 All Control Panel settings are now complete. You may close the window and move on to the next
section of this guide.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
50
Other Settings/Tasks
The settings required in this section are not completed via the Control Panel. Be sure to carefully
complete all the instructions in each sub-section of this section.

Overview
In this section, you will learn how to:
TBD

Recycle Bin Settings


®
1 From the Windows desktop, right-click the Recycle Bin
shortcut.

A context menu displays.

2 Select Properties.

The Recycle Bin Properties dialog box opens.


By default, the first drive is selected in the Recycle Bin
Location list.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
51
3 From the Settings for selected location group box, select
the Don’t move files to the Recycle Bin radio button.

4 Select the next drive in the Recycle Bin Location list.


Note: If you only have one drive displayed in the Recycle
Bin Location list, skip to step x of this procedure.

5 From the Settings for selected location group box, select


the Don’t move files to the Recycle Bin radio button.

6 Click Apply.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
52
The Recycle Bin settings are applied.

7 Click OK.

The Recycle Bin Properties dialog box closes and the settings are saved.

Network Card Settings


1 ®
Select the Windows menu button located at the bottom-left corner of the screen.
®
2 From the Windows Start menu, right-
click Network.

A context menu displays.

3 Select Properties.

The Network and Sharing Center


window opens.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
53
4 Click the Change adapter settings
option in the menu on the left.

The Network Connections screen


displays.

Note: The network connections displayed


in your window may differ from this
example.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
54
5 Right-click a Network Card displayed in
the list.

A context menu displays.

6 Select Properties.

The Local Area Connection Properties


dialog box opens.

7 Click Configure.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
55
The [Device Name] Properties dialog
box opens.

8 Select the Power Management tab.

The Power Management tab displays.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
56
9 Clear the selection in the check box
associated with Allow the computer to
turn off this device to save power.

10 Click OK.

The [Device Name] Properties dialog


box closes and Local Area Connection
Properties dialog box returns to focus.

11 Click OK.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
57
The Local Area Connection Properties
dialog box closes and the Network
Connections screen returns to focus.

12 Repeat steps 5-11 for each network card displaying in the list.

13 When settings to all network cards are complete, close the Local Area Connection Properties
dialog box and move on to the next section of this guide.

Group Policy
6 ®
Select the Windows menu button located at the bottom-left corner of the screen.
®
The Windows Start Menu displays.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
58
7 In the Search programs and files field,
type gpedit.msc

8 Click gpedit.msc in the Programs list.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
59
The Local Group Policy Editor window
opens.

9 From the file system navigation menu on


the left, select Computer Configuration
> Administrative Templates.

10 From the Setting menu, double-click


Windows Components.

The Setting menu updates.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
60
11 Double-click AutoPlay Policies.

The Setting menu updates.

12 Double-click Turn off Autoplay.

The Turn off Autoplay dialog box


opens.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
61
13 Select the Enabled radio button.

14 Click Apply.

15 Click OK.

The Turn off Autoplay dialog box closes


and the Local Group Policy Editor
window returns to focus.
Turn off Autoplay is now set to
Enabled.

16 Close the Local Group Policy Editor window.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
62
Windows Firewall
1 From the Control Panel, click Windows
Firewall.

The Windows Firewall menu screen


displays.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
63
2 Click Turn Windows Firewall on or off.

The Customize Settings screen


displays.

3 Select the Turn off Windows Firewall radio button for each item displayed on the screen.

4 Click OK.

The Windows Firewall menu screen displays.


®
Windows operating system initial setup is now complete.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
64
FUJIFILM Corporation
7-3, Akasaka 9-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 107-0052, Japan
MSV4.0 MS15 Patch Install Manual
1. Contents of the CD
The MS15 V1.0-0E-101 patch is included to MS14 V3.0-0E-010.
Contents of the MS14 V3.0-0E-010 installer is as follows.
/EZ171
├─ /MS14
MS14 V3.0-0E-010 installer
├─ Setup.exe
└─ Setup.ini
/MS15_V1.0-0E-101
├─ /Setup MS15 V1.0-0E-101 patch
└─ MS15Setup.exe

2. Improvement
Up to and including the previous version, when Frame Print is ordered from MS14, if the following MS15
templates are used, printed images may be misaligned with the background. With this version, this problem
has been eliminated.
Group name Template name
Frame_Print Frame Print-07/3R
Frame Print-11/3R
Frame Print-13/3R
Frame Print-07/4R
Frame Print-11/4R
Frame Print-13/4R

3. MS15 patch installation


[Applicable PC]
IC Server and IC Workstation with MS14 Variety Print Software installed

[Installation conditions]
With regard to the PC into which this patch is installed, the following conditions need to be satisfied.
Templates of the “Frame_Print” group have already been registered using MS15 Variety Print Template
“Ver. 1.0-0E-100.”
* To display information on the templates already registered, open the template deletion screen from the
maintenance menu for MS14.

[Installation procedure]
(1) Make sure that MS14 Variety Print Software is not activated and then start up Explorer.
(It does not affect installation even if any other MS software package such as MS01 and MS11 is
activated.)
(2) Insert the installation CD, open the “MS15_V1.0-0E-101” folder located in the root and then execute
“MS15Setup.exe.”

(3) If the templates of the “Frame_Print” group are not registered, the following error message appears
and this patch cannot be installed. If this happens, open the maintenance menu for MS14, register the
templates of the “Frame_Print” group using MS15 V1.0-0E-100 and then install the patch again.

(4) When the conditions for installation are satisfied, patch installation starts.
When installation is completed, a completion message appears. Close the message and remove the
CD. *

(5) Restart the PC.


Installation is now completed.

*Note:
The following screen might be displayed after procedure (4).
If this screen is displayed, please select “This Program installed correctly” and close the screen.

7-3, Akasaka 9-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 107-0052, Japan

PP3-A1427E 11.08-FP
INSTRUCTION GUIDE

FRONTIER WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE

Getting Started

MS01 Software Version 3.0


Universal Guide for
Lab Operator Use
First Edition
30 October 2009
Copyright Notice
© Copyright 2006 - 2009 FUJIFILM Corporation.

MS01 Getting Started Guide

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, translated, or
stored in a retrieval system in any form or by any means, without the prior written consent of FUJIFILM
Corporation.

Software Licensing Agreement


PLEASE READ THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE OPENING THIS
PACKAGE OR USING THIS SOFTWARE. OPENING THIS PACKAGE OR USING THIS SOFTWARE
INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE
WITH THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, PROMPTLY RETURN THIS SOFTWARE UNOPENED TO
YOUR SUPPLIER AND YOUR MONEY WILL BE REFUNDED.

This Software License Agreement is a legal document between you (a single entity) and FUJIFILM
Corporation (the "Licensor") for the MS01 Software (the "Software"). The Software includes the MS01 a
Software, the associated media, any printed materials and any electronic documentation. By using the
Software, you agree to the terms of this Software License Agreement.

The Licensor grants you a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use one copy of the Software in
object code only.

Ownership Retained By Licensor


FUJIFILM Corporation owns all title and copyrights in and to the Software and the Licensor has the full
right and authority to grant the license granted herein. Your license does not give you any title or
ownership in the Software, nor is it a sale of any rights in the Software. The only right granted to you is
the right to use the Software in accordance with the terms of this Software License Agreement. All rights
not specifically granted to you under this Software License Agreement are reserved by the Licensor.

You may make only a single copy of this Software as a backup copy, provided that it includes all notices
and markings, including copyright, trademark and other proprietary notices as on the original. Such
backup copy of the Software may not be in use at any time unless the original Software is damaged
beyond use, and it must remain in your possession and control.

You may not copy the Software onto any public network. You may not, and you may not allow others to,
modify, disassemble, decompile, translate, reverse engineer, reproduce, make derivative works of or
enhance the software. You may not, and you may not allow others to, rent, lease, sell, sublicense or
otherwise transfer the Software to any other person.

In addition to any other rights it may have, the Licensor may terminate this Software License Agreement if
you fail to comply with the terms and conditions hereof. In such event, you must cease all use of the
Software and destroy all copies of the Software and all of its component parts.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
I
At the Licensor's sole discretion, the Licensor may from time to time provide you with updates to the
Software. Any such updates shall become part of the Software licensed to you hereunder and subject to
all of the terms and conditions of this Software License Agreement.

Disclaimer of Warranties
The Licensor expressly disclaims any and all warranties relative to the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS
PROVIDED “AS IS," WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR OF
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT AND THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY
AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LICENSED PRODUCT IS WITH YOU.

Limitation of Liability
In no event shall the Licensor be liable for any direct, special, incidental, indirect or consequential
damages whatsoever to you (including, without limitation, damages for loss of profits, sales or data or for
business interruption) arising out of the use of or inability to use the Software, even if the Licensor has
been advised of the possibility of such damages. In any event, the Licensor's entire liability under any
provision shall be limited to the greater of the amount actually paid by you for the Software or $25.
Because some states and jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability, the above
limitation may not apply to you.

If any provision of the Software License Agreement is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be
invalid for any reason, such invalidity shall not effect the remaining provisions hereof.

Governing Law
This Software License Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard
to conflict of laws principles.

Term
This License Agreement is effective until terminated. You may terminate this License Agreement by
returning the Licensed Product to Licensor. Licensor may terminate this License Agreement if you breach
any of the terms and conditions. Upon termination of this License Agreement for any reason, you shall
return the Licensed Product to Licensor. All provisions of this Agreement relating to disclaimers of
warranties, limitation of liability, remedies, or damages, and Licensor's proprietary rights shall survive
termination.

YOU ACKNOWLEDGE YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS AGREEMENT AND AGREE TO
BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS. YOU FURTHER AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT IS THE COMPLETE
AND EXCLUSIVE STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU AND LICENSOR, AND
SUPERSEDES ANY PROPOSAL OR PRIOR AGREEMENT, ORAL OR WRITTEN, AND ANY OTHER
COMMUNICATIONS RELATING TO SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT.

NY-177971 v3 0950000-102

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
II
TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................1

OVERVIEW ......................................................................................................................................1
SYSTEM TERMINOLOGY ..................................................................................................................2

CHAPTER 2: MS01 USER INTERFACE .....................................................................................9

OVERVIEW ......................................................................................................................................9
VIEW ORDERS SCREEN .................................................................................................................10
VIEW IMAGES SCREEN ..................................................................................................................12
VIEW IMAGES SCREEN > TAB 1 .....................................................................................................13
VIEW IMAGES SCREEN > TAB 2 .....................................................................................................17
VIEW ORDERS & VIEW IMAGES > DEVICE STATUS .........................................................................19
ORDER SUMMARY - WHOLE ROLL PRODUCTS ...............................................................................22

APPENDIX A: IMAGE MANIPULATIONS .................................................................................23

OVERVIEW ....................................................................................................................................23
IMAGES SETTINGS DIALOG BOX ....................................................................................................23
MS01 ADJUST IMAGES SCREEN > SETUP 1...................................................................................24
MS01 ADJUST IMAGES SCREEN > SETUP 2...................................................................................26
MS01 ADJUST IMAGES SCREEN > SETUP 3...................................................................................27

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
III
Chapter 1: Introduction

Overview
This guide provides details and instructions for Fujifilm’s Frontier Workflow Management Software
(MS01) for retail lab systems.
In this guide, you will learn:
The basic user interface of the MS01 system (see page 9).
Information about the Adjust Images features (see page 23).
In this chapter, you will learn:
Some basic definitions for terms used by the MS01 software.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
1
System Terminology
330 System A tethered system consisting of an SLP 800 printer/scanner combination.
340 System A tethered system consisting of an SLP 1000 printer/scanner combination.
350 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 1500 wet lab printer and an SP 1500 or
2000 scanner.
355 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 1500 wet lab printer and an SP 3000
scanner.
370 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 2000 wet lab printer and an SP 2000
scanner.
375 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 2000 wet lab printer and an SP 3000
scanner.
550 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 5500 wet lab printer and an SP 3000
scanner.
570 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 5700 wet lab printer and an SP 3000
scanner.
590 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 5900 wet lab printer and an SP 3000
scanner.
A1 Scanner software that works with the SP 1500, SP 2000, SP 2500, and SP 3000
scanners.
ASK Dye-sublimation dry lab printers. See Fujifilm USB printers in this glossary.
B1 Variety Print Service for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.
B5 Single Scan Digitizing Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.
B7 Professional Scanning Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.
B8 Hyper Reorder Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.
B9 Tone Selection Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.
B11 Hyper Retouch Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.
backprint Text printed on the reverse side of the print. Sometimes customizable.
connected A connected MS01 system is a system that receives data from Fujifilm’s
fulfillment network, sends data to Fujifilm’s Fulfillment Network, and receives
orders from various sources (such as retailers and Fujifilm labs). This is
accomplished via Internet connectivity.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
2
Crop modes MS01 offers different crop choices. For this example, assume that the original product
size and image dimensions are:
8x10 Image

4x6 Product
3.5x5 Image

Fill in Print area is filled with image and there may be image data lost if it does not
crop match the aspect ratio of the print size selected. Output will have no white
mode space.
8 x 10 Image 3.5 x 5 Image

Fit in Fits the image into the size selected leaving it at its current aspect ratio to
crop maintain all the image data. This will produce white space if the image is not
mode the same aspect ratio as the size selected.
8 x 10 Image 3.5 x 5 Image

No Image is rendered on the product without resizing. Takes the size selected
resize and cuts out the center portion of the image (think of it as a cookie cutter). If
crop the image is smaller than the size selected it will produce white space.
mode 8 x 10 Image 3.5 x 5 Image

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
3
custom backprint Backprint text specified by the operator; only replaces second line of backprint. Not all
printers support the backprint feature.
Also see backprint.
digital input Digital images loaded into the system for printing (not film-based images). Examples
include .jpg, .tif, and .gif image files generated from digital cameras.
Digital Link One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, this application performs all
Request Spooler background processing for producing prints and CDs, receiving input from external
sources such as kiosk, and communications with remote systems via the Internet.
It also manages a database containing all production information, and is responsible for
scheduling of tasks and devices throughout the system.
This application is also known as Simon.
Dymo Label A small label printer used to output labels for CDs, kiosk orders, Web orders, etc.
E5 Fujicolor CD/DVD Digital software (also known as Backup CD Service).
Epson Stylus Pro Wide-format printer used in some Fujifilm regions. Supported models include 4880,
7800, and 7880.
FDD Frontier Driver Direct. This service provides more control and greater messaging
capabilities when printing.
FDIA Fujifilm’s Frontier Digital Imaging Architecture.
FDIA DB The database used by MS01 and other Fujifilm and third-party software to facilitate
image transfer and order fulfillment.
FCIM Frontier Communication Interface Module.
film type A film type must be selected if creating prints from film. Options include color, black and
white, and slide film.
Frontier The name used to describe Fujifilm-developed systems.
FrontMan The FrontMan software is an optional film input software interface included with MS01.
(The FrontMan application window is also known as Main or the Order Entry screen.)
FMPC Also known as the LPC and an abbreviation for Frontier Manager Printer Controller, the
FMPC is a separate computer used to drive a laser printer (LP printer) and receive data
from the scanner (if configured to do so).
Note: Not all system configurations use an FMPC/LPC.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
4
Fujifilm Printers LP 1500 Wet Lab Printer LP 5500 Wet Lab Printer
(1394 FireWire)
LP 2000 Wet Lab Printer LP 5700 Wet Lab Printer
LP 2500 Wet Lab Printer LP 5900 Wet Lab Printer

Fujifilm Printers DL 400 Inkjet Dry Lab Printer LP 7500 Wet Lab Printer
(Network)
DL 410 Inkjet Dry Lab Printer LP 7600 Wet Lab Printer
DL 430 Inkjet Dry Lab Printer LP 7700 Wet Lab Printer
LP 5000 Wet Lab Printer LP 7900 Wet Lab Printer
LP 7000 Wet Lab Printer SLP800 scanner/printer (330 system)
LP 7100 Wet Lab Printer SLP1000 scanner/printer (340 system)
LP 7200 Wet Lab Printer

Fujifilm Printers DPB 1500 Dry Lab Printer ASK 2500 Dry Lab Printer
(USB)
ASK 1500 Dry Lab Printer ASK 4000 Dry Lab Printer
ASK 2000 Dry Lab Printer ASK 4000A Dry Lab Printer

Fujifilm Scanners SP 1500 SP 2500


(FireWire)
SP 2000 SP 3000

Fujifilm Scanners SP 500


(USB)
HCIP High capacity image processor. This is a rendering device attached to the MS01
system. By having an HCIP attached to your MS01 system, its order processing speed
is increased.
Hot Job Provides an order with a prioritized status.
Hyper-Threading Officially called Hyper-Threading Technology (HTT), this is Intel Corporation’s
trademark for their implementation of the simultaneous multithreading technology on
their Pentium 4 micro-architecture.
The technology improves processor performance under certain workloads by providing
useful work for execution units that would otherwise be idle, for example during a cache
miss.
A Pentium 4 with Hyper-Threading enabled is treated by the operating system as two
processors instead of one.
IC Imaging controller.
ICIII Imaging Controller III computer, formerly known as PIC (photo imaging controller
computer) and DIC (digital imaging controller computer).
Image Info One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Image Info allows operators to see

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
5
information about the image data.
Index Print A supplementary print that displays image thumbnails.
Job Manager One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Job Manager manages the images in
MS01 orders.
Also known as JobMan.
Kaleida A Fujifilm printer used in some Fujifilm regions. Supported model includes PX-7550.
Local Disc Writer This is a CD/DVD writer attached to the IC or an IC Workstation. This allows for one (1)
CD to be written at a time. Local CD/DVD writers do not have the ability to print the
labels automatically on the CD/DVDs.
Log Off One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, the Log Off function shuts down the
application and also performs a Windows operating system log off.
LP (Laser Printer) This is the abbreviation that pre-pends some Fujifilm printer model names. For example,
LP 5000.
LPC Also known as the FMPC, and an abbreviation for Laser Printer Controller, the LPC is
one of the terms used as a name for the computer, which is separate from the ICIII
computer that is used to drive a printer.
Maintenance One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, the MS01 Maintenance application
houses the software used to configure the MS01 system.
This is a different application than the Maintenance offered via the printer software.
MCU (Main Known as the SPC in some regions, the MCU is the computer that drives the film
Control Unit) scanner hardware. Note: The SP 500 runs via the ICIII without a separate SPC/MCU
device.
Media SD/Memory Stick/Compact Flash/xD Card/Compact Flash/CD/DVD used to store digital
images.
MS01 Also known as the Frontier Workflow Management Software. This is the overall system,
including the scanner software and the printer software.
Operators should always use the system in Operator mode.
MS11 Scanner software that works with SP 500, 1500, 2000, 2500, and 3000 model scanners.
This is a sub-component of the MS01 system.
MS12 Printer driver support software for Adobe Photoshop CS3 and CS4.
MS13 LAN spool software.
MS14 Variety Print Service software.
MS15 Variety Template Composite / Variety Templates software, including Template Editor.
MS16 Image-Adjust software. Also called 6-frame adjust.
MS17 Net Connection for FDI-net software.
MS18 Skin Color Correction Image Processing software.
MS19 Photo ID Print Service software.
Multi-Roll Order A multi-roll order is an order that contains more than one roll of film. Each roll in a multi-
roll order has a unique Film ID (which is included in the backprint information).

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
6
Operator Mode On the ICIII, this mode locks down the system so only Fuji applications can be used.
After logging to Operator mode (default mode), Fuji applications automatically launch,
and automatically re-launch if terminated.
Panda (Printer One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Panda provides an interface between
And Device the Digital Link Request Spooler (Simon) and various devices, such as printers and CD-
Application) writers. It manages device operations and provides status and messages to the rest of
the system in a consistent manner to ensure that devices may easily be interchanged or
added, as needed.
Personality Custom MS system settings associated with a particular Fujifilm region or retailer.
PIC Photo Imaging Controller, now known as IC.
Product On the MS01 system, each print created has an associated “product” file. For example,
there are product files for 4x6-sized prints,
Production The mechanism in the MS01 system that manages routing ordered products to output
Manager devices for production. It also handles ordering the output based on due time, etc.
Promo Print A product that enables retailers to print promotional offers (using the MS01 system) for
distribution to consumers.
Puma One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Puma is the mechanism used to
display system messages (such as errors, warnings, and informational messages).
Red exclamation This will power off the ICIII system. For proper shut-down procedures, see the MS01
mark Start-up and Shut-down Guide.
On the FMPC, this is an emergency shutdown for only the Panda application. This will
not power off the FMPC box. Note: This is not the proper shut-down procedure for this
device; only do this if directed to do so by Technical Support.
Important: For systems that are not connected to the Fujifilm fulfillment network, this
function can be used as a proper method of shutting down the system.
For systems that are connected to the Fujifilm fulfillment network, this should be treated
as an emergency shut-down command only. By clicking this button, you are not
performing a proper shut-down procedure. Only use this button if instructed to do so by
Technical Support.
Retain Print Enables you to retain the size, surface, and color settings between orders.
Settings
Rimage This is a third-party CD burning device designed for high volumes of CD creation. This
system allows multiple CDs to be written simultaneously. The Rimage system can print
labels directly onto CDs. Depending on the model of Rimage, it may have two or four
CD burners and a single printer.
S3 Variety Print Service for SP 3000 scanners not using FrontMan.
S5 Professional Software for SP 3000 scanners not using FrontMan.
Scan Modes Auto When using film input, if the operator selects Auto as the scan mode, the
system scans six images at a time without requiring the operator to press
<Enter>. Pressing any key on the keyboard will stop the Auto Mode and will
allow image adjustments as in Semi Mode.
Manual Manual operates just as semi mode operates, but you can choose size and

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
7
quantity for each frame.
Semi When using film input, if the operator selects Semi as the scan mode, the
system scans six images at a time and the operator can correct the color and
density on each image as necessary. The operator then presses <Enter> to
scan the next set of six images.
Software This is a tool that allows the user to switch to any of the programs that are currently
Launcher running. Also known as the Switcher application, this replaces the need for the Windows
<Alt+Tab> function.
SP The abbreviation that pre-pends Fujifilm scanner model names. For example, SP 500.
SPC Known as the MCU in some regions, this is the name for the computer that drives the
scanner. Note: The SP 500 runs via the ICIII without a separate SPC/MCU device.
Summary Sheet A print output that includes the file names of the images in the order.
Surface Prints can be produced using different surface textures. Some printer models can only
print on certain surface types. Surfaces include Glossy, Lustre, Matte, Silk, SupremeG,
SupremeL, Thin, SupremeM, ThinGlossy, GlossyRoll, SatinRoll, SemiGlossBoard,
CanvasRoll, CatsbyRoll, PearlRoll, SatinCanvasRoll, AquarellRoll, TalbotRoll,
ScrimVinyl, and PearlPosterBoard.
Support Mode On the ICIII, this mode allows the user to access the operating system. After logging to
Support mode, Fuji applications automatically launch but do not re-launch if terminated.
Third-Party MS01 3.0 supports:
Printers
Epson Stylus Pro Wide Format Printers
Xerox Phaser Printers
Rimage CD writers/printers
Whole Roll A product type applied to an image that will make <#> of each image in the order.
Workstation This is another digital input system for the MS01 software. It allows control of a printer,
digital ingest, and CD/DVD burning.
Xerox printers Color printers used in some Fujifilm regions. Supported models Phaser 7760,
DPC4350, and DPC3360.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
8
Chapter 2: MS01 User Interface

Overview
In this chapter, you will learn about the interface of the following screens:
View Orders (see page 10)
View Images and Sub-screens (see page 12)
Device Status (see page 19)

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
9
View Orders screen

A Free space The progress bar is a multifunctional bar; On the View Orders screen it displays (in green) the
amount of space filled and (in gray) the amount of free space. On the Load Images screen it
dynamically shows the progress of the images that are currently loading.
B Job list Displays job status such as Order ID (order number), DueBy (date and time the job is due),
Job Status (done, hold, rendering, printing or ready), Production Status, Name (customer),
Web (date and time the Web order is expected by the customer), Render (hold) (sent to be
processed but still loading), and Released.
C D & P Mode Enables the operator to filter the order by the input source.
D Production Status Enables the operator to view the Job list by order status.
E [!] Shuts down the system.
F Tools Opens the MS01 dialog box, enabling log off, restore configurations, or set up templates.
G Order Summary Displays a summary of the products in the currently-selected order.
H Switcher Enables the operator to easily switch between the applications that run the system.
I Delete Deletes the product selected in the Order Summary.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
10
J Order Displays necessary
Messages instructions for the job
currently processing.
K Backlog Displays, in minutes, the
estimated time to print
the processed orders.

L Device Provides status for each


Status device integrated into
the system.

M Image Opens the Image


Settings Settings dialog box.
See page 23 for more
information.
N Cancel Cancels the order
selected in the Job List.

O Hold Places the selected order in the Job List into a Hold status.
P Process Order Sends the selected, or open, order to be processed.
Q Load/View Opens the View Images screen, if images are loaded for the selected order, or the Input
Images Digital Files dialog box if images have not been loaded.
R New Order Starts a new order.
S Details Opens the Order Details dialog box where the operator can add more information about the
customer (first name, last name, address, etc.).
Find Opens the Find Order dialog box where the operator can input information to search for an
order.
T DUE BY The spin control can be used to select a time in the DUE BY field if the operator wants to
adjust the due by time. Select HOT JOB to send the job to be processed next, or select NEXT
DAY to make the due by time the following day.
U First and Last Last and first name of the customer (optional).
name
ID The ID (Order ID) is used to track the order. The ID may be configured to be a certain number
of numeric characters in length.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
11
View Images screen

The View Images screen displays the image and product content of the order selected in the View Orders screen.
A Free Space This interface provides the system’s amount of available disk space.

B Products / Images Filters the display to Products only, Images only, or both Products and Images (All).
/ All
C Zoom Increases (move right) or decreases (move left) the size of the thumbnails, product and
image.
D PRODUCTS list Displays all products in the order.

E [!] Shuts down the system.

F Tools Opens the MS01 dialog box, enabling abilities to log off, restore configurations, or set up
templates.
G IMAGES Displays the images available in the selected order.

H Switcher Enables users to switch between system applications running by clicking on their icons.

I Device Status Provides status for each device integrated into the system.

J Backlog Displays, in minutes, the estimated time needed to print the processed orders.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
12
View Images screen > Tab 1
K Tabs The tabs on the View Images
screen enable you to switch
between two tabs. Tab 1
displays buttons that allow you
to access commonly-used
features. Tab 2 displays buttons
that allow you to access less
commonly-used features.

L Process Sends the open order to be


Order processed.

M Add To Allows the user to add whole roll products.


Order
N Remake Resends the selected product (in the Products list) of a processed order.
O Quick Opens the Quick Print dialog box, where the operator can select specific options for an
Print individual print or multiple images.
P Adjust Opens the Adjust Images screen to manipulate the images as necessary.

Q Load Opens the Input Digital Files dialog box in which available images can be selected to load and
Images order.
R View Returns to the View Orders screen.
Orders
S Details Opens the Order Details dialog box where the operator can add more information about the
customer.
Find Opens the Find Order dialog box where the operator can input information to search for an
order.
T Due By Use the spin control to select a time in the DUE BY field to adjust the due by time. Select HOT
JOB to send the job to be processed next, or select NEXT DAY to make the due by time the
following day.
U First/Last Last and first name of the Customer (optional).
name
Order Info Tracks the order. The ID may be configured to be a certain number of numeric characters in
length.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
13
View Images > Tab 1 sub-screens

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
14
View Images > Input Digital Files screen

Input Digital Files dialog box

Browse to and select the file or files to load. The Input Digital Files dialog box provides
several tools for image loading and order creation:
A Drives list: This list box displays all drives currently holding digital image files. Browse
different drives by clicking their respective tabs located above the list.
B Prints: Create a print order for the selected image(s) to load with the images into MS01.
Options include: print product type, quantity, surface, image crop, and front print (displays
image date on the front of the print).
C Files list: This list box displays all of the images stored on the drive currently-selected in the
Drives list box.
D Select: All: Selects all image files in the list for loading. None: Clears the selection of any
currently selected files.
E Preview: Allows users to view a thumbnail of the currently-selected image in the files list.

F Load & Edit: Loads the images and any order information into MS01 where the order and
images can be edited before processing.
G Load & Process: Loads the images and any order information into MS01 and processes the
order immediately.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
15
Input Digital Files dialog box continued

H Load & Hold: Loads the images and any order information into MS01 where the order will be
in a Hold status.
I Order Settings: Provides options for the individual order, including: Backprint (prints order
information on the back of the prints), Promo Print (includes a promo print with the order),
and Apply Auto Correction.

J Index: Opens the Index Print dialog box from which, available index print products can be
added to the order. Index print options include: Product (index print), Surface, and
Quantity. Digital: Opens the Digital Products dialog box from which, available digital
archive, index, and other related products can be added to the order. Digital product options
include: Product (digital product type), Quantity, Small and Large Index.
K Remove Selected: Removes the selected item in the Order Summary list.

L Add without Prints: Adds the selected item in the File List to the Order Summary list
without ordering a print product.
M Add with Prints: Adds the selected item in the File List to the Order Summary list with the
print product configured in the Prints group box.
N Order Summary: Lists all image files and any products intended for ordering that will load
into MS01 once a load button (F-H) is clicked.
O Scan: Button displays when a scanner is added. Click to input scan files.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
16
View Images screen > Tab 2

U Process Order Sends the open order to be processed.

V Compose The Compose feature allows the operator to create prints and products of the selected
image includes several interfaces.
Clicking Compose opens the Choose Template dialog box, where templates for specialized products can be
selected. Advanced features can be found on the Compose Print screen.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
17
View Images > Image Icons

The View Images screen allows the operator to view the status of each individual image.
A Yellow check-mark: Indicates that the product was ordered, but has not been processed.

B Green check-mark: Indicates that the product was submitted for processing.

C Indicates this is a 2-3 day order from Kiosk.

D Indicates that red eye correction has been applied to this image.

E Green – Indicates that Image IntelligenceTM has been applied to this image.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
18
View Orders & View Images > Device Status
The View Orders and View Images screens both display a Device Status bar at the bottom left of the screen.

If a device name has an A in it, then the device is connected to a server. If a device name has a B in it, then the device is
connected to a workstation.

Device conditions are determined by color:


ƒ White/Gray device status icons: normal condition
ƒ Yellow device status icons: warning condition
ƒ Red device status icons: error condition

Rimage or ASK Printer Frontier or DL Gift Card Kiosk MS Software Fujifilm Xerox Phaser Epson Wide
Local Disc Printer Printer Scanner Printer Format Printer
Writer

1
The SP1 graphic icon will display only when the MS01 system is operated in FrontMan mode.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
19
Device Status > MS01

Clicking the button opens the Request Spooler Processing Queue dialog box.
For details regarding this dialog box, refer to the Frontier Workflow Management Software Condition Setup and
Maintenance Guide.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
20
Device Status > Frontier Printer
Device Status icons open a dialog box
displaying data for that particular device;

clicking the button opens the


device status dialog box for a Frontier printer.
This dialog box provides printer status such
as:
ƒ Jobs currently in the queue waiting to
be printed
ƒ Jobs that have completed
ƒ Paper currently loaded
ƒ Backlog

Forced Output Dialog


If the specified paper size is unavailable, a
pop-up dialog will open requiring the operator
to select either the Forced Output button,
which allows the operator to select the
magazine to which the order will be sent. The
order will print on the next available paper
size; or the Yes: Restart button, which allows
the operator to replenish the paper magazine.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
21
Order Summary - Whole Roll Products

A Print Products Drop-down menu containing various print sizes available.

B Surface Drop-down menu containing available print surfaces.

C Image Crop Determines the image crop displayed on the print.

D Print Quantity Spin control determines the quantity of prints per image.

E Front Print When selected, date information is displayed on the front of the print.

Backprint When the check box is selected, order information is printed on the back of the
print. Text typed in the associated field also prints with the order information.
F Index Prints Configure the print size, surface and quantity of index prints ordered.

G Digital Configure the digital product type, quantity, and specify a size for a special index
print to accompany the digital product.
Note: Small Index prints a 4x6 index of the contents of each digital product.
Large Index prints an 8x10 index of the contents of each digital product.
H Apply Applies order information configured in the Whole Roll Products group box to
the Order Summary list and the order as a whole.
I Done Closes the Order Summary dialog box.

J Delete/Reset Delete removes the selected product from the Order Summary list. Reset sets
the quantity of the selected product to zero.
K Order Summary Displays a list of products currently in the order.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
22
Appendix A: Image Manipulations2

Overview
In this appendix, you will learn about:
The Image Settings dialog box (see below).
The interface of the Adjust Images screen and its associated sub-dialog boxes (see page 24).

Images Settings Dialog Box


The Image Settings dialog box
opens from the MS01 View Orders
screen via the Image Settings
button.
The Image Settings dialog box
displays a select few of the various
image manipulation tools available
on the Adjust Images screen. For
more information on the image
manipulation tools available on the
Image Settings dialog box, see the
respective descriptions in the MS01
Adjust Images Screen sections on
pages 24-27.

2
Not all retailers/labs will have all image manipulation features.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
23
MS01 Adjust Images Screen > Setup 1

A Original Image Displays the original image without any modifications.

B Modified Image Displays the original image with modifications.

C Setup 1 Tab Displays the following tools: Auto Correction, Scene Correction, Red Eye Correction, Noise
Reduction, Monotone
D Setup 2 Tab Displays the following tools: Saturation, Tone Adjust, Bright Mode, Basic Color Mode,
Sharpness
E Setup 3 Tab Displays the following tools: Additional Tools, Curves, Retouch, Rotate, Colorspace

F OK Closes the Adjust Images screen and implements the changes.

G Cancel Closes the Adjust Images screen without implementing the changes.

H Reset Resets all values to the last time OK was pressed.

I Select All Selects all the thumbnails so adjustments can be made to the entire order.

J Thumbnails Displays a miniature version of the images that are loaded for this order.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
24
K Monotone This feature allows you to choose to convert your image to BW (black and white), Sepia 1
(shades of brown), Sepia 2 (a mixture of black & white and sepia), User BW (user defined
settings for black and white), or User Sepia (user defined settings for Sepia 1).

L Noise Reduction When this button is toggled on it removes dots and scratches from the picture.

M Red eye correction Corrects red eye on selected images. The default value for this feature is OFF.

N Scene Correction Adjusts the contrast based on the selected option. The options for this button are designed
to compensate for inadequate lighting conditions when the picture was taken.
O Auto Correction Automatically applies Image Intelligence adjusting the images color and density. The
default value for this feature is ON.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
25
MS01 Adjust Images Screen > Setup 2

A Sharpness Controls the clarity of detail in the selected image(s) by slightly adjusting color around edges.
Options in the drop-down menu range from High 3 to Low 3.
B Basic Color Adjusts the contrast of flesh tones. Standard is a special mathematical formula for a standard
Mode scene. Portrait mode tends to make flesh tones smoother by lowering the contrast of the skin
tones. Other objects in the scene can also be affected and the result can be a slightly lower
contrast print.
C Bright Mode Adjusts the saturation without changing the flesh tones of the image. By selecting +4, the
saturation of all colors except the flesh tones is increased. In contrast, if the operator selects -2, all
the colors except the flesh tones are de-saturated.
D Tone Adjust Adjusts the contrast and shadows of the image based on preconfigured settings. This feature will
adjust the contrast and shadows to varying degrees, based on the selected setting.
E Saturation Controls how vivid colors appear in the image. This setting ranges from -9 (removes all color and
makes the image black and white) to 9 (saturates all the colors of the image) and can be set by
using the drop-down menu on the Saturation button.
Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software
© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
26
MS01 Adjust Images Screen > Setup 3

A Color Space Select the color profile to be used when printing photos. Options include PD (the default option)
and sRGB. PD produces prints with greener greens. sRGB produces prints with bluer greens.
B Rotate This button rotates the image. Rotating options include: 180°, Left (90°), Right (90°), Mirror
(creates a mirror image of the original).
C Retouch Click the button to open the Retouch dialog box in which detailed corrections can be applied to
the image.
D Curves Use the Look-up Tables (LUT) to make repeatable color adjustments to the image. Load a
pre-existing LUT or create a new LUT to save and use for other jobs or images.
E Additional Opens a three-tabbed window allowing the operator to implement overall color balance,
Tools brightness, contrast, and more.

Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
27
Getting Started Guide for the Frontier Workflow Management Software
© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved.
28
FUJIFILM Corporation
7-3, Akasaka 9-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 107-0052, Japan
Operating System Setup GUIDE

FRONTIER WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE –


for Windows® 7

MS01 Software Version 4.1

Universal Guide for


First Edition
Service Technician Use
Copyright Not ice
© Copyright 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation
Frontier Workflow Management Software MS01 Installation Guide
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, translated, or
stored in a retrieval system in any form or by any means, without the prior written consent of FUJIFILM
Corporation.

Soft ware Licensing Agreem ent


PLEASE READ THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE OPENING THIS
PACKAGE OR USING THIS SOFTWARE. OPENING THIS PACKAGE OR USING THIS SOFTWARE
INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE
WITH THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, PROMPTLY RETURN THIS SOFTWARE UNOPENED TO
YOUR SUPPLIER AND YOUR MONEY WILL BE REFUNDED.
This Software License Agreement is a legal document between you (a single entity) and FUJIFILM
Corporation (the "Licensor") for the MS01 Frontier Workflow Management Software (the "Software"). The
Software includes the Frontier Workflow Management Software MS01 software, the associated media,
any printed materials and any electronic documentation. By using the Software, you agree to the terms of
this Software License Agreement.
The Licensor grants you a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use one copy of the Software in
object code only.

Ownership Retained By Licensor


FUJIFILM Corporation owns all title and copyrights in and to the Software and the Licensor has the full
right and authority to grant the license granted herein. Your license does not give you any title or
ownership in the Software, nor is it a sale of any rights in the Software. The only right granted to you is
the right to use the Software in accordance with the terms of this Software License Agreement. All rights
not specifically granted to you under this Software License Agreement are reserved by the Licensor.
You may make only a single copy of this Software as a backup copy, provided that it includes all notices
and markings, including copyright, trademark and other proprietary notices as on the original. Such
backup copy of the Software may not be in use at any time unless the original Software is damaged
beyond use, and it must remain in your possession and control. You may not copy the Software onto any
public network. You may not, and you may not allow others to, modify, disassemble, decompile, translate,
reverse engineer, reproduce, make derivative works of or enhance the software. You may not, and you
may not allow others to, rent, lease, sell, sublicense or otherwise transfer the Software to any other
person.
In addition to any other rights it may have, the Licensor may terminate this Software License Agreement if
you fail to comply with the terms and conditions hereof. In such event, you must cease all use of the
Software and destroy all copies of the Software and all of its component parts.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
i
At the Licensor's sole discretion, the Licensor may from time to time provide you with updates to the
Software. Any such updates shall become part of the Software licensed to you hereunder and subject to
all of the terms and conditions of this Software License Agreement.

Disclaim er of Warranties
The Licensor expressly disclaims any and all warranties relative to the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS
PROVIDED “AS IS," WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR OF
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT AND THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY
AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LICENSED PRODUCT IS WITH YOU.

Lim itation of Liability


In no event shall the Licensor be liable for any direct, special, incidental, indirect or consequential
damages whatsoever to you (including, without limitation, damages for loss of profits, sales or data or for
business interruption) arising out of the use of or inability to use the Software, even if the Licensor has
been advised of the possibility of such damages. In any event, the Licensor's entire liability under any
provision shall be limited to the greater of the amount actually paid by you for the Software or $25.
Because some states and jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability, the above
limitation may not apply to you. If any provision of the Software License Agreement is declared by a court
of competent jurisdiction to be invalid for any reason, such invalidity shall not effect the remaining
provisions hereof.

Governing Law
This Software License Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard
to conflict of laws principles.

Term
This License Agreement is effective until terminated. You may terminate this License Agreement by
returning the Licensed Product to Licensor. Licensor may terminate this License Agreement if you breach
any of the terms and conditions. Upon termination of this License Agreement for any reason, you shall
return the Licensed Product to Licensor. All provisions of this Agreement relating to disclaimers of
warranties, limitation of liability, remedies, or damages, and Licensor's proprietary rights shall survive
termination.
YOU ACKNOWLEDGE YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS AGREEMENT AND AGREE TO
BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS. YOU FURTHER AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT IS THE COMPLETE
AND EXCLUSIVE STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU AND LICENSOR, AND
SUPERSEDES ANY PROPOSAL OR PRIOR AGREEMENT, ORAL OR WRITTEN, AND ANY OTHER
COMMUNICATIONS RELATING TO SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT.

NY-177971 v3 0950000-102

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
ii
Table of Cont ent s

CH APTER 1 : I N TROD UCTI ON .......................................................................................................................4


OVERVI EW ................................................................................................................................................................4
CH APTER 2 : OPERATI N G SYSTEM SETUP ..............................................................................................5
W I NDOWS® 7 I NSTALLATI ON .................................................................................................................................5
Drive Set up ......................................................................................................................................................5
Creat e FRONTI ER Account ....................................................................................................................... 11
Act ivat e Windows ........................................................................................................................................ 12
CH APTER 3 : W I N D OW S ® 7 POST- I N STALLATI ON SETUP .......................................................... 16
D RI VE SETUP ( AFTER W I NDOWS® 7 I NSTALLATI ON) ....................................................................................... 16
CONTROL PANEL SETTI NGS .................................................................................................................................. 22
Overview ......................................................................................................................................................... 22
Access t he Cont r ol Panel .......................................................................................................................... 23
Display ............................................................................................................................................................. 24
Folder Opt ions .............................................................................................................................................. 27
I ndexing Opt ions ......................................................................................................................................... 30
Per sonalizat ion ............................................................................................................................................. 34
Pow er Opt ions ............................................................................................................................................... 39
User Account s ............................................................................................................................................... 45
OTHER SETTI NGS/ TASKS ..................................................................................................................................... 51
Overview ......................................................................................................................................................... 51
Recy cle Bin Set t ings ................................................................................................................................... 51
Net w ork Card Set t ings .............................................................................................................................. 53
Gr oup Policy .................................................................................................................................................. 62
Windows Fir ewall ......................................................................................................................................... 67

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
iii
Chapter 1: Introduction

Overview
This universal guide is intended for retail labs running FUJIFILM systems regardless of
location.
Important: Review this entire guide to determine which sections apply to your lab before you
begin installing any software.
®
This setup guide provides details and instructions for setting up Windows 7 operating systems prior to
installation of FUJIFILM’s Frontier Workflow Management Software (MS01) for retail lab systems
internationally. It may need to be used in association with a regional or retail client-specific guide.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
4
Chapter 2: Operating System Setup
®
This chapter provides instructions for initial setup of Windows 7 for use with MS01 version 4.0, including
tasks which must be performed prior to creating a base image.

Windows® 7 Installation
®
Important: This section refers to parts of the Windows 7 installation requiring specific settings in
®
order to adequately support MS01 4.0. Refer to this section while installing Windows 7.

Drive Setup
Important: There must be a minimum of one drive with at least two partitions, or two drives each
having their own partition. Each drive should have a minimum storage space of 40GB.

1 When the Install Windows screen


displays, select the desired options from
each of the dialog boxes:
 Language to install
 Time and currency format
 Keyboard or input method

2 Click Next.

3 Click the arrow button next to the Install


now option.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
5
The Microsoft licensing agreement
screen displays.

4 Select the check box associated with I


accept the license agreement.

5 Click Next.

6 When the Which type of installation do


®
you want? screen of the Windows 7
installer displays, click Custom
(advanced).

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
6
The Where do you want to install
Windows? screen displays.

Note: This example may differ from what


is displayed on your screen. All of your
drives are displayed in the list.

7 Click Drive options (advanced).

The menu on the bottom of the screen


updates, displaying advanced drive
options.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
7
8  To create a new partition:
a. Click New.

A Size spin control displays.

b. Set the Size to no less than 40960 MB.

c. Click Apply.

An Install Windows dialog box may display with a message about additional partitions
that Windows might create for system files.

d. Click OK.
®
e. Complete Windows 7 installation.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
8
 To extend the an existing partition into unallocated space (increase partition size):
a. Select the desired drive in the list.

b. Click the Extend button.

A Size spin control displays.

c. Set the Size to no less than 40960 MB.

d. Click Apply.

Note: A dialog box may open warning you that extending a partition is not a reversible
action. Click OK to dismiss the dialog box and continue.
®
e. Click Next to complete installation of Windows 7.

An Installing Windows… screen displays.

When installation is near completion, Windows boots for the first time.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
9
Once registry settings are updated Windows Setup starts services.

The Installing Windows… screen displays again, indicating installation is almost


complete.

f. Once installation is complete the Set Up Windows screen displays – proceed to the next
section.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
10
Create FRONTIER Account
®
A FRONTIER user account must be created during Windows 7 installation.

1 From the Choose a user name…


screen, type the following information in
the specified fields:
 User Name: FRONTIER
 Computer Name: FEII-FRONTEND
Note: The computer name above is for
example purposes only. You may assign
any name to the computer; however, the
computer name cannot be the same as
the user name.

2 Click Next.

The Set a password for your account


screen displays.

3 In the Type a password (recommended) field, type FRONTIER.

4 In the Retype your password field, type FRONTIER.

5 In the Type a password hint field, you may type a hint Windows will display in the event you forget
the password.
®
6 Continue with the Windows 7 installation.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
11
Activate Windows
®
1 During the Windows 7 installation, a
Type your Windows product key screen
displays.
Type the product key in the appropriate
field and ensure the Automatically
activate Windows when I’m online
check box is selected.
®
Windows 7 will automatically activate
when a network cable is connected to
the computer and there is Internet
connectivity.

2 Click Next.

A Help protect your computer…


screen displays.

3 Click the Use recommended settings option.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
12
The Review your time and date
settings screen displays.

4 Select the appropriate option for the lab


from the Time zone drop-down menu.

5 If the region in which the lab is located


observes Daylight Savings, select the
Automatically adjust clock for
Daylight Saving Time check-box.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
13
6 Select today’s Date from the calendar.

7 Configure the current Time on the clock.

8 Click Next.

The Select your computer’s current


location screen displays.

9 Click the Work network option.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
14
Windows finalizes the settings you’ve
made.

Once settings are finalized, the


Welcome screen displays.

After a moment, the Preparing your


desktop… screen displays, followed by
the Windows Desktop.

10 Continue to the next chapter.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
15
Chapter 3: Windows® 7 Post-Installation Setup
Important: You must log-in the FRONTIER user account prior to completing the tasks in this
section.

Drive Setup (After Windows® 7 Installation)


®
If you were unable to setup drives during Windows 7 installation, follow the instructions in this section to
setup drives now. There must be a minimum of one drive with at least two partitions, or two drives each
having their own partition. Each drive should have a minimum storage space of 40GB.
®
1 Select the Windows menu button located at the bottom-left corner of the screen.
®
The Windows Start Menu displays.

2 Click the Control Panel button.

The Control Panel window opens.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
16
3 From the View by drop-down menu,
select either Large icons or Small
icons to display All Control Panel
Items.

4 Click Administrative Tools.

The Administrative Tools window opens.

5 Double-click Computer Management.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
17
The Computer Management window
opens.

6 From the navigation menu on the left,


select Disk Management under the
Storage option.

The contents of the window update to


display disk management information.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
18
7 Right-click an unallocated region on the
hard disk.

A context menu displays.

8 Select New Single Volume… from the menu.

The New Simple Volume Wizard opens


displaying the Welcome screen.

9 Click Next.

The Specify Volume Size screen


displays.

10 In the Simple volume size in MB field, type a value no less than 40960.

11 Click Next.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
19
The Assign Drive Letter or Path screen
displays.

12 Ensure the Assign the following drive


letter radio button is selected and select
the desired drive letter to assign the new
partition from the associated drop-down
menu.

13 Click Next.

The Format Partition screen displays.

14 Click Next.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
20
The Completing the New Simple
Volume Wizard screen displays.

15 Click Finish.
The wizard closes and the new drive partition setup is complete.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
21
Control Panel Settings

Overview
In this section, you will learn how to:
 Access the Control Panel (see page 23)
 Modify Display (see page 24)
 Modify Folder Options (see page 27)
 Modify Indexing Options (see page 30)
 Modify Personalization Options (see page 34)
 Modify Power Options (see page 39)
 Modify User Accounts (see page 45)
Important: Complete all instructions in each sub-section of this section before moving onto the
next section.
Open the Control Panel and set the View by option to Small icons.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
22
Access the Control Panel
®
The sections following this section require the Windows Control Panel to be open. Follow the steps in
this section to access the Control Panel.

>>> To access the Control Panel:

1 ®
Select the Windows menu button located at the bottom-left corner of the screen.
®
The Windows Start Menu displays.

2 Click the Control Panel button.

The Control Panel window opens.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
23
Display
1 From the Control Panel, click Display.

The Display menu screen displays.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
24
2 Click Adjust resolution.

The Screen Resolution screen displays.

3 From the Resolution drop-down menu,


select 1024 x 768.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
25
4 Click Apply.

The system updates, displaying the new Resolution settings.

A Display Settings dialog box opens


asking you to confirm the settings.

5 Click Keep changes.

The Display Settings dialog box closes and the Screen Resolution screen returns to focus.

6 Click OK.

The Display menu screen displays.

7 Click Control Panel Home to return to


the Control Panel main menu.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
26
Folder Options
Disable the Sharing Wizard in Folder Options.

1 From the Control Panel, click Folder


Options.

The Folder Options dialog box opens.

2 Select the View tab.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
27
The View tab displays.

3 Select the Show hidden files and drives


radio button.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
28
4 Scroll down the Advanced settings list
until you see Use Sharing Wizard
(Recommended).

5 Clear the selection in the Use Sharing


Wizard (Recommended) check box.

6 Click Apply.

7 Click OK.

The Folder Options dialog box closes and the Control Panel returns to focus.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
29
Indexing Options
1 From the Control Panel, click Indexing
Options.

The Indexing Options dialog box opens.

2 Click the Modify button.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
30
The Indexed Locations dialog box
opens.

3 From the Change selected locations


list, clear all check box selections.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
31
4 Select the first folder displayed in the
Summary of selected locations list.

Locations within the selected folder


display in the Change selected
locations list.

5 Clear any check box selections


associated with locations within the
selected folder.

Once all check box selections associated


with locations within the selected folder
are cleared, the folder no longer displays
in the Summary of selected locations
list.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
32
6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for all folders
remaining in the Summary of selected
locations list.

7 Click OK.

The Indexed Locations dialog box


closes and the Indexing Options dialog
box returns to focus. The Index these
locations list no longer displays any
locations being indexed.

8 Click Close.

The Indexing Options dialog box closes and the Control Panel returns to focus.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
33
Personalization
1 From the Control Panel, click
Personalization.

The Personalization screen displays.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
34
2 Look at the Screen Saver setting at the
bottom-right corner of the screen.

3 If the Screen Saver setting is set to:


 None – skip to the next step.
 Any other option – complete the following steps:
a. Click the Screen Saver icon.

b. The Screen Saver Settings dialog box opens.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
35
c. From the Screen saver drop-down menu, select None.

d. Click Apply.

e. Click OK.

The Screen Saver Settings dialog box closes and the Control Panel > Personalization
screen returns to focus.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
36
4 From the list of desktop background
themes, scroll down to Basic and High
Contrast Themes.

5 Click Windows Classic to apply this


theme.

The system processes the request and a


Please Wait message displays. During
this time, the display converts to black
and white and you will not be able to
perform any commands – do not be
alarmed, the system is only updating its
display settings.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
37
Once complete, the display is updated to
the Windows Classic theme and the
required Personalization settings are
complete.

6 Click Control Panel Home to return to


the Control Panel main menu.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
38
Power Options
1 From the Control Panel, click Power
Options.

The Power Options menu screen


displays in the Control Panel window.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
39
2 Select the Require a password on
wakeup option from the menu on the
left.

The Define power buttons and turn on


password protection menu screen
displays.

3 From the When I press the power


button drop-down menu, select Do
nothing.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
40
4 Click Save changes.

The Power Options menu screen


displays again.

5 Click the Change plan settings option


associated with Balanced
(recommended).

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
41
The Change settings for the plan:
Balanced menu screen displays.

6 From the Turn off the display drop-


down menu, select Never.

7 From the Put the computer to sleep


drop-down menu, select Never.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
42
8 Click Change advanced power settings.

The Power Options dialog box opens.

9 Scroll down the list and select PCI


Express > Link State Power
Management > Setting.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
43
10 Select Off from the Setting drop-down menu.

11 Click Apply.

12 Click OK.

The Power Options dialog box closes and the Change settings for the plan: Balanced menu
screen returns to focus.

13 Click Save changes.

The Power Options menu screen


displays again.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
44
14 Click Control Panel Home at the top of
the menu on the left to return to the
Control Panel.

User Accounts
1 From the Control Panel, click User
Accounts.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
45
The User Accounts menu displays.

2 Click Change User Account Control


settings.

The User Account Control Settings


dialog box opens.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
46
3 Move the slider bar to the lowest
setting – Never notify.

4 Click OK.

The User Account Control Settings


dialog box closes and the User
Accounts menu returns to focus.

5 Close the User Accounts menu.

6 From the Windows Start Menu, right-


click Computer and click Manage
from the context menu which
displays.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
47
The Computer Management menu
opens.

7 From the menu on the left, expand


the Local Users and Groups option
to display its contents.

8 Select the Users option listed under


Local Users and Groups.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
48
9 From the list of user accounts in the
menu on the right, double-click
FRONTIER.

The FRONTIER Properties dialog


box opens.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
49
10 Select the User cannot change
password check box and ensure the
Password never expires check box
is also selected.

11 Click Apply.

12 Click OK.

13 All Control Panel settings are now complete. You may close the window and move on to the next
section of this guide.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
50
Other Settings/Tasks
Some of the settings required in this section are not completed via the Control Panel. Be sure to carefully
complete all the instructions in each sub-section of this section.

Overview
In this section, you will learn how to:
 Modify Recycle Bin Settings (see page 51)
 Modify Network Card Settings (see page 53)
 Modify Group Policy Settings (see page 62)
 Modify Windows Firewall Settings (see page 67)

Recycle Bin Settings


®
1 From the Windows desktop, right-click the Recycle Bin
shortcut.

A context menu displays.

2 Select Properties.

The Recycle Bin Properties dialog box opens.


By default, the first drive is selected in the Recycle Bin
Location list.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
51
3 From the Settings for selected location group box, select
the Don’t move files to the Recycle Bin radio button.

4 Select the next drive in the Recycle Bin Location list.


Note: If you only have one drive displayed in the Recycle
Bin Location list, skip to step x of this procedure.

5 From the Settings for selected location group box, select


the Don’t move files to the Recycle Bin radio button.

6 Click Apply.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
52
The Recycle Bin settings are applied.

7 Click OK.

The Recycle Bin Properties dialog box closes and the settings are saved.

Network Card Settings


1 ®
Select the Windows menu button located at the bottom-left corner of the screen.

2 From the Control Panel menu, select


Network and Sharing Center.

The Network and Sharing Center


window opens.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
53
3 From View your active networks, click
the connection type displayed in
Connections.

The Local Area Connection Status


dialog box opens.

4 Click Properties.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
54
The Local Area Connection Properties
dialog box opens.

5 Ensure the check-box associated with


Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
is selected in the list.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
55
Select the Internet Protocol Version 4
(TCP/IPv4) entry in the list to highlight it.

6 Click Properties.

The Internet Protocol Version 4


(TCP/IPv4) Properties dialog box
opens.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
56
7 Select the Use the following IP
address radio button and enter the
following information:
IP address: 192.168.0.10
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
Note: The IP address and Subnet mask
used in this example are for
demonstration purposes only.

8 Click OK.

The Internet Protocol Version 4


(TCP/IPv4) Properties dialog box closes
and the Local Area Connection
Properties dialog box returns to focus.

9 Click OK.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
57
The Local Area Connection Properties
dialog box closes and the Local Area
Connection Status dialog box returns to
focus.

10 Click Close.

The Local Area Connection Status dialog box closes and the Network and Sharing Center menu
returns to focus.

11 Click the Change adapter settings


option in the menu on the left.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
58
The Network Connections screen
displays.

Note: The network connections displayed


in your window may differ from this
example.

12 Right-click a Network Card displayed in


the list.

A context menu displays.

13 Select Properties.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
59
The Local Area Connection Properties
dialog box opens.

14 Click Configure.

The [Device Name] Properties dialog


box opens.

15 Select the Power Management tab.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
60
The Power Management tab displays.

16 Clear the selection in the check box


associated with Allow the computer to
turn off this device to save power.

17 Click OK.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
61
The [Device Name] Properties dialog
box closes and the Network
Connections screen returns to focus.

18 Repeat steps 4-9 for each network card displaying in the list on the Network Connections screen.

19 When settings to all network cards are complete, close the Local Area Connection Properties
dialog box and move on to the next section of this guide.

Group Policy
®
1 Select the Windows menu button located at the bottom-left corner of the screen.
®
The Windows Start Menu displays.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
62
2 In the Search programs and files field,
type gpedit.msc

3 Click gpedit.msc in the Programs list.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
63
The Local Group Policy Editor window
opens.

4 From the file system navigation menu on


the left, select Computer Configuration
> Administrative Templates.

5 From the Setting menu, double-click


Windows Components.

The Setting menu updates.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
64
6 Double-click AutoPlay Policies.

The Setting menu updates.

7 Double-click Turn off Autoplay.

The Turn off Autoplay dialog box


opens.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
65
8 Select the Enabled radio button.

9 Click Apply.

10 Click OK.

The Turn off Autoplay dialog box closes


and the Local Group Policy Editor
window returns to focus.
Turn off Autoplay is now set to
Enabled.

11 Close the Local Group Policy Editor window.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
66
Windows Firewall
1 From the Control Panel, click Windows
Firewall.

The Windows Firewall menu screen


displays.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
67
2 Click Turn Windows Firewall on or off.

The Customize Settings screen


displays.

3 Select the Turn off Windows Firewall radio button for each item displayed on the screen.

4 Click OK.

The Windows Firewall menu screen displays.


®
Windows operating system initial setup is now complete.

Windows® 7 Operating System Initial Setup for MS01 v.4.0


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
68
FUJIFILM Corporation
7-3, Akasaka 9-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 107-0052, Japan
INSTALLATION GUIDE

< Optional Software >

FRONTIER WORKFLOW
MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE
PRINTER DRIVER SOFTWARE
for Windows 7

Printer Driver Software (MS12) Ver.2.0 or later


Basic Software (MS01) Ver.4.0 or later
First Edition
Ref.No. PP3-A1426E
Printer Driver Software (MS12) Installation
1 Check if the ICIII is running normally.
2 Insert the Printer Driver Software (MS12) installer CD into the CD-ROM drive of the ICIII.
3 Click the [Tools] button in the “View Orders” screen.
Click

4 Click the [LOG OFF] button in the “MS01” dialog box.

Click

2
5 In the “FUJIFILM Log-Off” dialog box, enter “operator” for “Password” and then click the [OK] button.

1. Enter “operator” 2. Click

•The system logs off the current mode and then logs in to the selected mode automatically. Wait for a while
since this operation requires several minutes.
•The “Printer Driver Software (MS12)” installer starts up automatically.
*Only when installing in the ICIII Workstation, perform Steps 16 to 22 in advance.

6 Select the “sRGB” printer driver in the “Frontier Printer Driver” dialog box and then click the [OK] button.

Select Click

7 Select the logical device name of the connected printer (PICsRGB) and then click the [Select] and [OK]
buttons.
1. Select

2. Click

3
8 Windows Security dialog box opens.
Install this driver software anyway click.

Click

9 Click the [OK] but ton in the “Installation completed...” dialog box.

Click

Note: Do not restart Windows to continue installing the no conversion printer driver (PD).

4
10 In the Windows desktop screen, click the [Start] button and then select “Log Off”.
•The “Printer Driver Software (MS12)” installer starts up automatically.

2. Click

1. Click

11 Select the “No Conv” printer driver in the “Printer Driver” dialog box and then click the [OK] button.

Select Click

5
12 Select the logical device name of the connected printer (PICPD) and then click the [Select] and [OK]
buttons.
1. Select

2. Click

14 Click the [OK] but ton in the “Installation completed...” dialog box.

Click

15 Remove the installer CD from the CD-ROM drive of the ICIII.

Note: Do not restart the Windows to continue performing the steps given in the following Chapter 3
“ Initial Value setting for Printer Driver”.

6
Only when installing in the ICIII Workstation, perform the procedure below.

16 In the Printer Driver dialog box, click the [Cancel] button.

Click

17 [Windows]Key + [R]Key
The [Run] dialog box opens

18 In the “Run” dialog, click the [Browse] button.

Click

7
19 In the Browse dialog box, specify the CD- ROM drive, select “Setup” and then click the [Open] button.

1. Click

2. Click

20 In the “Run” dialog box, click the [OK] button.

Click

•The “F-DIA server computer name input” dialog box appears.

8
21 In the “F-DIA server computer name input” dialog box, enter the computer name of the ICIII server
(normally “FEII-FRONTEND”).

1. Enter the computer name of the ICIII server

Click

9
22 Click the [Next] button. The “Start Copying Files” dialog box appears. Click the [Next] button.

•The “Now install” message appears and installation of FDiA starts.

When installation is completed, the Printer Driver dialog box appears automatically. Perform Steps 6 to
15.

10
Initial Value setting for Printer Driver
1 In the Windows desktop screen, click the [Start] button and then select “Devices and Printers”.

2. Click

1. Click

11
2 Right-click the “FUJIFILM xxxxsRGB” printer (“xxxx” is the name of the printer) and then select “Printing
Preferences”.

Select

3 In the “Printing Preferences” dialog box, click the [Paper Size Update] button and then the [OK] button.

1. Click 2. Click

12
4 Also select the “FUJIFILM xxxxPD” printer (“xxxx” is the name of the printer) and then repeat Steps 2 and
3.

5 Restart Windows.

Note: To delete unused printers, right-click the icon and then select “Delete” on the menu. Click the [Yes]
button on the “Confirm File Delete” screen.

13
FUJIFILM Corporation
7-3, Akasaka 9-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 107-0052, Japan

Ref.No. PP3-A1426E 113208 FP


INSTALLATION GUIDE

FRONTIER WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE

MS01 Software Version 3.0

Universal Guide for


First Edition
Service Technician Use 30 October 2009
Copyright Not ice
© Copyright 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation
Frontier Workflow Management Software MS01 Installation Guide
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, translated, or
stored in a retrieval system in any form or by any means, without the prior written consent of FUJIFILM
Corporation.

Soft ware Licensing Agreem ent


PLEASE READ THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE OPENING THIS
PACKAGE OR USING THIS SOFTWARE. OPENING THIS PACKAGE OR USING THIS SOFTWARE
INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE
WITH THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, PROMPTLY RETURN THIS SOFTWARE UNOPENED TO
YOUR SUPPLIER AND YOUR MONEY WILL BE REFUNDED.
This Software License Agreement is a legal document between you (a single entity) and FUJIFILM
Corporation (the "Licensor") for the MS01 Frontier Workflow Management Software (the "Software"). The
Software includes the Frontier Workflow Management Software MS01 software, the associated media,
any printed materials and any electronic documentation. By using the Software, you agree to the terms of
this Software License Agreement.
The Licensor grants you a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use one copy of the Software in
object code only.

Ownership Retained By Licensor


FUJIFILM Corporation owns all title and copyrights in and to the Software and the Licensor has the full
right and authority to grant the license granted herein. Your license does not give you any title or
ownership in the Software, nor is it a sale of any rights in the Software. The only right granted to you is
the right to use the Software in accordance with the terms of this Software License Agreement. All rights
not specifically granted to you under this Software License Agreement are reserved by the Licensor.
You may make only a single copy of this Software as a backup copy, provided that it includes all notices
and markings, including copyright, trademark and other proprietary notices as on the original. Such
backup copy of the Software may not be in use at any time unless the original Software is damaged
beyond use, and it must remain in your possession and control. You may not copy the Software onto any
public network. You may not, and you may not allow others to, modify, disassemble, decompile, translate,
reverse engineer, reproduce, make derivative works of or enhance the software. You may not, and you
may not allow others to, rent, lease, sell, sublicense or otherwise transfer the Software to any other
person.
In addition to any other rights it may have, the Licensor may terminate this Software License Agreement if
you fail to comply with the terms and conditions hereof. In such event, you must cease all use of the
Software and destroy all copies of the Software and all of its component parts.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
i
At the Licensor's sole discretion, the Licensor may from time to time provide you with updates to the
Software. Any such updates shall become part of the Software licensed to you hereunder and subject to
all of the terms and conditions of this Software License Agreement.

Disclaim er of Warranties
The Licensor expressly disclaims any and all warranties relative to the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS
PROVIDED “AS IS," WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR OF
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT AND THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY
AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LICENSED PRODUCT IS WITH YOU.

Lim itation of Liability


In no event shall the Licensor be liable for any direct, special, incidental, indirect or consequential
damages whatsoever to you (including, without limitation, damages for loss of profits, sales or data or for
business interruption) arising out of the use of or inability to use the Software, even if the Licensor has
been advised of the possibility of such damages. In any event, the Licensor's entire liability under any
provision shall be limited to the greater of the amount actually paid by you for the Software or $25.
Because some states and jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability, the above
limitation may not apply to you. If any provision of the Software License Agreement is declared by a court
of competent jurisdiction to be invalid for any reason, such invalidity shall not effect the remaining
provisions hereof.

Governing Law
This Software License Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard
to conflict of laws principles.

Term
This License Agreement is effective until terminated. You may terminate this License Agreement by
returning the Licensed Product to Licensor. Licensor may terminate this License Agreement if you breach
any of the terms and conditions. Upon termination of this License Agreement for any reason, you shall
return the Licensed Product to Licensor. All provisions of this Agreement relating to disclaimers of
warranties, limitation of liability, remedies, or damages, and Licensor's proprietary rights shall survive
termination.
YOU ACKNOWLEDGE YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS AGREEMENT AND AGREE TO
BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS. YOU FURTHER AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT IS THE COMPLETE
AND EXCLUSIVE STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU AND LICENSOR, AND
SUPERSEDES ANY PROPOSAL OR PRIOR AGREEMENT, ORAL OR WRITTEN, AND ANY OTHER
COMMUNICATIONS RELATING TO SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT.

NY-177971 v3 0950000-102

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
ii
Table of Cont ent s

CH APTER 1 : I N TROD UCTI ON .......................................................................................................................1


OVERVI EW ................................................................................................................................................................1
KNOW YOUR SYSTEM ..............................................................................................................................................2
I CI I I Com put er ...............................................................................................................................................2
I CI I I Support ed Operat ing Syst em s ......................................................................................................3
Fuj ifilm Print ers ..............................................................................................................................................3
Fuj ifilm Scanners ...........................................................................................................................................3
Third- Part y Hardware ..................................................................................................................................3
SYSTEM TERMI NOLOGY ...........................................................................................................................................4
CH APTER 2 : D ETERM I N I N G PROPER I N STALLATI ON ..................................................................11
OVERVI EW ..............................................................................................................................................................11
D ETERMI NI NG I NSTALLATI ON TYPE......................................................................................................................11
D ETERMI NI NG I NSTALLATI ON W ORKFLOW ..........................................................................................................12
Overview .........................................................................................................................................................12
Full I nst allat ion > MS01 Server Set up Types...................................................................................13
Full I nst allat ion > Print er, Scanner, MS01 Workst at ion, MS01 Workst at ion wit h Print er
Support , and High Capacit y I m age Processor Set up Types........................................................15
CH APTER 3 : I N STALLATI ON SETUP TYPES ........................................................................................17
OVERVI EW ..............................................................................................................................................................17
I NSTALLATI ON SETUP TYPES ................................................................................................................................17
CH APTER 4 : FULL M S0 1 V3 .0 I N STALLATI ON ..................................................................................19
MS01 SERVER.......................................................................................................................................................19
MS01 Server ..................................................................................................................................................19
PRI NTER ..................................................................................................................................................................25
Print er ..............................................................................................................................................................25
SCANNER ................................................................................................................................................................35
Scanner ...........................................................................................................................................................35
MS01 WI TH PRI NTER SUPPORT ...........................................................................................................................42
MS01 wit h Print er Support .......................................................................................................................42
MS01 WI TH SCANNER SUPPORT .........................................................................................................................50
MS01 wit h Scanner Support ....................................................................................................................50
MS01 WI TH PRI NTER AND SCANNER SUPPORT ..................................................................................................56
MS01 wit h Print er and Scanner Support ............................................................................................56
MS01 W ORKSTATI ON ...........................................................................................................................................63
MS01 Workst at ion .......................................................................................................................................63
MS01 W ORKSTATI ON WI TH PRI NTER SUPPORT ................................................................................................68
MS01 Workst at ion wit h Print er Support .............................................................................................68
HI GH CAPACI TY I MAGE PROCESSOR ....................................................................................................................75
High Capacit y I m age Processor .............................................................................................................75
MS01 SERVER WI TH TETHERED PRI NTER...........................................................................................................80
MS01 Server wit h Tet hered Print er ......................................................................................................80
CANCELLI NG I NSTALLATI ON ..................................................................................................................................87

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
iii
CH APTER 5 : UPGRAD I N G FROM M S0 1 V2 .5 .5 .3 9 6 5 6 TO V3 .0 ................................................88
OVERVI EW ..............................................................................................................................................................88
I NSTALLI NG THE V3.0 SOFTWARE UPDATE ON MS01 V2.5.5 SYSTEMS ........................................................89
ADDI NG DVD SUPPORT TO THE UPGRADED SYSTEM.........................................................................................96
> > > To add support DVD product s .....................................................................................................96
NO- FRONTMAN CONFI GURATI ON SETTI NGS ....................................................................................................102
> > > To configure No- Front Man support for SP 1500, 2000, or 2500 Scanner ................102
> > > To configure No- Front Man support for SP 3000 Scanner ...............................................106
APPEN D I X A: AD D I TI ON AL M S0 1 TASKS..........................................................................................109
D I SABLI NG H YPERTHREADI NG ( FMPC/ LPC) ...................................................................................................109
VDENTRY & 1394 FI REWI RE SETUP.................................................................................................................109
Preparat ion of FireWire Cards and Drivers ......................................................................................109
FireWire Card I nst allat ion ......................................................................................................................110
FireWire Driver I nst allat ion....................................................................................................................114
ADJUSTI NG THE SYSTEM’ S D ATE AND TI ME PROPERTI ES ................................................................................126
ENSURI NG ADEQUATE SPC/ MCU D I SK SPACE ...............................................................................................127
I NSTALLI NG & CONFI GURI NG THE ASK 2000, 4000, & 4000A PRI NTERS ...............................................131
TO BACK UP ( SAVE) SETTI NGS .........................................................................................................................137
APPEN D I X B: I N FORM ATI ON ABOUT M S0 1 .....................................................................................139
POWER FOR THE MS01 SYSTEM ........................................................................................................................139
Non- Connect ed Syst em s ........................................................................................................................139
Connect ed Syst em s ..................................................................................................................................139
SUPPORT MODE ...................................................................................................................................................140
OPERATOR MODE.................................................................................................................................................142
ACCESSI NG MAI NTENANCE .................................................................................................................................144

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
iv
Chapter 1: Introduction

Overview
This universal guide is intended for retail labs running Fujifilm systems regardless of location.
Important: Review this entire guide to determine which sections apply to your lab before you
begin installing any software.

This installation guide provides details and instructions for installing Fujifilm’s Frontier Workflow
Management Software (MS01) for retail lab systems internationally. It may need to be used in
association with a regional or retailer-tailored guide.

In this chapter, you will learn the various hardware pieces that can comprise a Fujifilm system (see
page 2).

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
1
Know Your System
It is very important to know your system configuration before installing the MS software to ensure proper
functionality and performance.

ICIII Computer
The minimum hardware requirements for ICIII computers is:

Items Specification Remarks

CPU Pentium 4, 3.4 GHz or more

Memory 2 GB or more

Hard Disk 160 GB Two drive allocation: C and D

Clock Frequency 450 MHz or higher

External I/F 1000 BASE-TX Depending on the peripheral


USB 2.0 equipment

SCSI
etc.

OS Windows XP Professional SP2

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
2
ICIII Supported Operating Systems Fujifilm Printers
Windows XP Service Pack 2 The MS01 software supports the following printer models:
Network Printers
o DL 400 Inkjet Dry Lab Printer
Fujifilm Scanners o DL 410 Inkjet Dry Lab Printer
The MS software supports the following scanner o DL 430 Inkjet Dry Lab Printer1
models: o LP 5000 Wet Lab Printer
o LP 7000 Wet Lab Printer
USB Scanners: o LP 7100 Wet Lab Printer
o SP 500 o LP 7200 Wet Lab Printer
o LP 7500 Wet Lab Printer
o LP 7600 Wet Lab Printer
o LP 7700 Wet Lab Printer
1394 FireWire Scanners:
o LP 7900 Wet Lab Printer
o SP 1500 o SLP800 scanner/printer (330 system)
o SLP1000 scanner/printer (340 system)
o SP 2000
o SP 2500 USB Printers
o DPB 1500 Dry Lab Printer
o SP 3000
o ASK 1500 Dry Lab Printer
o ASK 2000 Dry Lab Printer
o ASK 4000 Dry Lab Printer
Third-Party Hardware o ASK 4000A Dry Lab Printer
The MS01 software supports the following printer
models:
1394 FireWire Printers:
o DYMO LabelWriter Printers o LP 1500 Wet Lab Printer
o LP 2000 Wet Lab Printer
o Epson Stylus Pro Wide Format Printers
o LP 2500 Wet Lab Printer
o Xerox Phaser Printer o LP 5500 Wet Lab Printer
o LP 5700 Wet Lab Printer
o Rimage CD Duplicators
o LP 5900 Wet Lab Printer
o Flatbed Scanners

1
This printer is installed via a separate installation guide.
MS01 Installation Guide
© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
3
System Terminology
330 System A tethered system consisting of an SLP 800 printer/scanner combination.

340 System A tethered system consisting of an SLP 1000 printer/scanner combination.

350 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 1500 wet lab printer and an SP 1500 or
2000 scanner.

355 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 1500 wet lab printer and an SP 3000
scanner.

370 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 2000 wet lab printer and an SP 2000
scanner.

375 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 2000 wet lab printer and an SP 3000
scanner.

550 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 5500 wet lab printer and an SP 3000
scanner.

570 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 5700 wet lab printer and an SP 3000
scanner.

590 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 5900 wet lab printer and an SP 3000
scanner.

A1 Scanner software that works with the SP 1500, SP 2000, SP 2500, and SP 3000
scanners.

ASK Dye-sublimation dry lab printers. See Fujifilm USB printers in this glossary.

B1 Variety Print Service for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

B5 Single Scan Digitizing Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

B7 Professional Scanning Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

B8 Hyper Reorder Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

B9 Tone Selection Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

B11 Hyper Retouch Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

backprint Text printed on the reverse side of the print. Sometimes customizable.

CD Compact disc. Referred to in MS01 as Disc.

connected A connected MS01 system is a system that receives data from Fujifilm’s
fulfillment network, sends data to Fujifilm’s Fulfillment Network, and receives
orders from various sources (such as retailers and Fujifilm labs). This is
accomplished via Internet connectivity.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
4
Crop modes MS01 offers different crop choices. For this example, assume that the original product
size and image dimensions are:
8x10 Image

4x6 Product
3.5x5 Image

Fill in Print area is filled with image and there may be image data lost if it does not
crop match the aspect ratio of the print size selected. Output will have no white
mode space.
8 x 10 Image 3.5 x 5 Image

Fit in Fits the image into the size selected leaving it at its current aspect ratio to
crop maintain all the image data. This will produce white space if the image is not
mode the same aspect ratio as the size selected.
8 x 10 Image 3.5 x 5 Image

No Image is rendered on the product without resizing. Takes the size selected
resize and cuts out the center portion of the image (think of it as a cookie cutter). If
crop the image is smaller than the size selected it will produce white space.
mode 8 x 10 Image 3.5 x 5 Image

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
5
custom backprint Backprint text specified by the operator; only replaces second line of backprint. Not all
printers support the backprint feature.
Also see backprint.

digital input Digital images loaded into the system for printing (not film-based images). Examples
include .jpg, .tif, and .gif image files generated from digital cameras.

Digital Link One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, this application performs all
Request Spooler background processing for producing prints and CDs, receiving input from external
sources such as kiosk, and communications with remote systems via the Internet.
It also manages a database containing all production information, and is responsible for
scheduling of tasks and devices throughout the system.
This application is also known as Simon.

Dymo Label A small label printer used to output labels for CDs, kiosk orders, Web orders, etc.

E5 Fujicolor CD/DVD Digital software (also known as Backup CD Service).

Epson Stylus Pro Wide-format printer used in some Fujifilm regions. Supported models include 4880,
7800, and 7880.

FDD Frontier Driver Direct. This service provides more control and greater messaging
capabilities when printing.

FDIA Fujifilm’s Frontier Digital Imaging Architecture.

FDIA DB The database used by MS01 and other Fujifilm and third-party software to facilitate
image transfer and order fulfillment.

FCIM Frontier Communication Interface Module.

film type A film type must be selected if creating prints from film. Options include color, black and
white, and slide film.

Frontier The name used to describe Fujifilm-developed systems.

FrontMan The FrontMan software is an optional film input software interface included with MS01.
(The FrontMan application window is also known as Main or the Order Entry screen.)

FMPC Also known as the LPC and an abbreviation for Frontier Manager Printer Controller, the
FMPC is a separate computer used to drive a laser printer (LP printer) and receive data
from the scanner (if configured to do so).
Note: Not all system configurations use an FMPC/LPC.

Fujifilm Printers LP 1500 Wet Lab Printer LP 5500 Wet Lab Printer
(1394 FireWire)
LP 2000 Wet Lab Printer LP 5700 Wet Lab Printer
LP 2500 Wet Lab Printer LP 5900 Wet Lab Printer

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
6
Fujifilm Printers DL 400 Inkjet Dry Lab Printer LP 7500 Wet Lab Printer
(Network) DL 410 Inkjet Dry Lab Printer LP 7600 Wet Lab Printer
DL 430 Inkjet Dry Lab Printer LP 7700 Wet Lab Printer
LP 5000 Wet Lab Printer LP 7900 Wet Lab Printer
LP 7000 Wet Lab Printer SLP800 scanner/printer (330 system)
LP 7100 Wet Lab Printer SLP1000 scanner/printer (340 system)
LP 7200 Wet Lab Printer

Fujifilm Printers DPB 1500 Dry Lab Printer ASK 2500 Dry Lab Printer
(USB)
ASK 1500 Dry Lab Printer ASK 4000 Dry Lab Printer
ASK 2000 Dry Lab Printer ASK 4000A Dry Lab Printer

Fujifilm Scanners SP 1500 SP 2500


(FireWire)
SP 2000 SP 3000

Fujifilm Scanners SP 500


(USB)

HCIP High capacity image processor. This is a rendering device attached to the MS01
system. By having an HCIP attached to your MS01 system, its order processing speed
is increased.

Hot Job Provides an order with a prioritized status.

Hyper-Threading Officially called Hyper-Threading Technology (HTT), this is Intel Corporation’s


trademark for their implementation of the simultaneous multithreading technology on
their Pentium 4 micro-architecture.
The technology improves processor performance under certain workloads by providing
useful work for execution units that would otherwise be idle, for example during a cache
miss.
A Pentium 4 with Hyper-Threading enabled is treated by the operating system as two
processors instead of one.

IC Imaging controller.

ICIII Imaging Controller III computer, formerly known as PIC (photo imaging controller
computer) and DIC (digital imaging controller computer).

Image Info One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Image Info allows operators to see
information about the image data.

Index Print A supplementary print that displays image thumbnails.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
7
Job Manager One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Job Manager manages the images in
MS01 orders.
Also known as JobMan.

Kaleida A Fujifilm printer used in some Fujifilm regions. Supported model includes PX-7550.

Local Disc Writer This is a CD/DVD writer attached to the IC or an IC Workstation. This allows for one (1)
CD to be written at a time. Local CD/DVD writers do not have the ability to print the
labels automatically on the CD/DVDs.

Log Off One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, the Log Off function shuts down the
application and also performs a Windows operating system log off.

LP (Laser Printer) This is the abbreviation that pre-pends some Fujifilm printer model names. For example,
LP 5000.

LPC Also known as the FMPC, and an abbreviation for Laser Printer Controller, the LPC is
one of the terms used as a name for the computer, which is separate from the ICIII
computer that is used to drive a printer.

Maintenance One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, the MS01 Maintenance application
houses the software used to configure the MS01 system.
This is a different application than the Maintenance offered via the printer software.

MCU (Main Known as the SPC in some regions, the MCU is the computer that drives the film
Control Unit) scanner hardware. Note: The SP 500 runs via the ICIII without a separate SPC/MCU
device.

Media SD/Memory Stick/Compact Flash/xD Card/Compact Flash/CD/DVD used to store digital


images.

MS01 Also known as the Frontier Workflow Management Software. This is the overall system,
including the scanner software and the printer software.
Operators should always use the system in Operator mode.

MS11 Scanner software that works with SP 500, 1500, 2000, 2500, and 3000 model scanners.
This is a sub-component of the MS01 system.

MS12 Printer driver support software for Adobe Photoshop CS3 and CS4.

MS13 LAN spool software.

MS14 Variety Print Service software.

MS15 Variety Template Composite / Variety Templates software, including Template Editor.

MS16 Image-Adjust software. Also called 6-frame adjust.

MS17 Net Connection for FDI-net software.

MS18 Skin Color Correction Image Processing software.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
8
MS19 Photo ID Print Service software.

Multi-Roll Order A multi-roll order is an order that contains more than one roll of film. Each roll in a multi-
roll order has a unique Film ID (which is included in the backprint information).

Operator Mode On the ICIII, this mode locks down the system so only Fuji applications can be used.
After logging to Operator mode (default mode), Fuji applications automatically launch,
and automatically re-launch if terminated.

Panda (Printer One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Panda provides an interface between
And Device the Digital Link Request Spooler (Simon) and various devices, such as printers and CD-
Application) writers. It manages device operations and provides status and messages to the rest of
the system in a consistent manner to ensure that devices may easily be interchanged or
added, as needed.

Personality Custom MS system settings associated with a particular Fujifilm region or retailer.

PIC Photo Imaging Controller, now known as IC.

Product On the MS01 system, each print created has an associated “product” file. For example,
there are product files for 4x6-sized prints,

Production The mechanism in the MS01 system that manages routing ordered products to output
Manager devices for production. It also handles ordering the output based on due time, etc.

Promo Print A product that enables retailers to print promotional offers (using the MS01 system) for
distribution to consumers.

Puma One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Puma is the mechanism used to
display system messages (such as errors, warnings, and informational messages).

Red exclamation This will power off the ICIII system. For proper shut-down procedures, see the MS01
mark Start-up and Shut-down Guide.
On the FMPC, this is an emergency shutdown for only the Panda application. This will
not power off the FMPC box. Note: This is not the proper shut-down procedure for this
device; only do this if directed to do so by Technical Support.
Important: For systems that are not connected to the Fujifilm fulfillment network, this
function can be used as a proper method of shutting down the system.
For systems that are connected to the Fujifilm fulfillment network, this should be treated
as an emergency shut-down command only. By clicking this button, you are not
performing a proper shut-down procedure. Only use this button if instructed to do so by
Technical Support.

Retain Print Enables you to retain the size, surface, and color settings between orders.
Settings

Rimage This is a third-party CD burning device designed for high volumes of CD creation. This
system allows multiple CDs to be written simultaneously. The Rimage system can print
labels directly onto CDs. Depending on the model of Rimage, it may have two or four
CD burners and a single printer.

S3 Variety Print Service for SP 3000 scanners not using FrontMan.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
9
S5 Professional Software for SP 3000 scanners not using FrontMan.

Scan Modes Auto When using film input, if the operator selects Auto as the scan mode, the
system scans six images at a time without requiring the operator to press
<Enter>. Pressing any key on the keyboard will stop the Auto Mode and will
allow image adjustments as in Semi Mode.

Manual Manual operates just as semi mode operates, but you can choose size and
quantity for each frame.

Semi When using film input, if the operator selects Semi as the scan mode, the
system scans six images at a time and the operator can correct the color and
density on each image as necessary. The operator then presses <Enter> to
scan the next set of six images.

Software This is a tool that allows the user to switch to any of the programs that are currently
Launcher running. Also known as the Switcher application, this replaces the need for the Windows
<Alt+Tab> function.

SP The abbreviation that pre-pends Fujifilm scanner model names. For example, SP 500.

SPC Known as the MCU in some regions, this is the name for the computer that drives the
scanner. Note: The SP 500 runs via the ICIII without a separate SPC/MCU device.

Summary Sheet A print output that includes the file names of the images in the order.

Surface Prints can be produced using different surface textures. Some printer models can only
print on certain surface types. Surfaces include Glossy, Lustre, Matte, Silk, SupremeG,
SupremeL, Thin, SupremeM, ThinGlossy, GlossyRoll, SatinRoll, SemiGlossBoard,
CanvasRoll, CatsbyRoll, PearlRoll, SatinCanvasRoll, AquarellRoll, TalbotRoll,
ScrimVinyl, and PearlPosterBoard.

Support Mode On the ICIII, this mode allows the user to access the operating system. After logging to
Support mode, Fuji applications automatically launch but do not re-launch if terminated.

Third-Party MS01 3.0 supports:


Printers
Epson Stylus Pro Wide Format Printers
Xerox Phaser Printers
Rimage CD writers/printers

Whole Roll A product type applied to an image that will make <#> of each image in the order.

Workstation This is another digital input system for the MS01 software. It allows control of a printer,
digital ingest, and CD/DVD burning.

Xerox printers Color printers used in some Fujifilm regions. Supported models Phaser 7760,
DPC4350, and DPC3360.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
10
Chapter 2: Determining Proper Installation

Overview
There are various installation methods for the deployment of MS01 version 3.0.
It is essential that you perform the correct installation.

Determining Installation Type


Different Fujifilm regions and retailers currently run different versions of the MS01 software.
For example:

• Some labs will need to install the MS01 software for the first time.

• Some labs will need to upgrade from MS01 v2.5.5 to MS01 v3.0.
Some portions of installation are documented in separate guides; contact your Fujifilm subsidiary for the
proper diagram for your lab. It is essential to use the proper guides for your lab/configuration when
installing.

Installation instructions are included in this guide as follows:


• For new systems, to install a full version of MS01 3.0…
• On MS01 Server, MS01 Server with Printer Support, MS01 Server with Scanner Support¸
MS01 Server with Printer and Scanner Support, and MS01 Server with Tethered Printer,
see page 13.
• On Printer, Scanner, MS01 Workstation, MS01 Workstation with Printer Support, and High
Capacity Image Processor, see page 15.
• To upgrade from MS01 v2.5.5 to MS01 v 3.0, see page 88. When upgrading an MS01 v2.5.5
system, the order in which MS01 system hardware and software is installed varies based on
setup type.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
11
Determining Installation Workflow

Overview
The following installation checklists are categorized, as follows, based on the steps required during installation.
o For full installation workflow information for MS01 Server, MS01 Server with Printer Support, MS01 Server w
MS01 Server with Printer and Scanner Support, and MS01 Server with Tethered Printer setup types, see
o For full installation workflow information for Printer, Scanner, MS01 Workstation, MS01 Workstation with Pr
Capacity Image Processor setup types, see page 15.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
12
Full Installation > MS01 Server Setup Types

MS01 Server MS01 with Printer MS01 with Scanner MS01 with Printe
Support Support and Scanner
Support
All configurations…ghost the system. (Refer to instructions provided by your Fujifilm subsidiary.)

All configurations… verify the computer system’s date and time properties (see page 126).

All configurations… perform additional pre-installation tasks. (Refer to instructions provided by your Fujifilm su

Install the MS01 software Install the MS01 Install the MS01 software on Install the MS01 softw
on the ICIII, selecting software on the ICIII, the ICIII, selecting MS01 with on the ICIII, selecting
MS01 Server as setup selecting MS01 with Scanner Support as setup MS01 with Printer an
type (see page 19). Printer Support as type (see page 50). Scanner Support as
setup type (see page setup type (see page
42).

Install the printer Install the scanner software. Install the printer softw
software & register the & register the printer.
printer.

Install the scanner


software.

Install other MS01 setup Proceed as follows: Proceed as follows: Proceed as follows:
types:
o If no other system o Required: Printer (refer to o If no other system
o Required: Printer hardware exists, Printer checklist on page hardware exists,
(refer to Printer proceed to the next 15) OR Workstation with proceed to the nex
checklist on page 15) step below. Printer Support (refer to step below.
Workstation with Printer
o Optional: Workstation, o If the system o Install optional MS0
Support checklist on page
HCIP includes an setup types:
15)
MCU/SPC , install Workstation & HCIP
After these additional

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
13
MS01 Server MS01 with Printer MS01 with Scanner MS01 with Printe
Support Support and Scanner
Support
installations are Scanner (refer to o Install optional MS01 setup (see checklists on
complete, continue Scanner checklist on types: Workstation & HCIP page 15)
below. page 15) (see checklists on page
After these additional
15)
o Install optional MS01 installations are
setup types: After these additional complete, continue
Workstation & HCIP installations are complete, below.
(see checklists on continue below.
page 15)
After these additional
installations are
complete, continue
below.

If you chose ASK as If you chose ASK as t


the printer type during printer type during MS
MS01 installation, installation, perform ta
perform tasks on page on page 131.
131.

All configurations… install additional, optional hardware software, such as the Epson Stylus wide format printe
flatbed scanners, and DL 430 printer.

All configurations… configure the MS01 software and perform necessary post-installation tasks (as defined b
Note: This step may not be necessary if your subsidiary has already customized your installer.

All configurations… perform system backup (see page 109).

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
14
Full Installation > Printer, Scanner, MS01 Workstation, MS01 Workstation with Printer
Capacity Image Processor Setup Types

Printer Scanner MS01 Workstation MS01 Workstation


with Printer Support

Important: The MS01 Server must be powered on with the MS01 software running to enable succe
computers in the system.

Ghost the LPC/FMPC Ghost the MCU/SPC Ghost the Workstation Ghost the Workstation
computer. computer. computer. computer.

(Refer to instructions provided by your Fujifilm subsidiary.)

All configurations… verify the computer system’s date and time properties (see page 126).

Disable the computer’s


Hyper-Threading
feature (see page 109).

All configurations… perform additional pre-installation tasks as defined by your Fujifilm subsidiary.

For the LP 1500, 2000,


2500, 5500, 5700, &
5900 printers only,
perform FireWire and
Vdentry tasks (see
page 109).

Otherwise,

Install the MS01 Install the appropriate Install the MS01 software, Install the MS01 software,
software, selecting scanner software based selecting MS01 selecting MS01
Printer as setup type on scanner model. Workstation as setup Workstation with Printer
(see page 25). type (see page 63). Support as setup type (se
page 68).

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
15
Printer Scanner MS01 Workstation MS01 Workstation
with Printer Support

For the DL 4x0 and LP Install the MS01 Install the printer software
7x00 printers, install the software, selecting register the printer.
printer software & Scanner as setup type
If you chose ASK as the
register the printer. (see page 35).
printer type during MS01
For the LP 5000 printer, installation, perform tasks
register the printer. on page 131.

Otherwise,

Install additional, Install additional, optional Install additional, optional


optional components, components, such as the components, such as the
such as the Epson flatbed scanners and DL flatbed scanners and DL
Stylus wide format 430 printer. 430 printer.
printer, Xerox Phaser
printer, flatbed
scanners, DL 430
printer.

Enable Event Viewer


logging settings on the
scanner’s SPC/MCU
(refer to instructions
provided by your
Fujifilm subsidiary.)

All configurations… configure the MS01 software and perform necessary post-installation tasks (refer to ins
Fujifilm subsidiary). Note: This step may not be necessary if your subsidiary has already customized your in

All configurations… perform system backup (see page 109).

If this installation was part of an MS01 Server installation (from the previous section), continue with that inst

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
16
Chapter 3: Installation Setup Types

Overview
This chapter includes the information necessary to install a full version of the MS01 3.0 system on a new
system.

Installation Setup Types


When you run the installer, there will be a Setup Type screen that provides ten software installation
options to choose from.
The installation option you choose is determined by the hardware configuration of your system.

MS01 Server Printer Installation


Installation (see page (see page 25).
19).

Scanner Installation MS01 with Printer


(see page 35). Support Installation
(see page 42).

MS01 with Scanner MS01 with Printer and


Support Installation Scanner Support
(see page 50). Installation (see page
56).

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
17
MS01 Workstation MS01 Workstation
Installation (see page with Printer Support
63). Installation (see page
68).

High Capacity Image MS01 Server with


Processor Installation Tethered Printer
(see page 75). Installation (see page
80).

Cancelling Installation (see page 87).

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
18
Chapter 4: Full MS01 v3.0 Installation

MS01 Server

MS01 Server
Installs the MS01 functionality on the ICIII server.

>>> To install MS01 Server:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation workflow table at the beginning of this guide (page 12).

2 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the ICIII’s CD-ROM drive.

3 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start >
Run or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

The software launches, and the


Choose Setup Language screen
displays.

4 Select the language that the software should display.

5 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
19
A Preparing Setup screen displays
and self-dismisses.

The Choose Setup Language screen


closes, and the InstallShield Wizard
launches, using the selected
language.

6 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Select System


Type screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
20
7 From the drop-down menu, select
MS01 Server.

8 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Additional


Security screen displays.

9 o To lock down the system to prevent the end user from accessing the operating system while
running the Fuji software (operator mode), select the Add additional security to this system
check box.
o If Add additional security to this system is not selected, the system runs in Support mode2.

10 Click Next >.

2
The system can be run in two modes: Support (see page 140) or Operator (see page 142). Support
mode allows full-access to the operating system; Operator mode does not.
MS01 Installation Guide
© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
21
The Setup Type > Disc Writer
Support screen displays.

11 o If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
o If the system will be using a Rimage CD duplication device, select the Rimage option.
o If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

12 Click Next >.

The Edit Data > Enter the name of


the FMPC system screen displays.

13 In the Printer field, enter the name of the FMPC/LPC to be connected to the printer.
Note: Ensure that names do not exceed 15 characters.

14 Click Next >.

Note: If an error dialog opens, then a component name has been incorrectly typed into an Edit
Data screen. Click OK and the Edit Data information that needs to be changed will appear.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
22
The Information screen displays.

15 Review the system information displayed in this screen.

16 If the information is incorrect, click < Back to navigate to previous selection screens, and modify
settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, click Next >.

The Setup Status > Installing screen


displays.

Installation progress completes for this screen, and subsequent installation progress screens open
and self-dismiss.

The installer completes this portion of the installation, and the system automatically restarts.
WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE THE INSTALLATION CD FROM THE CD-ROM DRIVE.

Once the system completely launches and the Windows desktop displays, a subsequent screen
opens for additional installation progress.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
23
An InstallShield Wizard Complete
screen displays.

17 Ensure that the Yes, I want to restart my computer again. radio button is selected.

18 Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.

19 Click Finish.

The system restarts.

Fujifilm applications launch.

20 Proceed following the installation workflow referenced on page 13; subsequent installations are
required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
24
Printer

Printer
Installs the printer functionality on the FMPC/LPC. Supported printers in this configuration include
network and FireWire printers.

Hardware Associated with this Setup Type


This setup type should be selected only when installing on the LPC/FMPC computers associated with the
following printers:

LP 5000 printer LP 7600 printer LP 1500 printer

LP 7000 printer LP 7700 printer LP 2000 printer

LP 7100 printer LP 7900 printer LP 2500 printer

LP 7200 printer DL 400 printer LP 5000 printer

LP 7500 printer DL 410 printer LP 5500 printer

LP 5700 printer

Note: The DL 430 printer is installed via Note: The printers listed above require FireWire and
separate printer software. VDEntry tasks completed before MS01 installation.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
25
>>> To install Printer only:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation workflow table at the beginning of this guide (page 12).

2 All FireWire drivers must be installed and VDEntry settings must be completed prior to starting this
procedure.

3 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the FMPC’s/LPC’s CD-ROM drive.

4 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start >
Run or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

The software launches, and the Choose


Setup Language screen displays.

5 Select the language that the software should display.

6 Click Next >.

The Choose Setup Language screen


closes, and the InstallShield Wizard
launches, using the selected language.

7 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
26
The Setup Type > Select System Type
screen displays.

8 From the drop-down menu, select


Printer.

9 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Please select type


of printer screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
27
10 From the drop-down menu, select the
printer for this configuration.

11 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Disc Writer Support


screen displays.

12 o If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
o If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

13 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
28
The Setup Type > What type of
scanner will this printer be used
with? screen displays.

14 Select the type of scanner that will be


connected to the LPC/FMPC.

15 Click Next >.

The Edit Data > Enter the names of


the MS01 & SP systems screen
displays.

Note: The Scanner field only displays if


you are installing the SP 1500, 2000,
2500, and 3000 models.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
29
Note: If you selected None when
selecting your scanner type, the Edit
Data screen does not display a
Scanner field.

16 Edit the ICIII and Scanner server names ensuring that the names do not exceed 15 characters.

17 Click Next >.

The Information screen displays.

Note: If an error dialog opens, then a


component name has been incorrectly
typed into an Edit Data screen, or the
ICIII isn’t accessible via the network.
Click OK and the Edit Data information
that needs to be changed will appear.

18 Review the system information displayed in this screen.

19 If the information is incorrect, click < Back to navigate to previous selection screens, and modify
settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, ensure that the printer is in StandBy mode and click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
30
The Setup Status > Installing screen
displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
31
20 If you selected None during scanner model selections, an InstallShield Wizard Complete screen displays.
Ensure that the Yes radio button is selected.
Click Finish.
The system restarts. Fujifilm applications launch.
Proceed following the installation workflow referenced on page 15; subsequent installations are required.

If you are installing an LP 1500/2000/2500 series If you are installing an LP If you are installing an
printer… 7x00 , LP 5000 or DL 4x0
series printer…

The InstallShield Wizard > Frontier An The status halts and t


Workflow Management Software – InstallShiel InstallShield Wizard
InstallShield Wizard dialog box d Wizard Data dialog box open
opens informing you that the printer Complete
update will run. screen
displays.

Click OK. Select the No radio button. Insert the Printer Dat
drive.

The Please Wait message Click Finish. Click OK.


displays and self-dismisses.

The status halts and the Insert the printer software The printer reads the
InstallShield Wizard > disk into the CD-ROM drive.
Printer Data dialog box
opens.

Insert the Printer Data diskette into the printer’s floppy Install the printer software Once the data load ha
drive. and register the printer. the InstallShield Wiz
Data load finished di
opens.

Click OK. Restart the computer. Remove the floppy dis


OK.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
32
The printer reads the floppy Fujifilm applications launch. The InstallShield Wiz
data. Frontier Workflow M
Software – InstallSh
dialog box opens infor
the printer update will

Once the data load has Proceed following the Click OK.
finished, the InstallShield installation workflow
Wizard > Printer Data load referenced on page 15;
finished dialog box opens. subsequent installations are
required.

Remove the floppy diskette from the floppy drive and The Please Wait mes
click OK. and self-dismisses.

MS01 installation progress continues. MS01 installation prog

Finally, an InstallShield Wizard Finally, an InstallShie


Complete screen displays. Complete screen disp

Ensure that the Yes radio button is selected. Ensure that the Yes r

If you are installing an LP 1500, LP 2000, or LP 2500 Remove the CD from


printer, you must turn the printer power off and then
Click Finish.
back on using the breaker.

Wait until the Standby or Warming up message The system restarts.


appears on the printer operation panel before moving
Fujifilm applications la
to the next step.

Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive. Proceed following the


page 15; subsequent

Click Finish.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
33
Fujifilm applications launch.

A printer message may display.

Wait for the printer message to self-dismiss.


Note: When the message “Printer memory has been
updated” appears, click OK to close the message.
Important: Do not turn the printer power off during this
process.

Fujifilm applications launch.

Proceed following the installation workflow referenced


on page 15; subsequent installations are required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
34
Scanner

Scanner
Installs the scanner functionality on the
SPC/MCU. Supported scanners in this
configuration include FireWire scanners only.

IMPORTANT: Verify available disk space on the SPC/MCU before starting this procedure. This task
is only required for the certain scanner hardware models, including: SP 1500, 2000, or 2500. After
an SP 1500, 2000, or 2500 system’s SPC/MCU is ghosted, perform tasks to prevent lack-of-space
issues (see page 127).

Hardware Associated with this Setup Type


Important: The scanner software must be installed before you start the following procedure.
This setup type should only be chosen when installing on the computers associated with the following
scanners:

SLP-800 (tethered only) SP-2000 scanner

SLP-1000 (tethered only) SP-2500 scanner

SP-1500 scanner SP-3000 scanner

>>> To install scanner only:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation workflow table at the beginning of this guide (page 12).

2 Before performing this installation, you must have already completed:


a. If you are installing on a system configured with the SP3000 scanner, the A1 and MS11
software must both be installed before starting this procedure.
b. If you are installing on a system configured with the SP 1500/2000/2500 scanner,
o If you plan on using the FrontMan software for film scanning, the A1 and MS11 software
must both be installed before starting this procedure.
o If you do NOT plan on using the FrontMan software for film scanning, only the A1
software must be installed before starting this procedure.

3 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the SPC’s/MCU’s CD-ROM drive.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
35
4 Post-op the system.

5 Power on the scanner while holding down the <Ctrl> keyboard key (to prevent the scanner software
from launching).

6 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start >
Run or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

The software launches, and the


Choose Setup Language screen
displays.

7 Select the language that the software should display.

8 Click Next >.

The Choose Setup Language screen


closes, and the InstallShield Wizard
launches, using the selected language.

9 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
36
The Setup Type > Select System
Type screen displays.

10 Select Scanner.

11 Click Next >.

The Setup Status > Select Scanner


Type screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
37
12 Select the scanner type in your
configuration.

13 Click Next >.

The Setup Status > Select FrontMan


or No FrontMan screen displays.

14 Select the appropriate option for this lab’s configuration.


o Selecting YES will ensure that FrontMan is the software used for film scanning.
o Selecting NO will ensure that the A1 and MS11 software are used when film scanning.

15 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
38
The Edit Data > Enter the name of
the MS01 system screen displays.

16 Enter the name of the ICIII.


Note: Ensure that names do not exceed 15 characters.

17 Click Next >.

18 If this is a tethered system, a screen opens asking if you want to load the printer size table.
o Select Yes if you want to load the print size table for the default products loaded by the
software. Doing this will overwrite any changes made to the print size table since the last
installation. This is the recommended choice.
o Select No if you want to manually enter all print sizes that you will want the scanner and
printer to process.
Click Next >.

A screen displays asking you whether


or not you want to user the FrontMan
software for film scanning.

19 Select Yes if you want to use the FrontMan software interface when film scanning.
Select No if you want to use the A1/S1 software interface when film scanning.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
39
20 Click Next >.

The Information screen displays.


Note: You ICIII System Name may
differ from the example displayed here.
Note: If an error dialog opens, then a
component name has been incorrectly
typed into an Edit Data screen, or the
ICIII is inaccessible via the network.
Click OK and the Edit Data information
that needs to be changed will appear.

21 Review the system information displayed in this screen.

22 If the information is incorrect, click < Back to navigate to previous selection screens, and modify
settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, click Next >.

The Setup Status > Installing screen


displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
40
An InstallShield Wizard Complete
screen displays.

23 Ensure that the Yes, I want to restart my computer again. radio button is selected.

24 Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.

25 Click Finish.

The system restarts.

Fujifilm applications launch.

26 Proceed following the installation workflow referenced on page 15; subsequent installations are
required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
41
MS01 with Printer Support

MS01 with Printer Support


Installs the MS01 and printer functionality on the ICIII server.
Supported printers in this configuration include network and USB printers.
Supported scanners in this configuration include FireWire scanners only.

Hardware Associated with this Setup Type


This setup type should be selected only when installing on ICIII computers serving as the LPC/FMPC for
the following printers:

LP 5000 printer LP 7700 printer


LP 7000 printer LP 7900 printer
LP 7100 printer ASK
LP 7200 printer DL 400 printer
LP 7500 printer DL 410 printer
LP 7600 printer Note: The DL 430 printer is installed via separate
printer software.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
42
>>> To install MS01 with Printer Support:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation workflow table at the beginning of this guide (page 12).

2 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the ICIII’s CD-ROM drive.

3 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start > Run
or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

The software launches, and the


Choose Setup Language screen
displays.

4 Select the language that the software should display.

5 Click Next >.

The Choose Setup Language


screen closes, and the InstallShield
Wizard launches, using the selected
language.

6 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
43
The Setup Type > Select System
Type screen displays.

7 Select MS01 with Printer Support.

8 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Additional


Security screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
44
o If you want to lock down the system to prevent the end user from accessing the operating
system while running the Fuji software (operator mode), select the Add additional security
to this system check box.
o If Add additional security to this system is not selected, the system runs in Support3
mode.

9 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Disc Writer


Support screen displays.

10 o If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
o If the system will be using a Rimage CD duplication device, select the Rimage option.
o If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

11 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Please select type


of printer screen displays.

3
The system can be run in two modes: Support or Operator. Support mode allows full-access to the
operating system; Operator mode does not.
MS01 Installation Guide
© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
45
12 From the drop-down menu, select the
printer for this configuration.
Note: Select None if you will be
installed a printer that is installed via
separate printer software (such as the
DL 430).

13 Click Next >.

Note: If you selected ASK in the previous


screen, a subsequent screen displays the
possible ASK models and configurations.
Select the option applicable to your ASK
configuration, and click Next.

The Setup Type > What type of scanner


will this printer be used with? screen
displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
46
14 Select the type of scanner that will be connected to the MS01 Server.

15 Click Next >.

If you selected None, this screen will If you selected a scanner model number in the previous
not appear. Proceed to the next step. step, the Edit Data screen displays.

If necessary, edit the Scanner server name. Note: Ensure


that names do not exceed 15 characters.

Click Next >.

The Information screen displays.


Note: If an error dialog opens, then a component name has been incorrectly typed into an Edit Data
screen. Click OK and the Edit Data information that needs to be changed will appear.

16 Review the system information


displayed in the body of the screen.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
47
17 If the information is incorrect, click < Back to navigate to previous selection screens, and modify
settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, click Next >.

The Setup Status > Installing screen displays.

Once progress completes, several


small installation screens open and
self-dismiss.

The system automatically restarts, and the InstallShield wizard continues with installation.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
48
An InstallShield Wizard Complete screen displays.

18 Remove the MS01 Installation CD from the CD-ROM drive.

19 If you are installing an LP 5000 or ASK series printer… If you are installing an LP 7x000 or DL 4

Ensure that the Yes radio button is selected. Select the No radio button.

Click Finish. Click Finish. The InstallShield Wizard cl

The system restarts, and the Windows desktop displays. Insert the printer software disk into the C

Fujifilm applications launch. Install the printer software and register th

A printer message may display. Restart the computer.


Wait for the printer message to
self-dismiss.

When the message “Printer memory has been updated” appears, click
OK to close the message.
Important: Do not turn the power-off the printer during this process.

20 Fujifilm applications launch.

21 Proceed following the installation workflow referenced on page 13; subsequent installations are required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
49
MS01 with Scanner Support

MS01 with Scanner Support


Installs the MS01 and scanner functionality on the ICIII
server.
Supported scanners in this configuration include USB
scanners only.
Printer support should be added via a separate
computer.

Hardware Associated with this Setup Type


This installation setup type is only applicable with an SP 500 scanner; these scanners use the
MS01 Server as their SPC/MCU computer.

>>> To install MS01 with Scanner Support:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation workflow table at the beginning of this guide (page 12).

2 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the ICIII’s CD-ROM drive.

3 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start >
Run or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

The software launches, and the


Choose Setup Language screen
displays.

4 Select the language that the software should display.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
50
5 Click Next >.

The Choose Setup Language screen


closes, and the InstallShield Wizard
launches, using the selected language.

6 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Select System


Type screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
51
7 Select MS01 with Scanner Support.

8 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Additional Security


screen displays.

o If you want to lock down the system to prevent the end user from accessing the operating
system while running the Fuji software (operator mode), select the Add additional security
to this system check box.
o If Add additional security to this system is not selected, the system runs in Support4
mode.

9 Click Next >.

4
The system can be run in two modes: Support or Operator. Support mode allows full-access to the
operating system; Operator mode does not.
MS01 Installation Guide
© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
52
The Setup Type > Disc Writer
Support screen displays.

10 o If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
o If the system will be using a Rimage CD duplication device, select the Rimage option.
o If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

11 Click Next >.

The Edit Data screen displays.

12 If necessary, edit the Printer server name field:


Note: Ensure that names do not exceed 15 characters.

13 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
53
The Information screen displays.

Note: If an error dialog opens,


then a component name has
been incorrectly typed into an
Edit Data screen. Click OK and
the Edit Data information that
needs to be changed will appear.

14 Review the system information displayed in the body of the screen.

15 If the information is incorrect, click < Back to navigate to previous selection screens, and modify
settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, click Next >.

The Setup Status > Installing


screen displays.

Once progress in the screen completes, several small installation screens open and self-dismiss.

The system automatically restarts during installation.


WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE THE INSTALLATION CD FROM THE CD-ROM DRIVE.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
54
An InstallShield Wizard Complete
screen displays.

16 Ensure that the Yes, I want to restart my computer again. radio button is selected.

17 Remove the MS01 Installation CD and insert the MS11 for SP500 installation CD into the CD-ROM
drive.

18 Click Finish.

The system restarts.

19 Proceed following the installation workflow referenced on page 13; subsequent installations are
required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
55
MS01 with Printer and Scanner Support

MS01 with Printer and Scanner Support


Installs the MS01, printer, and scanner functionality on the ICIII
server.
Supported printers in this configuration include network and
USB printers.
Supported scanners in this configuration include USB scanners
only.

Hardware Associated with this Setup Type


This installation setup type is only applicable with an SP 500 Scanner. SP 500 scanners no longer
have separate computers (SPCs/MCUs); these scanners now use the MS01 ICIII Server as their
SPC/MCU computer.
This setup type should be chosen when installing on the computers associated with the following printers:

LP 5000 printer LP 7700 printer

LP 7000 printer LP 7900 printer

LP 7100 printer ASK

LP 7200 printer DL 400 printer

LP 7500 printer DL 410 printer

LP 7600 printer Note: The DL 430 printer is installed via separate


printer software.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
56
>>> To install MS01 with Printer and Scanner Support:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks referenced in
the installation workflow table at the beginning of this guide (page 12).

2 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the ICIII’s CD-ROM drive.

3 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start > Run or
Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

The software launches, and the Choose


Setup Language screen displays.

4 Select the language that the software should display.

5 Click Next >.

The Choose Setup Language screen closes,


and the InstallShield Wizard launches, using
the selected language.

6 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
57
The Setup Type > Select System Type
screen displays.

7 Select MS01 with Printer and Scanner


Support.

8 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Additional Security


screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
58
9 o If you want to lock down the system to prevent the end user from accessing the operating system
while running the Fuji software (operator mode), select the Add additional security to this
system check box.
o If Add additional security to this system is not selected, the system runs in support mode.

10 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Disc Writer Support


screen displays.

11 o If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
o If the system will be using a Rimage CD duplication device, select the Rimage option.
o If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

12 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Please select type of


printer screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
59
13 From the drop-down menu, select the printer
for this configuration.

14 Click Next >.

The Information screen displays.

Note: If an error dialog opens, then a


component name has been incorrectly typed
into an Edit Data screen. Click OK and the
Edit Data information that needs to be
changed will appear.

15 Review the system information displayed in the body of the screen.

16 If the information is incorrect, click < Back and modify settings, as appropriate. If the information is correct,
click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
60
The Setup Status > Installing screen
displays.

Once progress in the screen completes, several small installation screens open and self-dismiss.

The system restarts.


WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE THE INSTALLATION CD FROM THE CD-ROM DRIVE.
The InstallShield wizard continues with installation.

An InstallShield Wizard Complete screen


displays.

17 Reference the following instructions based on your hardware configuration.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
61
LP 7x00 / DL 4x0 + SP 500 Scanners ASK / LP 5000 + SP 500 Scanners

a If you are installing a 7x00-series printer a If you are installing an ASK or LP 5000
with an SP 500 model scanner, an model printer with an SP 500 model
InstallShield Wizard Complete screen scanner, an InstallShield Wizard
displays. Complete screen displays.

b Select the No radio button (so the b Select the No radio button (so the system
system does NOT restart). does NOT restart).

c Click Finish. The MS01 installer closes. c Click Finish. The MS01 installer closes.

d Insert the printer’s SDK installation CD d Insert the MS11 for SP 500 installation
and run the installer. CD and run the installer.

e Perform all instructions noted during the e Perform all instructions noted during the
printer installation. scanner installation.

f Insert the MS11 for SP 500 installation f Once the scanner installation is complete,
CD and run the installer. restart the system.

g Perform all instructions noted during the


scanner installation.

h Once the installation is complete, restart


the system.

18 Proceed following the installation workflow referenced on page 13; subsequent installations are required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
62
MS01 Workstation

MS01 Workstation
Select this option when additional MS01 workstation computers
are added to the system.
A scanner is not connectable to a workstation.

>>> To install MS01 Workstation:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation workflow table at the beginning of this guide (page 12).

2 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the ICIII workstation’s CD-ROM drive.

3 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start >
Run or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

The software launches, and the Choose


Setup Language screen displays.

4 Select the language that the software should display.

5 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
63
The Choose Setup Language screen
closes, and the InstallShield Wizard
launches, using the selected language.

6 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Select System Type


screen displays.

7 Select MS01 Workstation.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
64
8 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Additional Security


screen displays.

9 o If you want to lock down the system to prevent the end user from accessing the operating
system while running the Fuji software (operator mode), select the Add additional security
to this system check box.
o If Add additional security to this system is not selected, the system runs in support
mode.

10 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Disc Writer Support


screen displays.

11 o If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
o If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

12 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
65
The Edit Data > Enter the name of the
MS01 system screen displays.

The Information screen displays.

Note: If an error dialog opens, then a


component name has been incorrectly
typed into an Edit Data screen. Click
OK and the Edit Data information that
needs to be changed will appear.

13 Review the system information displayed in the body of the screen.

14 If the information is incorrect, click < Back and modify settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
66
The Setup Status > Installing screen
displays.

Once progress in the screen completes, several small installation screens open and self-dismiss.

The system restarts.

WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE THE INSTALLATION CD FROM THE CD-ROM DRIVE, the
InstallShield wizard continues with installation.

Finally, an InstallShield Wizard


Complete screen displays.

15 Ensure that the Yes, I want to restart my computer again. radio button is selected.

16 Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.

17 Click Finish.

The system restarts.

Fujifilm applications launch.

18 Proceed following the installation workflow referenced on page 15; subsequent installations are
required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
67
MS01 Workstation with Printer Support

MS01 Workstation with Printer Support


Select this option to install additional MS01 workstation
computers with added printer support (additional printer).
Supported printers in this configuration include network and
USB printers.
A scanner is not connectable to a workstation.

Hardware Associated with this Setup Type


This setup type should be chosen when installing on the computers associated with the following:

LP 5000 printer LP 7700 printer

LP 7000 printer LP 7900 printer

LP 7100 printer ASK

LP 7200 printer DL 400 printer

LP 7500 printer DL 410 printer

LP 7600 printer Note: The DL 430 printer is installed via separate


printer software.

>>> To install MS01 Workstation with Printer Support:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation workflow table at the beginning of this guide (page 12).

2 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the ICIII workstation’s CD-ROM drive.

3 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start >
Run or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
68
The software launches, and the
Choose Setup Language screen
displays.

4 Select the language that the software should display.

5 Click Next >.

The Choose Setup Language screen


closes, and the InstallShield Wizard
launches, using the selected language.

6 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
69
The Setup Type > Select System
Type screen displays.

7 Select MS01 Workstation with Printer


Support.

8 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Additional Security


screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
70
9 o If you want to lock down the system to prevent the end user from accessing the operating
system while running the Fuji software (operator mode), select the Add additional security
to this system check box.
o If Add additional security to this system is not selected, the system runs in support mode.

10 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Disc Writer


Support screen displays.

11 o If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
o If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

12 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Please select type


of printer screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
71
13 From the drop-down menu, select the
printer for this configuration.

14 Click Next >.

The Edit Data > Enter the name of the


MS01 system screen displays.

15 Edit the ICIII server name.

16 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
72
The Information screen displays.

Note: If an error dialog opens, then a


component name has been incorrectly
typed into an Edit Data screen. Click
OK and the Edit Data information that
needs to be changed will appear.

17 Review the system information displayed in the body of the screen.

18 If the information is incorrect, click < Back and modify settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, click Next >.

The Setup Status > Installing screen


displays.

Once progress in the screen completes, several small installation screens open and self-dismiss.

The system restarts.


WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE THE INSTALLATION CD FROM THE CD-ROM DRIVE.
The InstallShield wizard continues with installation.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
73
An InstallShield Wizard Complete
screen displays.

Remove the MS01 Installation CD and insert the printer software installation CD into the CD-ROM
drive.

19 If you are installed an LP 5000 or an If you are installing an LP 7x00 or DL 4x0 series
ASK series printer… printer…

Ensure that the Yes radio button is Select the No radio button.
selected.

Click Finish. Click Finish.

The system automatically restarts, and Insert the printer software disk into the CD-ROM drive.
the Windows desktop displays.

Fujifilm applications launch. Install the printer software and register the printer.

A printer Restart the computer.


message
may display.

Wait for the printer message to self- Fujifilm applications launch.


dismiss.
Note: When the message “Printer
memory has been updated” appears,
click OK to close the message.
Important: Do not turn the printer power
off during this process.

20 Proceed following the installation workflow referenced on page 15; subsequent installations are
required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
74
High Capacity Image Processor

High Capacity Image Processor


Select this option to install an additional rendering computer,
which is used for high-volume labs.
Printers and scanners are not connectable to a High Capacity
Image Processor.

>>> To install High Capacity Image Processor:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation workflow table at the beginning of this guide (page 12).

2 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the High Capacity Image Processor’s CD-ROM drive.

3 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start >
Run or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

The software launches, and the Choose


Setup Language screen displays.

4 Select the language that the software should display.

5 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
75
The Choose Setup Language screen
closes, and the InstallShield Wizard
launches, using the selected language.

6 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Select System Type


screen displays.

7 Select High Capacity Image


Processor.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
76
8 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Additional Security


screen displays.

9 Ensure that the check box is cleared (not selected).

10 Click Next >.

The Edit Data > Enter the name of the


MS01 system screen displays.

11 If necessary, edit the ICIII server name.

12 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
77
The Information screen displays.

Note: If an error dialog opens, then a


component name has been incorrectly
typed into an Edit Data screen. Click
OK and the Edit Data information that
needs to be changed will appear.

13 Review the system information displayed in the body of the screen.

14 If the information is incorrect, click < Back and modify settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, click Next >.

The Setup Status > Installing screen


displays.

Once progress in the screen completes, several small installation screens open and self-dismiss.

The system restarts.


WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE THE INSTALLATION CD FROM THE CD-ROM DRIVE.
The InstallShield wizard continues with installation.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
78
An InstallShield Wizard Complete
screen displays.

15 Ensure that the Yes, I want to restart my computer again. radio button is selected.

Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.

16 Click Finish.

The system automatically restarts, and the Windows desktop displays.

Fujifilm applications launch.

17 Proceed following the installation workflow referenced on page 15; subsequent installations are
required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
79
MS01 Server with Tethered Printer

MS01 Server with Tethered Printer


This is a legacy configuration where the printer and
scanner are connected to each other via FireWire.
The scanner is connected to the ICIII via network
connection.

Hardware Associated with this Setup Type


This setup type should be chosen when installing on the computer associated with the following:

SLP 800 scanner/printer LP 2500 printer

SLP 1000 scanner/printer LP 5500 printer

LP 1500 printer LP 5700 printer

LP 2000 printer LP 5900 printer

>>> To install MS01 with Tethered Printer:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation workflow table at the beginning of this guide (page 12).

2 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the ICIII server’s CD-ROM drive.

3 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start >
Run or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
80
The software launches, and the
Choose Setup Language screen
displays.

4 Select the language that the software should display.

5 Click Next >.

The Choose Setup Language screen


closes, and the InstallShield Wizard
launches, using the selected language.

6 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
81
The Setup Type > Select System
Type screen displays.

7 Select MS01 Server with Tethered


Printer.

8 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Additional Security


screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
82
o If you want to lock down the system to prevent the end user from accessing the operating
system while running the Fuji software (operator mode), select the Add additional security
to this system check box.
o If Add additional security to this system is not selected, the system runs in support
mode.

9 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Disc Writer


Support screen displays.

10 o If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
o If the system will be using a Rimage CD duplication device, select the Rimage option.
o If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

11 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Please select type


of tethered printer screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
83
12 From the drop-down menu, select the
printer for this configuration.

13 Click Next >.

14 The Setup Type > select scanner screen displays.

Select the appropriate scanner model.

15 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
84
An Edit Data screen displays.

16 Enter the scanner’s name in the Scanner field.

17 Click Next >.

The Information screen displays.

Note: If an error dialog opens, then a


component name has been
incorrectly typed into an Edit Data
screen. Click OK and the Edit Data
information that needs to be changed
will appear.

18 Review the system information displayed in the body of the screen.

19 If the information is incorrect, click < Back and modify settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
85
The Setup Status > Installing screen
displays.

An InstallShield Wizard Complete screen


displays.

20 Ensure that the Yes, I want to restart my computer again. radio button is selected.

21 Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.

22 Click Finish.

The system restarts, and the Windows desktop displays.

23 Proceed following the installation workflow referenced on page 13; subsequent installations are
required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
86
Cancelling Installation
Anytime during the software installation process, you can stop the installation.

1 After invoking cancellation, an Exit Setup dialog box


opens.

2 Click Yes.

If cancellation was invoked from the Choose If cancellation was selected from the Welcome screen
Setup Language screen, the Preparing Setup or any other screen before the auto-restart that occurs
screen, or after the auto-restart that occurs during installation, an InstallShield Wizard Complete
during the installation process, the installer screen displays informing you that the software has
simply closes. not been installed.

Click Finish.

The InstallShield Wizard closes, and installation is


cancelled.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
87
Chapter 5: Upgrading from MS01 v2.5.5.39656 to v3.0

Overview
In this chapter, instructions are provided for:
o Upgrading your MS01 version 2.5.5 system to MS01 version 3.0 (see below).
o Adding DVD support to the upgraded system, if desired. This optional configuration is applicable
for all system types; see page 95.
o Adding No-FrontMan support to the upgraded system, if desired. If you were formerly using the
FrontMan software for film scanning on SP 1500, 2000, 2500, and 3000 systems and no longer
want to use it (also known as “no-FrontMan” configurations), see page 102.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
88
Installing the v3.0 Software Update on MS01 v2.5.5 Systems
Note: If the following error opens when you begin installation, then the system is not currently-installed with
an upgradable version of MS01.

1 Ensure that all orders in the system have completed and have the status Done / Done.

2 Delete all orders from the system.

3 IMPORTANT: Before starting this installation procedure, if you are currently running a FrontMan
scanner system and plan to change it to a no-FrontMan system OR you plan on upgrading the MS11
software already on the system, you MUST perform the following tasks BEFORE upgrading your
MS01 Server to MS01 version 3.0:
1. Upgrade MS11, and then…
2. Upgrade MS01 to version 3.0.

4 Additionally, before upgrading any system type (FrontMan and no-FrontMan) to version 3.0, you must
backup production data by performing the following steps:

a Ensure that your focus is on the LPC.

b Enter the printer’s Maintenance


application by accessing Panda and
clicking the 4 – Maintenance button.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
89
A Password Entry dialog box opens.

c Enter the password.

d Click OK.

The Maintenance Menu Selection screen displays.

e Select 1 System Operational Setup and Check.

The menu expands.

f Select [413] Accumulated


Production Information.

g Click OK.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
90
The [413] Accumulated Production
Information dialog box opens.

h Select the desired device and From


date.

The dialog box populates based on


selections made.

i Click Save.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
91
A Save Production History dialog
box opens.

j Select the location you would like to save the production information to.

k Write this information down for use when installing MS01.

l Click OK.

The data is saved, and the dialog box closes.

Focus returns to the [413] Accumulated Production Information dialog box.

m Click OK.

The dialog box closes, and focus returns to the Maintenance Menu Selection screen.

n Click Cancel to close the Maintenance Menu Selection screen.

The Panda screen returns to focus.

o Click the close box button to close the Panda screen.

p After upgrading (see below), you can access the production file you just saved and open it with
Microsoft Notepad to view the contents.

5 You will be upgrading the software on the MS01 Server first.


Therefore, with the exception of the MS01 Server, power-off all computers in the system.

6 On the MS01 Server, insert the MS01 3.0 installation CD into the ICIII’s CD-ROM drive (i.e., the ICIII
installed as MS01 Server).
Important: If the lab’s system includes multiple computers, such as an SPC/MCU, FMPC/LPC, etc.,
you will need to install this on every computer in the lab, the software will not automatically propagate
from the MS01 Server through the system.

7 Log the system off to Support mode (see page 140).

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
92
The system logs off automatically, and launches
the InstallShield Wizard.

8 Select the preferred language.

9 Click Next.

A Preparing Setup screen displays…

… and then the Welcome screen displays.

10 Click Next.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
93
A Question dialog box opens asking if you want
to upgrade.

11 Click Yes.

Installation begins, and multiple screens display.

After installation finalizes, an InstallShield


Wizard Complete screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
94
12 Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.

13 Ensure that the Yes radio button is selected.

14 Click Finish.

The system restarts.

15 Ensure that you leave the ICIII powered on and that the MS01 software is running.

16 Using the above steps (6-11), install the remaining computers in the system in the following order. If
installed in the following order, a complete system restart is not required; do NOT install more than
one computer at a time.
Important: The MS01 Server must be powered on with the MS01 software running to enable
successful installation on all computers in the system.
1. LPC/FMPC
2. SPC/MCU
3. Workstation
4. High Capacity Image Processor
Instructions to launch the installer on these systems:
1. Pressing the <Ctrl> keyboard key, power-on the computer.
2. Wait until the computer’s operating system is fully-launched, and release the <Ctrl> key.
3. Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the computer’s CD-ROM drive.
4. Select Start > Run; the Run dialog box opens.
5. Launch the installer via the Run dialog box. (Go to Start > Run, and browse to
EZ171\setup.exe on your CD-ROM drive. in the Open field. Click OK. The executable
launches).
17 For tethered systems only, after the upgrade is complete go to the product setup area of MS01
Maintenance and review the products available on the scanner because the upgrade does not
convert products with a name greater than five (5) characters in length. Modify products, as
necessary.

18 If the system is not using manual routing, If the system is using manual routing with DL 4x0 and
the process is complete. LP 7x00 mode printers, perform the following on the
MS01 Server only.

a. From the View Orders or View


Images screen, click the MS01/ICIII
device status icon.

b. The Request Spooler Processing Queue


window opens.

c. Click the Routing tab.

d. Click the Analyze button.

e. Close the Request Spooler Processing Queue


window via the close box button.

f. The process is complete.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
95
Adding DVD Support to the Upgraded System

>>> To add support DVD products


1 Click 0805 Digital Products Setup.

The Digital Products Setup dialog


box opens.

2 Click the Load button.

A Digital Products Setup dialog box opens.

3 Click the Yes button.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
96
The Digital Products Setup dialog
box opens, and progress displays
and self-dismisses.

4 Click the Load button.

The Load and Remove Products dialog box opens.

5 From the Products on the file


system list, select the following
files:
ArchiveDVD
IndexDVD

6 Click the Add >>button.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
97
The products are added to the
Currently installed products list
(right).

7 Click OK.

Progress displays.

8 Click OK.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
98
The Digital Products Setup dialog
box returns to focus.

9 Click OK to close the Digital Products Setup dialog box.

Progress displays, the dialog box


closes, and the Maintenance
screen returns to focus.

10 Click Close.

The Maintenance application closes.

11 From the Switcher application, click the Panda button.

The Panda application window opens.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
99
12 Select DiscWriter1 from the list box.

13 Press and hold down the <Ctrl> keyboard key, and click the Setup button.

The Writer Setup dialog box opens.

14 Select DVD from the Media list box.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
100
Select the Available check box.

15 Click OK.

The dialog box closes, and focus returns to the Panda application window.

After a few seconds, DVD displays in the Media


list box.

16 Close the Panda application window.

17 If the system is not using manual If the system is using manual routing:
routing, proceed to the next step below.

a. From the View Orders or View Images


screen, click the MS01/ICIII device
status icon.

b. The Request Spooler Processing Queue window


opens.

c. Click the Routing tab.

d. Click the Analyze button.

e. Close the Request Spooler Processing Queue


window via the close box button.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
101
No-FrontMan Configuration Settings
In this section, instructions are provided for:
o Adding No-FrontMan support for an SP 1500, 2000, and 2500 model scanner (see below).
o Adding No-FrontMan support for an SP 3000 model scanner (see page 106).

>>> To configure No-FrontMan support for SP 1500, 2000, or 2500 Scanner


On the SPC/MCU:

1 Minimize FrontMan.

The A1 Order Entry screen displays.

2 From the top menu bar, select Quit.

The Main Menu displays.

3 Select 4 Setup and Maintenance.

4 Click OK.

A Login screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
102
5 From the User Name drop-down menu, select
SE2.

6 In the Password field, enter your password.

7 Click OK.

The Setup and Maintenance screen displays.

8 Select the + symbol for menu item 9) Special Operations.

The menu expands.

9 Select B Explorer.

10 Click the Start button.

A Windows Explorer window opens over the Setup & Maintenance screen.
NOTE: Leave this window open though you will not be using it. It needs to remain open for you to
access the Windows Start menu.

11 Simultaneously, press <Ctrl> and <Esc> keyboard keys.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
103
The Windows Start menu displays.

12 Select Maintenance.

The MS01 Maintenance application opens


displaying only scanner options.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
104
13 Navigate to Maintenance > 02 System
Settings > 0201 FrontMan.

The FrontMan Setup dialog box opens.

14 Clear the Use FrontMan application for scan orders check box.

15 Click OK.

The FrontMan Setup dialog box closes.

An error dialog box opens.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
105
16 Click OK.

The dialog box closes.

17 As instructed, restart the entire system.

>>> To configure No-FrontMan support for SP 3000 Scanner


On the SPC/MCU:

1 Minimize FrontMan.

The Printing with Film-Order Information


screen displays.

2 Click the Main Menu button (located in the bottom right corner of the screen).

The Main Menu screen displays,

3 Simultaneously, press <Ctrl> and <Esc> keyboard keys.

The Windows Start menu displays.

4 Select Maintenance.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
106
The MS01 Maintenance application opens
displaying only scanner options.

5 Navigate to Maintenance > 02 System


Settings > 0201 FrontMan.

The FrontMan Setup dialog box opens.

6 Clear the Use FrontMan application for scan orders check box.

7 Click OK.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
107
The FrontMan Setup dialog box closes.

An error dialog box opens.

8 Click OK.

The dialog box closes.

9 As instructed, restart the entire system.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
108
Appendix A: Additional MS01 Tasks

Disabling HyperThreading (FMPC/LPC)


Before ghosting the FMPC/LPC system, it is necessary to verify that Hyper-Threading is disabled in
BIOS. If it is not, is must be disabled before starting.

VDEntry & 1394 Firewire Setup


This task is only required for the certain hardware devices, including: LP 1500, 2000, 2500, 5500, 5700,
5900 printers and the SP 1500, 2000, 2500, and 3000 scanners.

Preparation of FireWire Cards and Drivers


If you are installing only a FireWire film scanner to the MS01 Server or Printer Server5, perform
the following:
If there is a FireWire card in the ICIII, write down which port the scanner FireWire cable is connected
to, then disconnect the cable.
If there is no FireWire card installed in the ICIII, refer to page 110.
• Install FireWire drivers on the ICIII Server. Refer to page 114.
• If using an SP 3000 film scanner, refer to page 121.
• If using an SP 1500, SP 2000 or SP 2500 film scanner, refer to page 119.
• For Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP 1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanners, refer to page 124.

If you are installing only a FireWire scanner and printer connected to the printer server6, perform
the following:
If there are FireWire cards in the Printer Server, write down which port the scanner FireWire cable is
connected to, write down which port the printer FireWire cable is connected to, then disconnect both
cables.
If there are no FireWire cards installed in the Printer Server, refer to page 111.
• Install FireWire drivers on the Printer Server. Refer to page 114
• If using an SP 3000 film scanner, refer to page 121.
• If using an SP 1500, SP 2000 or SP 2500 film scanner, refer to page 123.
• If using an LP5500, LP5700 or LP5900 printer, refer to LP5500, LP5700 or LP5900 Printer on
page 115.
• If using an LP1500, LP2000 or LP2500 printer, refer to LP1500, LP2000 or LP2500 Printer on
page 116.

5
If you are installing an MS01+Printer system with an SP1500, SP2000, SP2500 or SP3000 film scanner,
there must be a single FireWire card in the ICIII server.
6
If you are installing a Frontier Manager system with an ICIII Server, Printer Server (also known as LPC
or FMPC), SP1500, SP2000, SP2500 or SP3000 film scanner and LP1500, LP2000, LP2500, LP5500,
LP5700 or LP5900 printer, there must be two separate FireWire cards in the Printer Server. One
FireWire card connects to the film scanner, and the other one connects to the printer.
MS01 Installation Guide
© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
109
• For Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP 1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanners, refer to page 124.

If you are installing a FireWire scanner connected to the printer server7, perform the following:
• If there is a FireWire card in the Printer Server, write down which port the scanner FireWire cable
is connected to, then disconnect the cable.
• If there is no FireWire card installed in the Printer Server, refer to Installing One FireWire Card in
the Printer Server. Refer to page 110.
• Install FireWire drivers on the Printer Server. Refer to page 114.
• If using an SP 3000 film scanner, refer to Setting Up Drivers for an SP 3000 Film Scanner. Refer
to page 121.
• If using an SP 1500, SP 2000 or SP 2500 film scanner. Refer to page 123.
• For Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP 1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanners, refer to page 124.

If you are installing a FireWire printer connected to the printer server8, perform the following:
• If there is a FireWire card in the Printer Server, write down which port the scanner FireWire cable
is connected to, then disconnect the cable.
• If there is no FireWire card installed in the Printer Server, refer to Installing One FireWire Card in
the Printer Server. Refer to page 110.
• Install FireWire drivers on the Printer Server. Refer to page 114.
• If using an LP5500, LP5700 or LP5900 printer, refer to page 116.
• If using an LP1500, LP2000 or LP2500 printer, refer to page 119.

FireWire Card Installation


Installing a Single FireWire Card in the MS01 Server or Printer Server
Please make sure that you follow these procedures exactly.

>>> To install a FireWire card:

1 Remove any media from the computer’s drives (i.e., disks, CDs, and tapes).

2 Turn off all attached devices.

3 Turn off the computer.

4 Unplug all power cords from the electrical outlets.

7
If you are installing a Frontier Manager system with an ICIII Server, Printer Server (also known as LPC
or FMPC) and SP1500, SP2000, SP2500 or SP3000 film scanner and ARE NOT USING an LP1500,
LP2000, LP2500, LP5500, LP5700 or LP5900 printer, there must be a single FireWire card in the Printer
Server.
8
If you are installing a Printer system with an LP1500, LP2000, LP2500, LP5500, LP5700 or LP5900, and
either no film scanner will be installed or an SP500 film scanner will be connected to the ICIII, there must
be a single FireWire card in the Printer server.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
110
5 Disconnect all cables attached to the computer.

6 Locate the service manual for the ICIII computer.

7 Follow the instructions in the service manual to open the computer’s case.

8 Locate a single open PCI slot in the computer.

9 Follow the instructions in the service manual to install the FireWire card in the open PCI slot.

10 Write down that the adapter is FireWire Card #1. It will be used for the Scanner (SP).

11 Follow the instructions in the service manual to close the computer’s case.

12 Proceed to “Installing the FireWire Drivers on the ICIII or Printer Server”.

Installing Two FireWire Cards in the Printer Server


Please make sure that you follow these procedures exactly.

>>> To install two FireWire cards:

1 Remove any media from the computer’s drives (i.e., disks, CDs, and tapes).

2 Turn off all attached devices.

3 Turn off the computer.

4 Unplug all power cords from the electrical outlets.

5 Disconnect all cables attached to the computer, including power cords, input/output (I/O) cables,
and any other connected cables.

6 Locate the service manual for the Printer server computer.

7 Follow the instructions in the service manual to open the computer’s case.

8 Locate two open PCI slots in the computer.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
111
9 Determine whether the PCI slots are located on
a riser card.
See the following image for an example of PCI
slots on a riser card.

If the PCI slots are on a riser card,


refer to the following diagram to
identify the FireWire cards.

FireWire card #1 will be at the top of


the riser card.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
112
If the PCI slots are not on a riser card, they are directly on the computer’s motherboard.
Refer to one of the following diagrams to identify the FireWire cards.

FireWire card #1 will be closest to the CPU, memory and other motherboard components.
FireWire card #2 will be closest to the bottom edge of the motherboard.

If there are more than two PCI slots, the above guidelines still apply.

Regardless of where the FireWire cards are installed, the cards will always be identified as cards #1 and
#2.
10 Follow the instructions in the service manual to install FireWire cards in two open PCI slots.

11 Write down which adapter is FireWire Card #1. It will be used for the Scanner (SP).

12 Write down which adapter is FireWire Card #2. It will be used for the Printer (LP).

13 Follow the instructions in the service manual to close the computer’s case.

14 Proceed to “Installing the FireWire Drivers on the ICIII or Printer Server” below.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
113
FireWire Driver Installation
Installing the FireWire Drivers on the ICIII or Printer Server
Important: Always install the FireWire drivers on the computer that has the FireWire cards installed.

1 After Windows launches, insert the MS Installation CD into the server’s CD-ROM drive.

2 Select Start > Run.

The Run dialog box opens.

3 Click Browse.

The Browse dialog box opens.

4 Navigate to the server’s CD drive (X represents the CD drive letter) and open directories to the
following path: X:\ EZ171\FMPC XP Drivers\EZ171\

5 Select the setup.exe file, and click Open.

The filename and path are populated in the Open field of the Run dialog box.

6 Click OK.

The Run dialog box closes, and the


Device Drivers Disk [D-01] dialog box
opens.

7 Click OK.

The Device Drivers Disk [D-02] dialog


box opens.

8 Click OK.

9 Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.

The system reboots.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
114
Setting Up FireWire Drivers for an LP 5500, LP 5700 or LP 5900 Printer Client Device

1 Ensure that the printer is turned off.

2 Connect the printer’s FireWire cable to the Printer Server’s FireWire Card #2.

3 Turn the printer switch to ON. Wait for the LCD screen to display Frontier…

4 Move the printer switch to STANDBY.

5 Wait until the LCD displays STAND BY.

A Welcome to the Found New


Hardware Wizard screen displays on the
Printer Server.

6 Select Install the software automatically (Recommended).

7 Click Next.

The Completing the Found New


Hardware Wizard screen displays.

8 Click Finish.

The wizard closes.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
115
Setting the LP 5500, LP 5700 or LP 5900 FireWire Interface IP Address

1 On the Printer Server, select Start > Settings > Network Connections.

The Network Connections window opens.

2 Disconnect the printer’s FireWire cable from the back of the Printer Server. Note which port it is
connected to.

3 Notice that one of the 1394 Connections has


changed to status Network Cable
Unplugged. (This is the printer’s FireWire
connection.)

4 Right-click the 1394 Connection that is still listed as connected. (This is the scanner’s FireWire
connection.)

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
116
A context menu opens.
(The scanner does not use the networking
capabilities of FireWire, and must be
disabled to allow the scanner to connect.)

5 Select Disable.
Note: Disabling the connection takes a few seconds. The screen may need to be manually refreshed to
reflect the disabled connection.

6 Right-click the “unplugged” connection that is listed.

A context menu opens.

7 Select Properties.

The 1394 Connection Properties dialog box opens.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
117
8 In the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties section,
select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP).

9 Click the Properties button.

The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box


opens.

10 Select Use the following IP address and enter the following:


IP address: 192.168.0.10
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0

11 Click OK.

The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box closes, and the 1394 Connection 2 Properties
dialog box returns to focus.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
118
12 Click Close.

The Properties dialog box closes.

13 Re-connect the printer’s FireWire cable to the port it was unplugged from.

14 Click to close the window.

Setting Up Firewire Drivers for an LP 1500, LP 2000 or LP 2500 Printer Client Device

1 Alert: Before proceeding, read this procedure and be prepared to quickly follow Step 3.

2 Ensure that the printer is turned off.

3 Connect the printer’s FireWire cable to the Printer Server’s FireWire Card #2.

4 For the LP 1500 and LP 2000:


• Turn the printer switch to ON.
• Turn the printer switch to STANDBY.
• Wait until the printer’s LCD screen reads STAND BY or WARMING UP.
• Proceed to Step 5.

For the LP 2500:


• Turn the printer switch to ON.
• Wait for the Frontier Starting countdown to begin.
• On the LCD screen on the printer, quickly press:
Menu

Enter
• The printer’s ROM version now appears on the LCD screen.
• Turn the printer switch to STANDBY.
• Proceed to Step 5.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
119
The Welcome to the Found New Hardware
Wizard screen appears on the Printer Server.

5 Select Install the software automatically (Recommended).

6 Click Next.

The drivers install and the Completing the Found


New Hardware Wizard screen displays.

7 Click Finish.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
120
Setting Up FireWire Drivers for an SP 3000 Film Scanner
Make sure that you follow these procedures exactly.

1 Ensure that the SP 3000 film scanner is turned off.

2 Complete the scanner installation process.

3 Important: This procedure must be completed before running the vdentry application.
Examine the computer and determine if there is a built-in FireWire interface. If there is a built-in
FireWire interface, one or more FireWire ports will appear on the exterior of the computer’s case.
• The ports may be labeled 1394, IEEE 1394, iLink or FireWire.
• The ports may be labeled with the FireWire symbol:

See the images below for examples of built-in FireWire ports.

4 If there is not a built-in FireWire interface, the newly added film scanner FireWire board has a
BusID of 0.
If there is a built-in FireWire interface, the newly added film scanner FireWire board has a BusID of
1.

Next, run the vdentry application to install virtual device drivers . . .

5 From Windows, select Start > Run.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
121
The Run dialog box opens.

6 Type VDEntry in the Open field.

7 Click OK.

The VirtualDriverEntry dialog box opens.

8 Set the IEEE1394 BusID to 0.

9 Click Regist.

Note: If no error messages appear, the vdentry registration was successful.

The Welcome to the Found New Hardware


Wizard screen displays.

10 Select Install the software automatically (Recommended).

11 Click Next.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
122
The Completing the Found New
Hardware Wizard screen displays.

12 Click Finish.

The wizard closes.

13 Continue installation on the next page with the Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP
1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanners section.

Setting Up FireWire Drivers for an SP 1500, SP 2000 or SP 2500 Film Scanner


Make sure that you follow these procedures exactly.

1 Ensure that the SP1500, SP2000 or SP2500 film scanner is turned off.

2 Complete the scanner installation process.

3 Turn on the SP1500, SP2000 or SP2500 film scanner and wait for it to boot.

4 Switch to the computer where the scanner’s


FireWire cable is connected (Printer Server or ICIII
Server).
The Welcome to the Found New Hardware
Wizard screen displays.

5 Select Install the software automatically (Recommended).

6 Click Next.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
123
The Completing the Found New Hardware
Wizard screen displays.

7 Click Finish.

The wizard closes.

8 Continue installation on the next page with the Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP
1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanners below.

Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP 1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanners


Note: Only perform these steps on systems without LP 5500/5700/5900 printers; follow the steps on page
116 for these systems.

1 On the Printer Server, select Start > Settings > Network Connections.

The Network Connections window opens.

2 Right-click the first 1394 Connection that is listed.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
124
A context menu opens.

3 Select Disable.
Note: Disabling the connection takes a few seconds. The screen may need to be manually refreshed to
reflect the disabled connection.

4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 above for each 1394 connection in your system.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
125
Adjusting the System’s Date and Time Properties
Verify the date and time on each PC in your system before software installation.

1 In the Windows taskbar’s system tray, double-click the clock icon in the bottom right corner.

The Date and Time Properties


dialog box opens.

2 Click the Time Zone tab if the


displayed time zone is incorrect.

3 Adjust, as necessary.

4 Click Apply to retain changes.

5 Click the Date & Time tab to adjust today’s date on the calendar if the date displayed is incorrect.

6 Use the Time interface to adjust the time.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
126
7 Click Apply to retain changes.

8 Click OK.

Date and time settings are updated, and the dialog box closes.

Ensuring Adequate SPC/MCU Disk Space


This task is only required for the certain scanner hardware models, including: SP 1500, 2000, or 2500.
After an SP 1500, 2000, or 2500 system’s SPC/MCU is ghosted, perform the following tasks to prevent
lack-of-space issues.

>>> First, move some directories on the SPC/MCU

1 Open a Windows Explorer window, and browse to the C:\ drive.

2 Select both the I386 directory and the Drvlib directory, and right-click.

A context menu opens.

3 Select Cut.

The directories and their contents are placed on the Windows clipboard.

4 Browse to the D:\ drive.

5 Right-click anywhere in the window.

A context menu opens.

6 Select Paste.

The directories are pasted into the D:\ drive.

7 Close all Windows.

>>> Second, reconfigure the pagefile size on the SPC/MCU

8 On the desktop of SPC/MCU, right-click the My Computer icon.

A context menu opens.

9 Select Properties.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
127
A System Properties dialog box opens.

10 Select the Performance tab.

The Performance tab displays.

11 Click the Change button.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
128
A Virtual Memory dialog box opens.

12 Ensure that the C: drive is selected in the Drive (Volume Label) list box.

13 Make the following changes:


In the Initial Size (MB) field, change the value to 383
In the Maximum Size (MB) field, change the value to 383

14 Click the Set button.

The new settings for the C: drive are saved, and the Drive (Volume Label) list box is updated.

15 Now, select the D: drive in the Drive (Volume Label) list box.

16 Make the following changes:


In the Initial Size (MB) field, change the value to 700
In the Maximum Size (MB) field, change the value to 700

17 Click the Set button.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
129
The new settings for the D: drive are saved, and
the Drive (Volume Label) list box is updated.

18 Click OK.

The Virtual Memory dialog box closes, and focus returns to the System Properties dialog box.

19 Click OK.

The System Properties dialog box closes.

20 Reboot the SPC/MCU.

The SPC/MCU system is now ready to install the scanner (also called A1) and MS01 software.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
130
Installing & Configuring the ASK 2000, 4000, & 4000A
Printers
Once the MS01 software has been installed, the next step is to install the ASK printers.
This is a two-step process:
1. Install the ASK printers and run the Windows-standard Found New Hardware wizard.
2. Configure the printers to properly coordinate with the USB ports that the printers are plugged into
on the ICIII CPU.
Based on your system’s configuration, the printers must be installed in the particular order defined in the
table below.

Install First Install Second Install Third Install Fourth

Configurations Printer Size USB# Printer Size USB# Printer Size USB# Printer Size USB#

2-4x6 _1-8x10 ASK- 4x6 2 ASK- 4x6 1 ASK- 8x10 0


2000 2000 4000

2-4x6_1-5x7 ASK- 4x6 2 ASK- 4x6 1 ASK- 5x7 0


2000 2000 2000

2-6x9 _1-8x10 ASK- 6x9 2 ASK- 6x9 1 ASK- 8x10 0


2000 2000 4000

1-4x6_1-6x9_1-8x10 ASK- 6x9 2 ASK- 4x6 1 ASK- 8x10 0


2000 2000 4000

1-4x6_1-5x7_1-8x10 ASK- 5x7 2 ASK- 4x6 1 ASK- 8x10 0


2000 2000 4000

2-3.5x5_1-A4* ASK- 3.5x5 2 ASK- 3.5x5 1 ASK- A4 0


2000 2000 4000A

1-3.5x5_ 1-5x7_1-A4 ASK- 3.5x5 1 ASK- 5x7 2 ASK- A4 0


A4* 2000 2000 4000A

2-4x6_1-5x7_1-8x12 ASK- 5x7 3 ASK- 4x6 2 ASK- 4x6 1 ASK- 8x12 0


2000 2000 2000 4000

2-4x6_1-6x9_1-8x12 ASK- 6x9 3 ASK- 4x6 2 ASK- 4x6 1 ASK- 8x12 0


2000 2000 2000 4000

* Non-US configurations only

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
131
ASK Hardware Installation & Configuration

1 Ensure that all of the printers are turned off.

2 Plug each printer’s USB cable into the ICIII.

3 Referring to the configuration chart at the beginning of this chapter, turn on the first printer in your
configuration.

A Found New Hardware Wizard opens.

4 Select the Install from a list or specific


location (Advanced) radio button.

5 Click Next.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
132
The Please choose your search and
installation options screen displays.

6 Select the Search for the best driver in


these locations radio button.

7 Select the Include this location in the search check box.

8 In the associated field, type C:\DRIVERS\Copal\Drivers.

9 Click Next.

Hardware installation progress displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
133
A Hardware Installation dialog box
displays.

10 Click Continue Anyway.

The Completing the Found New


Hardware Wizard screen displays.

11 Click Finish.

The wizard closes.

12 From Windows, select Start > Run.

The Windows-standard Run dialog box opens.

13 In the Open field, type C:\FES\ASKTool.exe

14 Click OK.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
134
After a few moments, the ASK Tool
application window opens.

15 In the list box, select the ASK-2000 item


that you just added.
It will have a USB No. of 0.

16 Click the Set USB No. button.

The Set New USB No. dialog box opens.

17 In the Please set new USB field, enter the number that corresponds to the printer in the USB #
configuration chart at the beginning of this chapter.

18 Click OK.

The Set New USB No. dialog box closes, and focus returns to the ASK Tool application window.

The USB No. displayed in the ASK Tool application window for the selected printer updates.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
135
19 Click Exit.

The ASK Tool application window closes.

20 Repeat the above new hardware installation and USB number configuration procedures for
each remaining ASK printer based on the order listed in the table at the beginning of this
chapter.

21 After all ASK printers in your system have been installed and configured, select Start > Shut Down.

The Shut Down Windows dialog box opens.

22 From the drop-down menu, select Restart.

23 Click OK.

The system restarts and is ready to use.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
136
To Back Up (Save) Settings
You can save system configuration settings via MS01’s Backup and Restore tool. The data is saved to the
specified output directory and an XML file. This file is used to restore the data.
Use this backup procedure to move this data to another system or to restore a system.

WARNING: You must perform a new backup anytime the system’s configuration settings have been
changed.

1 In the MS01 Maintenance application,


navigate to 02 System Settings > 0215
Backup and Restore.

The Data Backup and Restore dialog box


opens.

2 Configure the backup information as desired using the options displayed on the Backup tab.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
137
3 Click Save.

A Copying dialog box opens displaying


backup progress.

After copying completes, a Data Backup and Restore dialog box


opens confirming that the backup is complete.

4 Click OK.

The dialog box closes, and focus returns to the main Data Backup and Restore dialog box.

5 Click Close.

The Data Backup and Restore dialog box closes.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
138
Appendix B: Information about MS01

Power for the MS01 System

Non-Connected Systems9
If the lab does not have a connected system, power off all devices nightly using the established shut down
procedures as defined in the MS01 3.0 Start-up and Shut down Guide.

Important: Do not shut down the ICIII without first post-op’ing printers and scanners configured
with the system. Proper shut down requires post-op of these devices prior to clicking the
exclamation mark button on the MS01 interface.

Connected Systems
Not all hardware components in a Fujifilm retail lab system should be shut-down nightly. Use the following
guidelines to ensure that your lab system’s components run properly.
10 Power Off Nightly
Never Power Off

ICIII CPU (formerly known as the PIC) Fujifilm Inkjet printer(s)

Kiosks RIP CPU associated with the inkjet printers

Xerox Phaser Printer Epson Wide Format Printer

Rimage CD Writer/Printers Fujifilm Film Scanner

High Capacity Image Processor Fujifilm Frontier Printer

Frontier Manager Printer Controller (FMPC/LPC)

9
Non-connected systems have no Internet connectivity and no communication to outside networks. A
connected MS01 system is a system that receives data from Fujifilm’s fullfilment network, sends data to
Fujifilm’s fullfilment network, and receives orders from various sources (such as retailers’ photo Web
sites). This is all accomplished via Internet connectivity.
10
These devices should only be powered off for necessary maintenance.
MS01 Installation Guide
© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
139
Support Mode
Throughout this guide, you will find that many procedures require you to be in Support mode. Support
mode enables you to access additional features of the operating system that Operator mode does not
allow you to access.
Getting into Support mode is a four-step process. Rather than repeating these four steps (with the
accompanying descriptive screen captures) in every location where Support mode is required, we show
those steps here and refer to this area when Support mode is mentioned in the rest of the guide.

To enter Support mode:

1 From the MS01 3.0 FUJI -- View


Orders screen, click Tools in the top
right corner.

The MS01 Setup dialog box opens.

2 Click LOG OFF.

The Fujifilm Log-Off dialog box opens.

3 Enter the password 5u990rtm0d3.

4 Click OK.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
140
The system automatically logs off and logs back on. This takes a minute or two. Some Windows
screens appear and self-dismiss during the process.

The MS01 3.0 FUJI – View Orders


screen returns to focus and the system
is now in Support mode.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
141
Operator Mode
Throughout this guide, you will find that many procedures require you to be in Operator mode. Getting
into Operator mode is a four-step process. Rather than repeating these four steps (with the
accompanying descriptive screen captures) in every location where Operator mode is required, we show
those steps here and refer to this area when Operator mode is mentioned in the rest of the guide.

To enter Operator mode:

1 From MS01 3.0 -- View Orders, click


Tools.

The MS01 dialog box opens.

2 Click LOG OFF.

The FUJIFILM Log-off dialog box opens.

3 Type the password: operator.

4 Click OK.

The system automatically logs off and logs back on. This may take a couple minutes. Some
Windows screens display and self-dismiss during the process.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
142
From MS01 3.0 FUJI -- View Orders
screen returns to focus and the system is
now in Operator mode.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
143
Accessing Maintenance11
Many of the procedural instructions in this guide require the operator to launch the Maintenance
application.

Note: SPCs do not display a Switcher. You will have to press <Alt+Tab> to access Maintenance on these
computers.

To launch Maintenance:

1 Ensure that the View Orders or View Images screen is displayed.

2 If necessary, click the Switcher button.

The Switcher application expands.

3 Click the Maintenance button.

The Maintenance application window


opens.

11
Note: Not all labs have access to the Maintenance application. For instance, if a lab is set-up in a
“locked-down” mode, Maintenance will not be accessible unless the system is in Support mode.
MS01 Installation Guide
© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
144
MS01 Installation Guide
© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
145
FUJIFILM Corporation
7-3, Akasaka 9-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 107-0052, Japan
Additional information of "MS13 LAN SPOOL SOFTWARE" for Windows 7

When you open the “Frontend Application Setting Viewer” window and the “Enter the Spool Path”
window, you see the “ ” in this window. The character mean separating character. You should read
same as “\”.

1. “Frontend Application Setting Viewer” window (p.17, 18, 19)

2. “Enter the Spool Path” window (p.17)

7-3, Akasaka 9-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 107-0052, Japan

PP3-B1397E 11.08-FP
INSTALLATION

FRONTIER WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE

Subsidiary Reference Guide

MS01 Software Version 3.0

Universal Guide for


Fujifilm Subsidiary Offices First Edition
30 October 2009
Copyright Not ice
© Copyright 2009 FUJIFILM Corporation
Frontier Workflow Management Software MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, translated, or
stored in a retrieval system in any form or by any means, without the prior written consent of FUJIFILM
Corporation.

Soft ware Licensing Agreem ent


PLEASE READ THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE OPENING THIS
PACKAGE OR USING THIS SOFTWARE. OPENING THIS PACKAGE OR USING THIS SOFTWARE
INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE
WITH THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, PROMPTLY RETURN THIS SOFTWARE UNOPENED TO
YOUR SUPPLIER AND YOUR MONEY WILL BE REFUNDED.
This Software License Agreement is a legal document between you (a single entity) and FUJIFILM
Corporation (the "Licensor") for the MS01 Frontier Workflow Management Software (the "Software"). The
Software includes the Frontier Workflow Management Software MS01 software, the associated media,
any printed materials and any electronic documentation. By using the Software, you agree to the terms of
this Software License Agreement.
The Licensor grants you a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use one copy of the Software in
object code only.

Ownership Retained By Licensor


FUJIFILM Corporation owns all title and copyrights in and to the Software and the Licensor has the full
right and authority to grant the license granted herein. Your license does not give you any title or
ownership in the Software, nor is it a sale of any rights in the Software. The only right granted to you is
the right to use the Software in accordance with the terms of this Software License Agreement. All rights
not specifically granted to you under this Software License Agreement are reserved by the Licensor.
You may make only a single copy of this Software as a backup copy, provided that it includes all notices
and markings, including copyright, trademark and other proprietary notices as on the original. Such
backup copy of the Software may not be in use at any time unless the original Software is damaged
beyond use, and it must remain in your possession and control. You may not copy the Software onto any
public network. You may not, and you may not allow others to, modify, disassemble, decompile, translate,
reverse engineer, reproduce, make derivative works of or enhance the software. You may not, and you
may not allow others to, rent, lease, sell, sublicense or otherwise transfer the Software to any other
person.
In addition to any other rights it may have, the Licensor may terminate this Software License Agreement if
you fail to comply with the terms and conditions hereof. In such event, you must cease all use of the
Software and destroy all copies of the Software and all of its component parts.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
i
At the Licensor's sole discretion, the Licensor may from time to time provide you with updates to the
Software. Any such updates shall become part of the Software licensed to you hereunder and subject to
all of the terms and conditions of this Software License Agreement.

Disclaim er of Warranties
The Licensor expressly disclaims any and all warranties relative to the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS
PROVIDED “AS IS," WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR OF
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT AND THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY
AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LICENSED PRODUCT IS WITH YOU.

Lim itation of Liability


In no event shall the Licensor be liable for any direct, special, incidental, indirect or consequential
damages whatsoever to you (including, without limitation, damages for loss of profits, sales or data or for
business interruption) arising out of the use of or inability to use the Software, even if the Licensor has
been advised of the possibility of such damages. In any event, the Licensor's entire liability under any
provision shall be limited to the greater of the amount actually paid by you for the Software or $25.
Because some states and jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability, the above
limitation may not apply to you. If any provision of the Software License Agreement is declared by a court
of competent jurisdiction to be invalid for any reason, such invalidity shall not effect the remaining
provisions hereof.

Governing Law
This Software License Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard
to conflict of laws principles.

Term
This License Agreement is effective until terminated. You may terminate this License Agreement by
returning the Licensed Product to Licensor. Licensor may terminate this License Agreement if you breach
any of the terms and conditions. Upon termination of this License Agreement for any reason, you shall
return the Licensed Product to Licensor. All provisions of this Agreement relating to disclaimers of
warranties, limitation of liability, remedies, or damages, and Licensor's proprietary rights shall survive
termination.
YOU ACKNOWLEDGE YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS AGREEMENT AND AGREE TO
BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS. YOU FURTHER AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT IS THE COMPLETE
AND EXCLUSIVE STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU AND LICENSOR, AND
SUPERSEDES ANY PROPOSAL OR PRIOR AGREEMENT, ORAL OR WRITTEN, AND ANY OTHER
COMMUNICATIONS RELATING TO SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT.

NY-177971 v3 0950000-102

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
ii
Table of Cont ent s

CH APTER 1 : I N TROD UCTI ON ............................................................................... 1


5BOverview ................................................................................................................................................................1
6 oals .......................................................................................................................................................................1
BG
7BSyst em Term inology .........................................................................................................................................2
8BFrequent ly Asked Quest ions...........................................................................................................................9
30BW hat is t he difference bet ween a syst em backup and personalit y backup? ..........................9
31BW hy do I have t o creat e a pre- and post - inst allat ion guide?.......................................................9

CH APTER 2 : CREATI N G A CUSTOM PERSON ALI TY & A CUSTOM


I N STALLER................................................................................................................ 10

0BO ve r vie w ................................................................................................................................................................10

1BI n st a ll Soft w a r e .................................................................................................................................................11

2BP e r sona lit y Se t t in gs & Ba ck up ..................................................................................................................12


9BOverview ..............................................................................................................................................................12
10BConfiguring Applicat ion Set t ings ................................................................................................................13
32BConfiguring Maint enance Applicat ion Set t ings .................................................................................13
60B0 1 Com m unicat ions ...............................................................................................................................13
61B0 101 FTP....................................................................................................................................................14
62B0 102 Web Services ................................................................................................................................15
63B0 103 Product Cat alog Pull ...................................................................................................................16
64B0 104 Report ing ........................................................................................................................................16
65B0 2 Syst em Set t ings................................................................................................................................17
6B0 201 Front Man ........................................................................................................................................18
67B0 202 Product ion Manager....................................................................................................................18
68B0 203 Render Set t ings ...........................................................................................................................19
69B0 204 Fulfillm ent Lab Set up .................................................................................................................20
70B0 205 MS01 Set up ...................................................................................................................................21
71B0 206 Job Manager Set t ings ................................................................................................................23
72B0 207 Logo Set up.....................................................................................................................................23
73B0 208 Aut o Release Sim on ...................................................................................................................23
74B0 211 FDI A DB Manage .........................................................................................................................23
75B0 217 Media Appended I ndex Set up ................................................................................................24
76B0 3 Kiosk Connect ivit y............................................................................................................................25
7B0 301 Order Gat eway .............................................................................................................................25
78B0 302 Order Manifest Gat eway ...........................................................................................................26
79B0 303 Front ier Print .................................................................................................................................27
80B0 4 I m age Set t ings..................................................................................................................................28
81B0 401 I m age Adj ust Opt ions................................................................................................................28
82B0 402 Creat e Preview .............................................................................................................................29
83B0 403 Front ier DL Color Mode Set t ing .............................................................................................29
84B0 5 Syst em Cleanup ................................................................................................................................30
85B0 502 Clean Up .........................................................................................................................................30

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
iii
86B0 6 Out put Devices..................................................................................................................................31
87B0 7 I nput Devices.....................................................................................................................................31
8B0 702 Front ier Scanner Set up .............................................................................................................32
89B0 8 Product s ...............................................................................................................................................33
90B0 801 Tem plat e Set up............................................................................................................................33
91B0 802 Print Size Set up ...........................................................................................................................33
92B0 803 Mult i- Region Print Size Set up .................................................................................................34
93B0 804 I ndex Print Size Set up...............................................................................................................34
94B0 805 Digit al Product s Set up ...............................................................................................................34
95B0 806 Front Print ......................................................................................................................................35
96B0 808 Product Set up Unit s....................................................................................................................35
97B0 9 Syst em I nform at ion ........................................................................................................................36
98B0 901 Syst em Set t ings...........................................................................................................................36
9B1 0 Language .............................................................................................................................................37
3BConfiguring Channel Cust om izat ion Set t ings in I m age Adj ust ..................................................38
34BConfiguring Package & User I nt erface Cust om izat ion Set t ings in Front Man ........................38
35BConfiguring Rim age Cust om izat ion Set t ings in Panda ..................................................................39
1B reat e a Personalit y Backup ........................................................................................................................40
C

3BCr e a t in g a Cu st om I nst a lle r .......................................................................................................................43


12BOverview ..............................................................................................................................................................43
13BAbout t he I nst aller’s I NI File ........................................................................................................................43
14BOpening t he I nst aller’s I NI File for Edit ing .............................................................................................44
15BEdit ing t he I nst aller’s I NI File ......................................................................................................................46
36BOverview .........................................................................................................................................................46
37B> > > To show/ hide inst aller screens and opt ions: .........................................................................46
38B> > > The I NI File Dat a: ............................................................................................................................47
10BSet up Type ................................................................................................................................................47
10BSet up Type > MS01 Server ................................................................................................................47
102BSet up Type > Print er .............................................................................................................................48
103BSet up Type > Scanner ..........................................................................................................................49
104BSet up Type > MS01 Server wit h Print er Support .......................................................................50
105BSet up Type > MS01 Server wit h Scanner Support ....................................................................51
106BSet up Type > MS01 Server wit h Print er & Scanner Support .................................................52
107BSet up Type > Workst at ion ..................................................................................................................53
108BSet up Type > Workst at ion wit h Print er Support ........................................................................54
109BSet up Type > High Capacit y I m age Processor ............................................................................55
10BSet up Type > MS01 Server wit h Tet hered Print er .....................................................................56
39B> > > To save your I NI file once it has been edit ed: ......................................................................56
40B> > > To t est t he inst aller once you have edit ed t he file: ............................................................56

4BCr e a t in g a n M S0 1 I nst a lla t ion CD ...........................................................................................................57


16BOverview ..............................................................................................................................................................57
17BTo Creat e an I nst allat ion CD wit h a Cust om Personalit y + Fuj ifilm ’s Default I nst aller .........57
18BTo Creat e an I nst allat ion CD wit h a Cust om Personalit y + a Cust om I nst aller .......................60
19BTo Creat e an I nst allat ion CD wit h a Cust om I nst aller ( No Cust om Personalit y) .....................62

CH APTER 3 : CREATI N G YOUR PERSON ALI TY’S PRE- & POST-


I N STALLATI ON GUI D E ......................................................................................... 63
20BOverview ..............................................................................................................................................................63
21BAdj ust ing Power Saver Set t ings .................................................................................................................64
2BEst ablishing t he Lab’s Net work ...................................................................................................................68

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
iv
41BEst ablishing PC Nam e & Workgroup ....................................................................................................68
42BChanging t he Com put er’s I P Address ..................................................................................................69
23BPreparat ion of FireWire Cards and Drivers.............................................................................................72
43BOverview .........................................................................................................................................................72
4BMS01 Server + Print er Support .............................................................................................................72
45BMS01 Server + Print er + Scanner Support .......................................................................................73
46BMS01 Server + Print er Support ( wit h No Scanner or wit h an SP 500 Scanner) .................74
24BI nst alling FireWire Cards ...............................................................................................................................75
47BOverview .........................................................................................................................................................75
48BI nst alling a FireWire Card in an I CI I I Com put er .............................................................................75
49BI nst alling One FireWire Card in an LPC/ FMPC Com put er .............................................................76
50BI nst alling Two FireWire Cards in t he LPC/ FMPC...............................................................................77
25BI nst alling t he FireWire Drivers on t he I CI I I or LPC/ FMPC ................................................................79
26BConfiguring t he FireWire Drivers................................................................................................................81
51BOverview .........................................................................................................................................................81
52BConfiguring FireWire Drivers for an LP 1500, 2000 or 2500 Print er ........................................82
53BConfiguring FireWire Drivers for an LP 5500, 5700 or 5900 Print er ........................................84
54BConfiguring FireWire Drivers for t he SP 1500, SP 2000 or SP 2500 Film Scanner ............88
5BConfiguring FireWire Drivers for t he SP 3000 Film Scanner .......................................................89
27BSPC/ MCU Disk Space Configurat ion ..........................................................................................................92
28BRim age Set up & Configurat ion ....................................................................................................................96
56BSet up t o Support Rim age 8.0 & Mult iple I nput Bins ......................................................................96
57BConfiguring t he Rim age for Pre- Mast ered CDs ..............................................................................103
29BASK Print er Product I nst allat ions and Configurat ion Set t ings ( Fuj ifilm U.S. Full
I nst allat ions Only) ..........................................................................................................................................106
58BI nst all t he Correct ASK Product Files .................................................................................................106
59BConfigure Backprint Set t ings ................................................................................................................106

APPEN D I X A: SOFTW ARE LOCALI ZATI ON TOOL ...................................... 107

I n t r odu ct ion .......................................................................................................................................................107


Overview ............................................................................................................................................................107
Abbreviat ions, Acronym s, and Definit ions............................................................................................107

I n st a lla t ion a nd St a r t - u p............................................................................................................................108


Overview ............................................................................................................................................................108
St and- Alone Soft ware Package I nst allat ion and St art - up ..............................................................108
Main Soft ware Package I nst allat ion and St art - up .............................................................................110

Ge t t in g St a r t e d .................................................................................................................................................112
Applicat ion Window .......................................................................................................................................112
Language Edit or ..............................................................................................................................................114

En d Use r I n st r u ct ions ..................................................................................................................................116


Overview ............................................................................................................................................................116
St ep 1: I nst all t he Mult i- Language Tool ................................................................................................116
St ep 2: Creat e a New Language ..............................................................................................................116
St ep 3: Translat e All St rings int o t he New Language ......................................................................120
St ep 4: Verify t he New Language Translat ions ..................................................................................123
St ep 5: Creat e a CD of t he New Language Files................................................................................126
St ep 6: Deploy t he New Language Files ...............................................................................................128
During t he MS inst allat ion ......................................................................................................................128

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
v
I f MS is Already I nst alled on Your Syst em ......................................................................................128

Ot h e r I m por t a n t Fe a t u r e s .........................................................................................................................130
Finding Specific Language Files ................................................................................................................130

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
vi
Chapter 1: Introduction
Overview
5B

Effective with MS01 version 3.0, you can now create a tailored personality installer for use by technicians
when installing the MS01 software in your region.
This universal Subsidiary Reference Guide provides detailed instructions regarding how to create
specially-tailored installation discs for you to distribute to your regional Fujifilm labs and retailer photo
labs. (Note: You can configure an installer without having to configure a personality.)
It also provides documentation content to be used when creating your region-specific pre- and post-
installation instructions. (These instructions are not documented in the main MS01 v3.0 Installation
Guide.)
Important: Review this entire guide to determine which sections apply to your region before you begin.

Goals
6B

In this guide, you will learn:


o Important abbreviations, acronyms, and definitions used in this guide (see page 2). X X

o Frequently asked questions pertaining to this guide (see page 9). X X

o How to create a personality:


o Install MS01 with Printer and Scanner Support
o Install optional kits
o Configure system settings
o Create a personality backup
o How to configure the MS01 installer for my personality (see page 57). X X

o How to create my regions Pre- and Post- Installation Guide (see page 63). X X

o How to use the language localization tool (see page 107).

Follow the chapters in this guide in chronological order for successful personality installer and
documentation creation.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
1
System Terminology
7B

330 System A tethered system consisting of an SLP 800 printer/scanner combination.

340 System A tethered system consisting of an SLP 1000 printer/scanner combination.

350 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 1500 wet lab printer and an SP 1500 or
2000 scanner.

355 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 1500 wet lab printer and an SP 3000
scanner.

370 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 2000 wet lab printer and an SP 2000
scanner.

375 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 2000 wet lab printer and an SP 3000
scanner.

550 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 5500 wet lab printer and an SP 3000
scanner.

570 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 5700 wet lab printer and an SP 3000
scanner.

590 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 5900 wet lab printer and an SP 3000
scanner.

A1 Scanner software that works with the SP 1500, SP 2000, SP 2500, and SP 3000
scanners.

ASK Dye-sublimation dry lab printers. See Fujifilm USB printers in this glossary.

B1 Variety Print Service for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

B5 Single Scan Digitizing Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

B7 Professional Scanning Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

B8 Hyper Reorder Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

B9 Tone Selection Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

B11 Hyper Retouch Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

backprint Text printed on the reverse side of the print. Sometimes customizable.

connected A connected MS01 system is a system that receives data from Fujifilm’s
fulfillment network, sends data to Fujifilm’s Fulfillment Network, and receives
orders from various sources (such as retailers and Fujifilm labs). This is
accomplished via Internet connectivity.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
2
Crop modes MS01 offers different crop choices. For this example, assume that the original product
size and image dimensions are:
8x10 Image

4x6 Product
3.5x5 Image

Fill in Print area is filled with image and there may be image data lost if it does not
crop match the aspect ratio of the print size selected. Output will have no white
mode space.
8 x 10 Image 3.5 x 5 Image

Fit in Fits the image into the size selected leaving it at its current aspect ratio to
crop maintain all the image data. This will produce white space if the image is not
mode the same aspect ratio as the size selected.
8 x 10 Image 3.5 x 5 Image

No Image is rendered on the product without resizing. Takes the size selected
resize and cuts out the center portion of the image (think of it as a cookie cutter). If
crop the image is smaller than the size selected it will produce white space.
mode 8 x 10 Image 3.5 x 5 Image

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
3
custom backprint Backprint text specified by the operator; only replaces second line of backprint. Not all
printers support the backprint feature.
Also see backprint.

digital input Digital images loaded into the system for printing (not film-based images). Examples
include .jpg, .tif, and .gif image files generated from digital cameras.

Digital Link One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, this application performs all
Request Spooler background processing for producing prints and CDs, receiving input from external
sources such as kiosk, and communications with remote systems via the Internet.
It also manages a database containing all production information, and is responsible for
scheduling of tasks and devices throughout the system.
This application is also known as Simon.

Dymo Label A small label printer used to output labels for CDs, kiosk orders, Web orders, etc.

E5 Fujicolor CD/DVD Digital software (also known as Backup CD Service).

Epson Stylus Pro Wide-format printer used in some Fujifilm regions. Supported models include 4880,
7800, and 7880.

FDD Frontier Driver Direct. This service provides more control and greater messaging
capabilities when printing.

FDIA Fujifilm’s Frontier Digital Imaging Architecture.

FDIA DB The database used by MS01 and other Fujifilm and third-party software to facilitate
image transfer and order fulfillment.

FCIM Frontier Communication Interface Module.

film type A film type must be selected if creating prints from film. Options include color, black and
white, and slide film.

Frontier The name used to describe Fujifilm-developed systems.

FrontMan The FrontMan software is an optional film input software interface included with MS01.
(The FrontMan application window is also known as Main or the Order Entry screen.)

FMPC Also known as the LPC and an abbreviation for Frontier Manager Printer Controller, the
FMPC is a separate computer used to drive a laser printer (LP printer) and receive data
from the scanner (if configured to do so).
Note: Not all system configurations use an FMPC/LPC.

Fujifilm Printers LP 1500 Wet Lab Printer LP 5500 Wet Lab Printer
(1394 FireWire)
LP 2000 Wet Lab Printer LP 5700 Wet Lab Printer
LP 2500 Wet Lab Printer LP 5900 Wet Lab Printer

Fujifilm Printers DL 400 Inkjet Dry Lab Printer LP 7500 Wet Lab Printer
(Network)

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
4
DL 410 Inkjet Dry Lab Printer LP 7600 Wet Lab Printer
DL 430 Inkjet Dry Lab Printer LP 7700 Wet Lab Printer
LP 5000 Wet Lab Printer LP 7900 Wet Lab Printer
LP 7000 Wet Lab Printer SLP800 scanner/printer (330 system)
LP 7100 Wet Lab Printer SLP1000 scanner/printer (340 system)
LP 7200 Wet Lab Printer

Fujifilm Printers DPB 1500 Dry Lab Printer ASK 2500 Dry Lab Printer
(USB)
ASK 1500 Dry Lab Printer ASK 4000 Dry Lab Printer
ASK 2000 Dry Lab Printer ASK 4000A Dry Lab Printer

Fujifilm Scanners SP 1500 SP 2500


(FireWire)
SP 2000 SP 3000

Fujifilm Scanners SP 500


(USB)

HCIP High capacity image processor. This is a rendering device attached to the MS01
system. By having an HCIP attached to your MS01 system, its order processing speed
is increased.

Hot Job Provides an order with a prioritized status.

Hyper-Threading Officially called Hyper-Threading Technology (HTT), this is Intel Corporation’s


trademark for their implementation of the simultaneous multithreading technology on
their Pentium 4 micro-architecture.
The technology improves processor performance under certain workloads by providing
useful work for execution units that would otherwise be idle, for example during a cache
miss.
A Pentium 4 with Hyper-Threading enabled is treated by the operating system as two
processors instead of one.

IC Imaging controller.

ICIII Imaging Controller III computer, formerly known as PIC (photo imaging controller
computer) and DIC (digital imaging controller computer).

Image Info One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Image Info allows operators to see
information about the image data.

Index Print A supplementary print that displays image thumbnails.

Job Manager One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Job Manager manages the images in
MS01 orders.
Also known as JobMan.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
5
Kaleida A Fujifilm printer used in some Fujifilm regions. Supported model includes PX-7550.

Local Disc Writer This is a CD/DVD writer attached to the IC or an IC Workstation. This allows for one (1)
CD to be written at a time. Local CD/DVD writers do not have the ability to print the
labels automatically on the CD/DVDs.

Log Off One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, the Log Off function shuts down the
application and also performs a Windows operating system log off.

LP (Laser Printer) This is the abbreviation that pre-pends some Fujifilm printer model names. For example,
LP 5000.

LPC Also known as the FMPC, and an abbreviation for Laser Printer Controller, the LPC is
one of the terms used as a name for the computer, which is separate from the ICIII
computer that is used to drive a printer.

Maintenance One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, the MS01 Maintenance application
houses the software used to configure the MS01 system.
This is a different application than the Maintenance offered via the printer software.

MCU (Main Known as the SPC in some regions, the MCU is the computer that drives the film
Control Unit) scanner hardware. Note: The SP 500 runs via the ICIII without a separate SPC/MCU
device.

Media SD/Memory Stick/Compact Flash/xD Card/Compact Flash/CD/DVD used to store digital


images.

MS01 Also known as the Frontier Workflow Management Software. This is the overall system,
including the scanner software and the printer software.
Operators should always use the system in Operator mode.

MS11 Scanner software that works with SP 500, 1500, 2000, 2500, and 3000 model scanners.
This is a sub-component of the MS01 system.

MS12 Printer driver support software for Adobe Photoshop CS3 and CS4.

MS13 LAN spool software.

MS14 Variety Print Service software.

MS15 Variety Template Composite / Variety Templates software, including Template Editor.

MS16 Image-Adjust software. Also called 6-frame adjust.

MS17 Net Connection for FDI-net software.

MS18 Skin Color Correction Image Processing software.

MS19 Photo ID Print Service software.

Multi-Roll Order A multi-roll order is an order that contains more than one roll of film. Each roll in a multi-
roll order has a unique Film ID (which is included in the backprint information).

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
6
Operator Mode On the ICIII, this mode locks down the system so only Fuji applications can be used.
After logging to Operator mode (default mode), Fuji applications automatically launch,
and automatically re-launch if terminated.

Panda (Printer One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Panda provides an interface between
And Device the Digital Link Request Spooler (Simon) and various devices, such as printers and CD-
Application) writers. It manages device operations and provides status and messages to the rest of
the system in a consistent manner to ensure that devices may easily be interchanged or
added, as needed.

Personality Custom MS system settings associated with a particular Fujifilm region or retailer.

PIC Photo Imaging Controller, now known as IC.

Product On the MS01 system, each print created has an associated “product” file. For example,
there are product files for 4x6-sized prints,

Production The mechanism in the MS01 system that manages routing ordered products to output
Manager devices for production. It also handles ordering the output based on due time, etc.

Promo Print A product that enables retailers to print promotional offers (using the MS01 system) for
distribution to consumers.

Puma One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Puma is the mechanism used to
display system messages (such as errors, warnings, and informational messages).

Red exclamation This will power off the ICIII system. For proper shut-down procedures, see the MS01
mark Start-up and Shut-down Guide.
On the FMPC, this is an emergency shutdown for only the Panda application. This will
not power off the FMPC box. Note: This is not the proper shut-down procedure for this
device; only do this if directed to do so by Technical Support.
Important: For systems that are not connected to the Fujifilm fulfillment network, this
function can be used as a proper method of shutting down the system.
For systems that are connected to the Fujifilm fulfillment network, this should be treated
as an emergency shut-down command only. By clicking this button, you are not
performing a proper shut-down procedure. Only use this button if instructed to do so by
Technical Support.

Retain Print Enables you to retain the size, surface, and color settings between orders.
Settings

Rimage This is a third-party CD burning device designed for high volumes of CD creation. This
system allows multiple CDs to be written simultaneously. The Rimage system can print
labels directly onto CDs. Depending on the model of Rimage, it may have two or four
CD burners and a single printer.

S3 Variety Print Service for SP 3000 scanners not using FrontMan.

S5 Professional Software for SP 3000 scanners not using FrontMan.

Scan Modes Auto When using film input, if the operator selects Auto as the scan mode, the
system scans six images at a time without requiring the operator to press
<Enter>. Pressing any key on the keyboard will stop the Auto Mode and will

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
7
allow image adjustments as in Semi Mode.

Manual Manual operates just as semi mode operates, but you can choose size and
quantity for each frame.

Semi When using film input, if the operator selects Semi as the scan mode, the
system scans six images at a time and the operator can correct the color and
density on each image as necessary. The operator then presses <Enter> to
scan the next set of six images.

Software This is a tool that allows the user to switch to any of the programs that are currently
Launcher running. Also known as the SwLauncher application, this replaces the need for the
Windows <Alt+Tab> function.

SP The abbreviation that pre-pends Fujifilm scanner model names. For example, SP 500.

SPC Known as the MCU in some regions, this is the name for the computer that drives the
scanner. Note: The SP 500 runs via the ICIII without a separate SPC/MCU device.

Summary Sheet A print output that includes the file names of the images in the order.

Surface Prints can be produced using different surface textures. Some printer models can only
print on certain surface types. Surfaces include Glossy, Lustre, Matte, Silk, SupremeG,
SupremeL, Thin, SupremeM, ThinGlossy, GlossyRoll, SatinRoll, SemiGlossBoard,
CanvasRoll, CatsbyRoll, PearlRoll, SatinCanvasRoll, AquarellRoll, TalbotRoll,
ScrimVinyl, and PearlPosterBoard.

Support Mode On the ICIII, this mode allows the user to access the operating system. After logging to
Support mode, Fuji applications automatically launch but do not re-launch if terminated.

Third-Party MS01 3.0 supports:


Printers
Epson Stylus Pro Wide Format Printers
Xerox Phaser Printers
Rimage CD writers/printers

Whole Roll A product type applied to an image that will make <#> of each image in the order.

Workstation This is another digital input system for the MS01 software. It allows control of a printer,
digital ingest, and CD/DVD burning.

Xerox printers Color printers used in some Fujifilm regions. Supported models Phaser 7760,
DPC4350, and DPC3360.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
8
Frequently Asked Questions
8B

What is the difference between a system backup and


30B

personality backup?
The MS01 Maintenance application’s Data Backup and Restore tool enables operators to save two
kinds of data:

System backup: A system backup saves system-specific configuration data. IMPORTANT:


System backups are computer-specific and are designed to be applied to only
one system. Therefore, a system backup must be created for each computer
controller in the lab system (i.e., MS01 Server, FMPC/LPC, SPC/MCU, and
Workstation).

Personality backup: A personality backup saves custom, MS system settings associated with a
particular Fujifilm region or retailer. The data saved is designed to be applied to
multiple systems. A personality backup can only be created using the MS01
Server.

Why do I have to create a pre- and post-installation guide?


31B

The main MS01 Installation Guide provides the instructions needed by all Fujifilm regions internationally.
Any specialized instructions, such as instructions required for a particular ICIII computer used only by
your region or a particular retailer, need to be documented in a guide written by you.

If you need to write a guide that includes… Reuse the content on…

Adjusting power saver settings Page 63.


X X

Establishing the lab’s network Page 68. X X

FireWire cards…

Preparing FireWire cards and drivers. Page 72. X X

Installing FireWire cards. Page 75. X X

Installing FireWire drivers on the ICIII or LPC/FMPC. Page 79. X X

Configuring FireWire drivers. Page 81. X X

SP 2000 SPC/MCU disk space configuration Page 92. X X

Rimage setup and configuration Page 96. X X

Refer Chapter 4 of this guide for sample instructions that you can easily leverage to author your guide.
NOTE: You may also have to author certain settings that pertain to only a specific hardware type, for
instance when the manufacturer neglects to configure certain settings that were ordered by Fujifilm.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
9
Chapter 2: Creating a Custom Personality & a
Custom Installer
Overview
0B

You will want to create one of three possible installation CDs:

If you want to create an…

A Installation CD containing with a custom personality and Fujifilm’s default installer.

Step # Actions Page

Step 1 Install necessary software. 11


X X

Step 2 Configure system settings and create a personality backup. 12


X X

Step 3 Create the installation CD. 57


X X

B Installation CD containing with a custom personality and a custom installer.

Step # Actions Page

Step 1 Install necessary software. 11


X X

Step 2 Configure system settings and create a personality backup. 12


X X

Step 3 Create the installation CD. 60


X X

C Installation CD containing with a custom installer and no a custom personality.

Step # Actions Page

Step 1 Install necessary software. 11


X X

Step 2 Create the installation CD. 62


X X

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
10
Install Software
1B

To create an MS01 personality, you must first install the software on your personal computer based on
the following.

1 Install the MS01 Software: The software can be installed on any Windows-based computer,
such as a personal laptop, and does not have to be installed on
equipment used in an MS system.
When installing the MS01 software, you must choose the MS01
with Printer and Scanner Support setup type no matter what the
lab configurations will be.
o Even if your region does not support this
configuration/setup type, this is the required to create a
personality; the resulting personality will not be based
on this setup type.
o You do not need the physical printer or scanner
attached to the computer to install this setup up or to
complete creation of a personality, but you will need
them to test the personality. You must also install this
setup type in order to configure FrontMan, even if you
normally wouldn’t choose this setup type.

2 Install Optional Kit You must install all optional/additional software/kits before
Software (Software & starting this process if you plan to customize the software for
Printers): those optional kits.

Kiosks

Optional Printer Software… Epson Stylus Pro Wide Format Printers

Xerox Phaser Printers

Optional Software… JobMaker

MS12: Printer driver support software for Adobe Photoshop CS3


and CS4.

MS13: LAN spool software (C8).

MS14: Variety Print Service software.

MS19: Photo ID Print Service software.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
11
Personality Settings & Backup
2B

Overview
9B

In this section, you will learn how to:

1 Configure personality settings in the o MS01 Maintenance application (see page


MS01 system. Depending on your 13).
X X

software and hardware, you will need to


o Custom Channels. Configuring these settings
perform personality configurations in the
is required for all systems (see page 38).
following areas of the system.
X X

o Packages and User Interface. Configuring


these settings is only required if the system
uses Frontier Manager for film scanning (see
page 38).
X X

o Rimage. Configuring these settings is only


required if your system includes a Rimage
CD/DVD duplicator (see page 39).
X X

2 Create the Personality backup. See page 40. X X

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
12
Configuring Application Settings
10B

Configuring Maintenance Application Settings


32B

Via MS01’s Maintenance application, you need to configure all settings that will be saved during a
backup.

01 Communications
60B

The Communications features allow you to network communications for incoming (remote fulfillment orders and
software updates) and outgoing (upload orders and reporting data) traffic via FTP and HTTP.

Saved: Not Saved:

0101 FTP None

0102 Web Services

0103 Product Catalog Pull

0104 Reporting

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
13
0101 FTP
61B

The, user name, and password for the remote FTP server will be saved. These settings are the same for
the FTP Pull, Scan Job Table, and Web Upload functions.

Saved: Not Saved:

URL None

User Name

Password

All FTP Pull tab settings

Saved: Not Saved:

All Scan Job Table tab None


settings

Saved: Not Saved:

All Web Upload tab None


settings

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
14
0102 Web Services
62B

The settings for HTTP communications are stored in the Web Services section. The Store ID and URLs
will be the same for the Heartbeat, OM Upload, and Remote Control functions, but will not be saved in the
backup.

Saved: Not Saved:

Lab Relay URL Store ID

Lab Services URL

Heartbeat tab > From Heartbeat tab > Third


Kiosks Directory Party URL

Heartbeat tab > Third Party


TempFile

Saved: Not Saved:

Upload Complete Status Upload URL

Upload Error Status

Upload Trigger Status

Media Retries

Saved: Not Saved:

All Remote Control tab None


settings

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
15
0103 Product Catalog Pull
63B

The settings for workflow and communications for product catalogs for connected Terminal Services
Kiosks are configured in this section.

Saved: Not Saved:

All other settings Kiosk Store Number

0104 Reporting
64B

Saved: Not Saved:

Active reporting None

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
16
02 System Settings
65B

Saved: Not Saved:

0201 FrontMan 0210 Password Setup


0202 Production 0213 Logging Setup
Manager
0214 Global Settings
0203 Render Settings
0215 Data Backup &
0204 Fulfillment Lab Restore
Setup
0220 Device Details
0205 MS01 Setup Reporting Setup
0206 Job Manager 0222 Monitor Adjustment
Settings
0212 SwLauncher Setup
0207 Logo Setup
0218 Device Message
0208 Auto Release Configuration
Simon
0211 FDIA DB Manage
0217 Media Appended
Index Setup

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
17
0201 FrontMan
6B

The FrontMan setup affects film scanning and orders from the film scanner.

All of the other FrontMan settings are saved in the


backup.

Saved: Not Saved:

User FrontMan application Message Filter


for scan orders
Scanner Model
Order deadline
Frontier Devices
Serial port
Shut Down
Order/ film ID length Computer On
Scanner Post Op
Max Order/film ID length
Min Order/film ID length
Due Time Delta
Check In Time Delta
Custom Backprint
Additions
Backprint Separator
Sleep Before Film Scan
FrontMan Scanner Device
Name
Default B&W Film Output
Type to B&W

0202 Production Manager


67B

The Production Manager settings affect how orders are routed and released.

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings None

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
18
0203 Render Settings
68B

Saved: Not Saved:

Print Border Graphics None

Vendor data directory

Dated Border Format Settings

Alignment Settings

All of the render settings on the


Advanced tab

All of the render settings on the


Back Print tab

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
19
0204 Fulfillment Lab Setup
69B

Settings for the fulfillment of remote orders are controlled by this section.

Saved: Not Saved:

All Settings None

Clicking the State/Status Setup button opens the


Unpacking Job State/Status Setup dialog box.

Saved: Not Saved:

All Settings None

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
20
0205 MS01 Setup
70B

Saved: Not Saved:

CD > Single CD System CD > Use RIMAGE to write CDs

CD > Disable Premaster CD > Default digital writer device


Check

CD > CD Space Check Digital Input > Removable media


Margin drive letters

CD > Output Directory For


CD Files

Digital Input > Maximum


image dimension

Digital Input > Minimum


image file size

Digital Input > Network


import paths

Digital Input > Export


images loaded only …

Miscellaneous > Temp


Directory

Miscellaneous > Label


Printer

Miscellaneous > Error


directory for Dig In

Miscellaneous > Website


to Upload to

Miscellaneous > Web


upload root directory

Miscellaneous > Advanced


Setup

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
21
Clicking the Advanced Setup button opens the
Advanced MS01 Setup dialog box.

Saved: Not Saved:

DP Modes not displayed Show Operator Mode


in JobMaker… Messages

Support for 6 digit Promo Print Background


Envelope IDs Image

Job hidden with status Background image for


type Index and Summary
Separators

Allow right click context


menus on image and
product thumbnails

Allow Templates from


Network

Enable Application Help

Requires Password for


Restore and Templates

Show Sharpening
Modifications

Apply Image Intelligence

Turn Off Manual Routing


Password

Display Production
Warning for Process
Order and Quick Prints

Enable DPOF Scanning

Do Promo Prints

Product Codes for


promo prints

Promo Unit Code

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
22
0206 Job Manager Settings
71B

Saved: Not Saved:

First order ID Machine ID

Maximum order ID

0207 Logo Setup


72B

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings None

0208 Auto Release Simon


73B

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings None

0211 FDIA DB Manage


74B

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings DB Host


Size Table

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
23
0217 Media Appended Index Setup
75B

All of the Media Appended Index Setup data will be saved.

Saved: Not Saved:

All Small Index 1 tab None


settings

IMPORTANT: The Store ID and URL are manually


edited fields and currently saved in the backup.
Fujifilm recommends that the store ID be left blank
before saving the backup, and the URL should only
be entered if it will be the same for all locations where
the Data Backup & Restore function will be used.

Saved: Not Saved:

All Small Index 2 tab None


settings

Saved: Not Saved:

All Large Index tab None


settings

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
24
03 Kiosk Connectivity
76B

Saved: Not Saved:

0301 Order Gateway None

0302 Order Manifest


Gateway

0303 Frontier Print

0301 Order Gateway


7B

Saved: Not Saved:

Error Log Template Dir

Error Dir

Order due

Load Images

Preferred Printer

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
25
0302 Order Manifest Gateway
78B

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings on the General None


Behavior tab

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings on the None


Fulfillment tab

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings on the Order None


Labels tab

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
26
0303 Frontier Print
79B

Saved: Not Saved:

Device File Options >


Delete Empty
Reader Device
Source Folder for
File Options > Use Given File Move and Render
Reader Device
File Options > Copy
Reader Device
File Options > Move
Reader Device
File Options > Render
Reader Device
File Options > Render and
delete source image

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
27
04 Image Settings
80B

Saved: Not Saved:

0401 Image Adjust None


Options

0402 Create Preview

0403 Frontier DL Color


Mode Setting

0401 Image Adjust Options


81B

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings in the None


Image Adjust
Options dialog box.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
28
0402 Create Preview
82B

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings in the Create None


Preview dialog box.

0403 Frontier DL Color Mode Setting


83B

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings. None

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
29
05 System Cleanup
84B

Saved: Not Saved:

0502 Clean Up 0501 Rimage XML Writer

0502 Clean Up
85B

Saved: Not Saved:

Disk free space Additional cleanup


folders1
Hour to perform
F F

overnight cleanup
Overnight disk free
space
Done jobs can expire
Days to keep expired job
Days to keep leftover
CD files

1
Not available in all labs.
MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide
© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
30
06 Output Devices
86B

Saved: Not Saved:

None All

07 Input Devices
87B

Saved: Not Saved:

0702 Frontier 0701 Print to Print Setup


Scanner Setup

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
31
0702 Frontier Scanner Setup
8B

Saved: Not Saved:

To Frontier Scanner

Border Templates > In Spool


Ignore scanner Index
prints

Border Templates > Border Templates


Print 35mm mixed sizes
as APS

Color Space Queue Server

Dated Border Error poll interval

FCP Output Directory

FCP Order Level


Products Directory

Frontier Dry Lab Printer


in use

Allow Front Print for APS


Film

Due By time increment

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
32
08 Products
89B

Saved: Not Saved:

0801 Template Setup None


0802 Print Size Setup
0803 Multi-Region Print Size
Setup
0804 Index Print Size Setup
0805 Digital Products Setup
0806 Front Print
0807 Product Setup Units

0801 Template Setup


90B

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings None

0802 Print Size Setup


91B

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings None

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
33
0803 Multi-Region Print Size Setup
92B

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings None

0804 Index Print Size Setup


93B

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings None

0805 Digital Products Setup


94B

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings None

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
34
0806 Front Print
95B

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings None

0808 Product Setup Units


96B

Saved: Not Saved:

All settings in the Units dialog box. None

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
35
09 System Information
97B

Saved: Not Saved:

0901 System Settings None

0901 System Settings


98B

Saved: Not Saved:

Company Name Job Manager

Request Spooler

Store ID

SP FIN

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
36
10 Language
9B

Saved: Not Saved:

Files edited by 1003 1001 Select Language


Multi-Language Tool

1002 Update Language

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
37
Configuring Channel Customization Settings in Image Adjust
3B

The Custom Channels Setup dialog box is accessed


via the Adjust Images area of the MS01 software.
Any custom Image Intelligence Channels that have
been created in Custom Channels Setup will be
saved in the backup, as well as the Default and basic
color portrait channels shown in the illustration.
Custom1 is an example of a user-created custom
channel.

Configuring Package & User Interface Customization


34B

Settings in FrontMan
The configuration files for product
packages and any other
customizations to the Frontman
Interface will be saved in the backup.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
38
Configuring Rimage Customization Settings in Panda
35B

The Rimage Setup dialog box is accessed by double-clicking the CD Writer1 device in Panda (on the MS01
Server) and then clicking Rimage Setup.

Saved: Not Saved:

Rimage hot folder Software compatibility

Rimage XML directory Input bin configuration


> Number of bins

Connections settings for Input bin configuration


the Rimage unit > > Media types
Hostname of Rimage
machine

Connections settings for


the Rimage unit > Port for
Rimage messenger

Disc label > 36 images

Disc label > 40 images

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
39
Create a Personality Backup
1B

Creating a personality backup is necessary to ensure that the installation discs you provide your region
not only contain the printers, scanners, etc. that your labs run, but ensure that detailed settings such as
paper configurations are automatically installed onto new systems.

You can save system configuration settings via MS01’s Backup and Restore tool. The data is saved to the
specified output directory.
Use this backup procedure to create a personality backup for the MS01 Server.

1 In the MS01 Maintenance application, navigate to


02 System Settings > 0215 Backup and Restore.

The Data Backup and Restore dialog box opens


displaying the Backup tab by default.

2 From the Backup Type drop-down menu, select Personality.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
40
The Backup tab user interface changes.

3 Edit the Vendor name. (This will appear in the screens of the system once it is installed.)

4 If desired, create custom categories:


Click the Create Category button. An Add/Edit Category dialog box opens.
Make changes, as necessary.
Click OK. Changes are saved, and the dialog box closes. Focus returns to the Personality tab.

5 Click the Next button.

A Paper Configuration Setup dialog box opens


displaying Inkjet Frontier printer information by
default.

The Paper Configuration for drop-down menu provides


the following printer class options…

6 Select the first printer type that your region uses.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
41
7 For the first paper size/surface configuration you need to add, use the dialog box controls to make the
following choices:
o paper size
o paper surface
o any other selections for this combination
o Available: You can add a paper but not make it available.

8 When you have completed making this individual configuration, click the Add button.

The size/surface combination is added to the Paper Configurations list.

9 Continue until all paper size/surface combinations for the selected printer class have been added.

10 If applicable, select the next printer class your region uses from the Paper Configuration for drop-
down menu, and repeat the above steps for adding paper size/surface combinations for the newly-
selected printer.

11 Click Save.
2
F F A Copying dialog box opens displaying backup progress.

After copying completes, a Data Backup and Restore dialog box opens
confirming that the backup is complete.
A Personality directory of the backup has been created in the specified
location.

12 Click OK.

The dialog box closes, and focus returns to the main Data Backup and Restore dialog box.

13 Click Close.

The Data Backup and Restore dialog box closes.

The personality backup data can now be found at the Save to location.

2
If a backup already exists, a dialog box opens asking to confirm deleting the existing file and replacing it with the file to be created.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
42
Creating a Custom Installer
3B

Overview
12B

You will need to edit one of the installer’s files if you want to customize the screens and options that the
installer displays. (For example, you may want to remove printer models that your labs do not have from
the printer drop-down menus displayed in the installer’s screens.)
IMPORTANT: This procedure requires:
o Use of a computer with a CD-drive that has writing capabilities.
o Use of a computer with a text editing application, such as Microsoft Notepad.
In this chapter, you will learn:
o Basic information about the installer’s INI file (see below).
o How to open the installer’s INI file (see page 44). X X

o How to edit the installer’s INI file (see page 46). X X

About the Installer’s INI File


13B

When the end user launches the file named setup.exe, the InstallShield software “reads” data from the
SetupType.ini file. Based on the date in this file, the installations software knows which screens and options to
show and hide.

About SetupType.ini file…

o The file is a long list of specific settings used by the


installer.

o The file is formatted into sections (see page 56 for


X X

examples and default settings).

o Each name listed in brackets is a Setup Type in the


installer. (For example, [Server] is the MS01 Server
setup type option.)
o Sub-items listed below screen names are the options
displayed in the screens for that setup type.

o Screens/options to be shown are appended with =1.


Screens/options to be hidden are appended with =0.

You will be opening and editing this file using MS


Notepad (see below for instructions).

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
43
Opening the Installer’s INI File for Editing
14B

1 On your computer, create a temporary directory and name it “MS01 Installer”.

2 Insert the installation disc received from Fujifilm into your computer’s CD-ROM drive3 .
F F

3 On your computer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive.

4 Select all of the contents of the CD (the EZ171 directory and the autorun.inf file), and right-click.

A context menu opens.

5 Select Copy.

The selection is copied to your computer’s Windows clipboard.

6 Navigate to the MS01 Installer directory you created, and right-click inside of the directory.

A context menu opens.

7 Select Paste.

The contents of the copied selection are pasted into the directory.

8 Open the EZ171 directory.

9 Right-click the file named SetupType.ini4 . F F

A context menu opens.

10 From the context menu, select Open with.

3
This procedure can be performed on any PC; an MS01 hardware component is not required.
4
IMPORTANT: Do not edit any other INI file in this directory.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
44
A Windows Open With dialog box opens.

11 From the Programs list box, select Notepad.

The INI file opens in Notepad.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
45
Editing the Installer’s INI File
15B

Overview
36B

As stated above, you will be editing the INI file to enable the installation software to show and hide
screens and the options displayed on those screens.
This section provides the following information:
o How to edit the file to show and hide screens and options displayed by the installer (see below).
o The INI file data (see page 47).
X X

o How to save the edited INI file (see page 56).X X

o How to test the installer once the INI file has been edited (see page 56). X X

>>> To show/hide installer screens and options:


37B

To show screens and options displayed within screens when the InstallShield Wizard runs, type =1 after the
screen/option name.

For example, for the Setup Type screen in the installer, let’s say we only want certain setup types to display…
MS01 Server, Printer, and Scanner.

>>> To hide installer screens and options:

To hide screens and options displayed within screens when the InstallShield Wizard runs, type =0 after the
screen/option name.

IMPORTANT: You cannot delete unwanted items; if you make any deletions, or enter any value other
than 0 or 1, the file will be compromised and will automatically display all possible screens of the
installer.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
46
>>> The INI File Data:
38B

The following pages describe each section of the INI file in detail.

Setup Type
10B

INI File Data Associated InstallShield Wizard Screen


(defaults displayed)

The following setup type list can be


edited by modifying the
[SetupType] portion of the INI file.

Setup Type > MS01 Server


10B

INI File Data Associated InstallShield Wizard Screen


(defaults displayed)

The following screens can be hidden / shown by modifying the [Server]


portion of the INI file.

For the FIN number screen, if


FIN=1 is entered, the following
screen will display. If FIN=0 is
entered, it will be hidden.

For the Additional Security


screen, if SECURITY=1, the
following screen will display. If
SECURITY=0, it will be hidden.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
47
Setup Type > Printer
102B

INI File Data Associated InstallShield Wizard Screen


(defaults displayed)

The following screens and options can be hidden / shown by modifying the
[Printer] portion of the INI file.

If FIN=1, the following screen will


display. If FIN=0, it will be hidden.

If CDWRITER=1, the following screen


will display. If CDWRITER =0, it will
be hidden.

The following printer list will be edited


by modifying the [Printer] portion of
the INI file.

The following scanner list will be


edited by modifying the [Printer]
portion of the INI file.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
48
Setup Type > Scanner
103B

INI File Data Associated InstallShield Wizard Screen


(defaults displayed)

The following screens can be hidden / shown by modifying the [Scanner]


portion of the INI file.

If FIN=1, the following screen will


display. If FIN=0, it will be hidden.

The following scanner list will be


edited by modifying the [Scanner]
portion of the INI file.

If FRONTMAN =1, the following


screen will display. If FRONTMAN
=0, it will be hidden.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
49
Setup Type > MS01 Server with Printer Support
104B

INI File Data Associated InstallShield Wizard Screen


(defaults displayed)

The following screens and options can be edited by modifying the


[ServerPrinter] portion of the INI file.

For the FIN number screen, if


FIN=1 is entered, the following
screen will display. If FIN=0 is
entered, it will be hidden.

For the Additional Security


screen, if SECURITY=1, the
following screen will display. If
SECURITY=0, it will be hidden.

The following printer options can be


edited.

For ASK printers, the detailed ASK


printer list can also be edited.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
50
INI File Data Associated InstallShield Wizard Screen
(defaults displayed)

Additionally, scanner options can be


edited.

Setup Type > MS01 Server with Scanner Support


105B

INI File Data Associated InstallShield Wizard Screen


(defaults displayed)

The following screens can be hidden / shown by modifying the


[ServerScanner] portion of the INI file.

For the FIN number screen, if


FIN=1 is entered, the following
screen will display. If FIN=0 is
entered, it will be hidden.

For the Additional Security


screen, if SECURITY=1, the
following screen will display. If
SECURITY=0, it will be hidden.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
51
Setup Type > MS01 Server with Printer & Scanner Support
106B

INI File Data Associated InstallShield Wizard Screen


(defaults displayed)

The following screens and options can be edited by modifying the


[ServerPrinterScanner] portion of the INI file.

For the FIN number screen, if


FIN=1 is entered, the following
screen will display. If FIN=0 is
entered, it will be hidden.

For the Additional Security


screen, if SECURITY=1, the
following screen will display. If
SECURITY=0, it will be hidden.

The following printer options can be


edited.

If ASK is selected, the following


screen then displays.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
52
Setup Type > Workstation
107B

INI File Data Associated InstallShield Wizard Screen


(defaults displayed)

The screens can be hidden / shown by modifying the [Workstation]


portion of the INI file.

If FIN=1, the following screen will


display. If FIN=0, it will be hidden.

If SECURITY=1, the following


screen will display. If SECURITY=0,
it will be hidden.

If CDWRITER=1, the following


screen will display. If CDWRITER
=0, it will be hidden.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
53
Setup Type > Workstation with Printer Support
108B

INI File Data Associated InstallShield Wizard Screen


(defaults displayed)

The screens and options can be hidden / shown by modifying the


[WorkstationPrinter] portion of the INI file.

If FIN=1, the following screen will


display. If FIN=0, it will be hidden.

If SECURITY=1, the following


screen will display. If SECURITY=0,
it will be hidden.

If CDWRITER=1, the following


screen will display:

The following printer options can be


edited.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
54
If ASK is selected, the following
screen then displays.

Setup Type > High Capacity Image Processor


109B

INI File Data Associated InstallShield Wizard Screen


(defaults displayed)

The following screens can be hidden / shown by modifying the [HCIP]


portion of the INI file.

If FIN=1, the following screen will


display. If FIN=0, it will be hidden.

If SECURITY=1, the following


screen will display. If SECURITY=0,
it will be hidden.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
55
Setup Type > MS01 Server with Tethered Printer
10B

INI File Data Associated InstallShield Wizard Screen


(defaults displayed)

The following screens and options can be edited by modifying the


[ServerTethered] portion of the INI file.

For the FIN number screen, if FIN=1


is entered, the following screen will
display. If FIN=0 is entered, it will be
hidden.

For the Additional Security screen, if


SECURITY=1, the following screen
will display. If SECURITY=0, it will be
hidden.

>>> To save your INI file once it has been edited:


39B

1 From the File menu, select Save.

Changes are saved.

2 From the File menu, select Exit.

The Notepad file closes.

>>> To test the installer once you have edited the file:
40B

1 Ensure that the SetupType.ini file is still located in the same directory as the setup.exe file.

2 After saving and closing the SetupType.ini file, double-click setup.exe.

The InstallShield Wizard launches.

3 Navigate through the installer to ensure that your changes have been saved.

4 Cancel installation before it completes; you do not want to install the software on your personal computer.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
56
Creating an MS01 Installation CD
4B

Overview
16B

In this chapter, you will learn:


o How to create an installer that consists of your custom personality and the default MS01 installer
made by Fujifilm (see below).
o How to create an installer that consists of your custom personality and your custom installer (see
page 60).
X X

o How to create an installer that contains your custom installer. (And does not contain a custom
personality) (see page 62).
X X

To Create an Installation CD with a Custom


17B

Personality + Fujifilm’s Default Installer


1 On your computer, create a temporary directory and name it “Installer”.

2 Insert the MS01 installation CD received from Fujifilm into your computer’s CD-ROM drive5 . F F

3 On your computer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive.

4 Select all of the contents of the CD (the EZ171 directory and the autorun.inf file), and right-click.

A context menu opens.

5 Select Copy.

The selection is copied to your computer’s Windows clipboard.

6 Navigate to the MS01 Installer directory you created, and right-click inside of the directory.

A context menu opens.

7 Select Paste.

The contents of the copied selection are pasted into the


directory.

5
This procedure can be performed on any PC; an MS01 hardware component is not required.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
57
8 Navigate to the location on your computer where the Personality backup was saved.

9 Right-click the backup directory.

A context menu opens.

10 Select Copy.

The directory is copied to your computer’s clipboard.

11 Navigate back to the EZ171 directory you created.

12 Right-click inside the directory window.

A context menu opens

13 Select Paste.

The Personality backup directory is


pasted into the EZ171 directory.6 F F

14 Navigate back up to the root of the Installer directory you created.

15 Insert a writable disc into your computer’s CD-ROM drive.

Open a window to the CD.

16 Copy the contents of the Installer directory to the CD window.

17 Copying progress displays.

After the files are copied, the progress closes.

18 Close the Installer directory window.

19 In the CD window, click the Write these files to CD link.

6
If a personality directory exists in the EZ171 directory, during installation the MS01 Data Backup and Restore utility automatically
finds the data and restores the settings to the system without user assistance.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
58
A Welcome to the CD Writing Wizard screen opens.

20 In the CD name field, delete the default text and type MS01 v3.0.

21 Click the Next button.

The wizard displays progress.

22 Upon completion, close the CD Writing Wizard, if necessary.

23 Select Start > My Computer.

The My Computer window opens.

24 Right-click the CD-ROM drive icon.

A context menu opens.

25 Select Open.

A window opens displaying the contents of the CD.

26 Navigate into the EZ171 directory.

27 Double-click the file named setup.exe.

The MS01 installer launches.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
59
To Create an Installation CD with a Custom
18B

Personality + a Custom Installer


1 On your computer, navigate to the Installer directory
where you edited the SetupType.ini file earlier.

2 Navigate to the location on your computer where you saved the Personality backup directory earlier in
this guide.

3 Right-click the backup directory.

A context menu opens.

4 Select Copy.

The directory is copied to your computer’s clipboard.

5 Navigate back to the EZ171 directory you created.

6 Right-click inside the directory window.

A context menu opens

7 Select Paste.

The Personality backup directory is pasted into the


EZ171 directory.7 F F

7
If a personality directory exists in the EZ171 directory, during installation the MS01 Data Backup and Restore utility automatically
finds the data and restores the settings to the system without user assistance.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
60
8 Navigate back up to the root of the Installer directory you created.

9 Insert a writable disc into your computer’s CD-ROM drive.

10 Open a window to the CD.

11 Copy the contents of the Installer directory to the CD window.

Copying progress displays.

12 After the files are copied, the progress closes.

13 Close the Installer directory window.

14 In the CD window, click the Write these files to CD link.

A Welcome to the CD Writing Wizard screen opens.

15 In the CD name field, delete the default text and type MS01 v3.0.

16 Click the Next button.

The wizard displays progress.

17 Upon completion, close the CD Writing Wizard, if necessary.

18 Select Start > My Computer.

The My Computer window opens.

19 Right-click the CD-ROM drive icon.

A context menu opens.

20 Select Open.

A window opens displaying the contents of the CD.

21 Navigate into the EZ171 directory.

22 Double-click the file named setup.exe.

The MS01 installer launches.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
61
To Create an Installation CD with a Custom
19B

Installer (No Custom Personality)


1 On your computer, navigate to the Installer directory
where you edited the SetupType.ini file earlier.

2 Insert a writable disc into your computer’s CD-ROM drive, and write the data to CD.

3 Upon completion, select Start > My Computer.

The My Computer window opens.

4 Right-click the CD-ROM drive icon.

A context menu opens.

5 Select Open.

A window opens displaying the contents of the CD.

6 Navigate into the EZ171 directory.

7 Double-click the file named setup.exe.

The MS01 installer launches.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
62
Chapter 3: Creating Your Personality’s Pre- &
Post-Installation Guide
Overview
20B

The Universal Installation Guide provided by Fujifilm includes details regarding instructions that all
Fujifilm labs use.
You will need to author any specialized information particular to your regional labs and retailers.
You can reuse the following content, as necessary.

If your guide needs to include… Reuse the content on…

Adjusting power saver settings Page 63 of this guide.


X X

Establishing the lab’s network Page 68 of this guide.


X X

FireWire cards…

Preparing FireWire cards and drivers. Page 72 of this guide. X X

Installing FireWire cards. Page 75 of this guide. X X

Installing FireWire drivers on the ICIII or LPC/FMPC. Page 79 of this guide.


X X

Configuring FireWire drivers. Page 81 of this guide.


X X

SP 2000 SPC/MCU disk space configuration Page 92 of this guide.


X X

Rimage setup and configuration Page 96 of this guide.


X X

ASK printer product installations and configuration settings (Fujifilm U.S. Page 106 of this guide.
X X

full installations only)

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
63
Adjusting Power Saver Settings
21B

>>> To adjust Power Saver Settings:

1 From Windows XP, navigate to Start > Settings > Control Panel > Network Connections.

The Network Connections window opens.

2 Double-click the Local Area Connection <#> option.

The Local Area Connection Status dialog box


opens.

3 Click the Properties button.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
64
The Local Area Connection Properties dialog
box opens displaying the General tab.

4 Next to the Connect using field, click the Configure button.

The Local Area Connection <#> dialog box


opens for the selected connection.

5 Click Yes.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
65
The <network card name> Properties dialog box
opens displaying the General tab.

6 Click to display the Power Management tab.

The Power Management tab displays.

7 Clear (deselect) the Allow the computer to turn off this device to save power check box.

8 Click OK.

The <network card name> Properties dialog box closes.


Focus returns to the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box.

9 Click OK.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
66
The Local Area Connection Properties dialog box closes.
Focus returns to the Network Connections window.

10 Repeat this process for all other Local Area Connections listed in the Network Connection window.
Note: Do not run this procedure against the 1394 connection listed.

11 Click the close box button to close the Network Connections window.

Power saver adjustment tasks are now complete.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
67
Establishing the Lab’s Network
2B

Establishing PC Name & Workgroup


41B

These must be set prior to software installation. Ensure that all devices on your system (ICIII, scanner,
printer) have the correct name.
Note: Workgroups must be unique per ICIII system if you are using multiple ICIII & scanner or ICIII &
scanner & printer systems on the same network.
This table shows “example” device name and IP address information for systems that may be
installed in the configurations listed in this guide.

ICIII Rimage DiscLab


Device name: IC Device name: Disclab1
IP address: 192.168.1.2 IP address: 192.168.1.20

SCANNER 1 High Capacity Image Processor 1


Device name: EZPC00 Device name: HCIP1
IP address: 192.168.1.1 IP address: 192.168.1.4

SCANNER 2 High Capacity Image Processor 2


Device name: EZPC01 Device name: HCIP2
IP address: 192.168.1.11 IP address: 192.168.1.14

FMPC 1 Workstation 1
Device name: LPC1 Device name: WS1
IP address: 192.168.1.3 IP address: 192.168.1.5

FMPC 2 Workstation 2
Device name: LPC2 Device name: WS2
IP address: 192.168.1.13 IP address: 192.168.1.15

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
68
Changing the Computer’s IP Address
42B

It will be necessary to change the computer’s IP address if your lab already has IP address schemas in
place or the computer’s IP address conflicts with an IP address already used by the network. Ask your
regional Fujifilm technician whether this change is needed based on the base ghost operating system
supplied.

>>> To change your computer’s IP address:

1 From Windows, select Start > Settings > Network Connections.

The Network Connections window opens.

2 Right-click Local Area Connections.

A context menu opens.

3 Select Properties.

The Local Area Connection Properties dialog box opens.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
69
4 Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP).

5 Click the Properties button.

The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)


Properties dialog box opens.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
70
6 Make necessary IP address changes.

7 Click OK.

The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box closes, and the Local Area Connection
Properties dialog box returns to focus.

8 Click OK.

The Network Connections window returns to focus.

9 Close the Network Connections window


via the close box button.

10 In Windows, select Start > Shutdown > Restart.

Click OK to restart the computer.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
71
Preparation of FireWire Cards and Drivers
23B

Overview
43B

This section provides instructions regarding installing FireWire cards and drivers for certain hardware
configurations. Follow instructions based on the system’s setup type and configuration as listed below.

Configuration… See…

MS01 with Printer Support below.

MS01 with Scanner Support (FrontMan) page 73


X X

MS01 with Printer Support (No Scanner or SP 500 Scanner) page 74.
X X

MS01 Server + Printer Support


4B

There must be a single FireWire card in the ICIII computer (which will be the MS01 Server) if you are
installing an MS01 Server with Printer Support system with an SP 1500, SP 2000, SP 2500 or SP 3000
film scanner.

To ensure correct FireWire card configuration, follow the steps below:

1 FireWire card installation…

If there is no FireWire card installed in the If there is a FireWire card in the ICIII, write down
ICIII, refer to page 75.
X X which port the scanner FireWire cable is connected
to, then disconnect it.

2 Install FireWire drivers on the ICIII computer (see page 79). X X

3 FireWire driver configuration for the scanner…

If using an SP 1500, SP 2000 or SP 2500 If using an SP 3000 film scanner, refer to page 88.
X X

film scanner, refer to page 91.


X X

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
72
MS01 Server + Printer + Scanner Support
45B

There must be two separate FireWire cards in the LPC/FMPC if you are installing a Frontier Manager
system with…

o ICIII Computer (MS01 Server) o SP 1500, SP 2000, SP 2500 or SP 3000 film scanner

o LPC/FMPC o LP 1500, LP 2000, LP 2500, LP 5500, LP 5700 or LP 5900


printer

One FireWire card connects to the film scanner, and the other one connects to the printer.

To ensure correct FireWire card configuration, follow the steps below:

1 FireWire card installation…

If there are no FireWire cards installed in If there are FireWire cards in the LPC/FMPC, write
the LPC/FMPC, refer to page 77. X X down which port the scanner FireWire cable is
connected to, write down which port the printer
FireWire cable is connected to, then disconnect
both cables.

2 Install FireWire drivers on the LPC/FMPC computer (see page 79). X X

3 FireWire driver setup for the scanner…

If using an SP 1500, SP 2000 or SP 2500 If using an SP 3000 film scanner, refer to page 88.
X X

film scanner, refer to page 91.


X X

4 FireWire driver configuration for the printer…

If using an LP 1500, LP 2000 or LP 2500 If using an LP 5500, LP 5700 or LP 5900 printer,


printer, refer to page 87.
X X refer to page 82.
X X

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
73
MS01 Server + Printer Support (with No Scanner or with an
46B

SP 500 Scanner)

There must be a single FireWire card in the LPC/FMPC if you are installing a printer system with the
following:

o An ICIII computer (MS01 Server)

o An LP 1500, LP 2000, LP 2500, LP 5500, LP 5700 or LP 5900.

and

o No film scanner. or o An SP 500 film scanner.

One FireWire card connects to the printer. (The SP 500 connects to the MS01 Server via USB.)

To ensure correct FireWire card configuration, follow the steps below:

1 FireWire card installation…

If there is no FireWire card installed in the If there is a FireWire card in the LPC/FMPC, write
LPC/FMPC, refer to page 76. X X down which port the scanner FireWire cable is
connected to, then disconnect it.

2 Install FireWire drivers on the LPC/FMPC computer (see page 79). X X

3 FireWire driver configuration for the printer…

If using an LP 1500, LP 2000 or LP 2500 If using an LP 5500, LP 5700 or LP 5900 printer,


printer, refer to page 87.
X X refer to page 82.
X X

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
74
Installing FireWire Cards
24B

Overview
47B

The follow sections include:


o Installing a FireWire card in an ICIII computer (see below).
o Installing a FireWire card in an LPC/FMPC computer (see page 76). X X

o Installing two FireWire cards in an LPC/FMPC computer (see page 77). X X

Installing a FireWire Card in an ICIII Computer


48B

In this section, you will begin preparing the ICIII computer, which is the computer that will be used as the
MS01 Server once the software is installed.
Please make sure that you follow these procedures exactly a defined below.

>>> To install a FireWire card:

1 Remove any media from the computer’s drives (i.e., disks, discs/CDs, and tapes).

2 Power off all attached devices.

3 Power off the ICIII computer.

4 Unplug all power cords from the electrical outlets.

5 Disconnect all cables attached to the computer.

6 Locate the service manual for the computer.

7 Follow the instructions in the service manual to open the computer’s case.

8 Locate a single open PCI slot in the computer.

9 Follow the instructions in the service manual to install the FireWire card in the open PCI slot.

10 Write down that the adapter is FireWire Card #1. (It will be used for attaching the scanner (SP) to the
ICIII.)

11 Follow the instructions in the service manual to close the computer’s case.

12 Proceed to “Installing the FireWire Drivers on the ICIII or LPC/FMPC” on page 79. X X

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
75
Installing One FireWire Card in an LPC/FMPC Computer
49B

Please make sure that you follow these procedures exactly.

>>> To install a FireWire card:

1 Remove any media from the computer’s drives (i.e., disks, discs/CDs, and tapes).

2 Unplug all power cords from the electrical outlets.

3 Disconnect all cables attached to the computer.

4 Locate the service manual for the LPC/FMPC computer.

5 Follow the instructions in the service manual to open the computer’s case.

6 Locate a single open PCI slot in the computer.

7 Follow the instructions in the service manual to install the FireWire card in the open PCI slot.

8 Write down that the adapter is FireWire Card #1.


Depending on the configuration you are installing, it will be used for attaching the scanner (SP) or
printer (LP) to the LPC/FMPC

9 Follow the instructions in the service manual to close the computer’s case.

10 Proceed to “Installing the FireWire Drivers on the ICIII or LPC/FMPC” on page 79. X X

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
76
Installing Two FireWire Cards in the LPC/FMPC
50B

Please make sure that you follow these procedures exactly.

>>> To install two FireWire cards:

1 Remove any media from the computer’s drives (i.e., disks, discs/CDs, and tapes).

2 Unplug all power cords from the electrical outlets.

3 Disconnect all cables attached to the computer, including power cords, input/output (I/O) cables, and any
other connected cables.

4 Locate the service manual for the LPC/FMPC computer.

5 Follow the instructions in the service manual to open the computer’s case.

6 Locate two open PCI slots in the computer.

7 Determine whether the PCI slots are located on a riser card.

8 See the following image for an example of PCI slots on a


riser card.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
77
9 If the PCI slots are on a riser If the PCI slots are not on a riser card, If there are more than two PCI
card, refer to the diagram below they are directly on the computer’s slots, the above guidelines still
to identify the FireWire cards. motherboard. apply.
Refer to one of the diagrams below to Regardless of where the
identify the FireWire cards. FireWire cards are installed, the
cards will always be identified
as cards #1 and #2.

FireWire card #1 will be at the


top of the riser card.

FireWire card #1 will be closest to the


CPU, memory and other motherboard
components.
FireWire card #2 will be closest to the
bottom edge of the motherboard.

10 Follow the instructions in the service manual to install FireWire cards in two open PCI slots.

11 Write down which adapter is FireWire Card #1. (It will be used for the Scanner (SP).)

12 Write down which adapter is FireWire Card #2. (It will be used for the Printer (LP).)

13 Follow the instructions in the service manual to close the computer’s case.

14 Proceed to “Installing the FireWire Drivers on the ICIII or LPC/FMPC” on page 79. X X

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
78
Installing the FireWire Drivers on the ICIII or
25B

LPC/FMPC
Now that the FireWire cards have been installed in the hardware, the associated drivers also need to be
installed.
Important: Always install the FireWire drivers on the computer that has the FireWire cards installed.

>>> To install FireWire drivers on the ICIII Server or LPC/FMPC:

1 After Windows launches, insert the MS01 Installation disc into the ICIII’s CD-ROM drive.

2 From Windows, select Start > Run.

The Run dialog box opens.

3 Click the Browse button.

The Browse dialog box opens.

4 Navigate to the ICIII’s CD drive navigate to: X:\ EZ171\FMPC XP Drivers\EZ171\. (NOTE: X
represents the CD drive letter.)

5 Select the setup.exe file, and click the Open button.

The Run dialog box returns to focus with the filename and path populated in the Open field.

6 Click OK.

The Run dialog box closes, and the Device


Drivers Disk[D-01] dialog box opens.

7 Click OK.

The Device Drivers Disk[D-02] dialog box


opens.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
79
8 Do not remove the CD from the drive even though the notice on the dialog box instructs you to do so.

9 Click OK.

The system reboots.

10 Continue with “Configuring the FireWire Drivers” on page 81. X X

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
80
Configuring the FireWire Drivers
26B

Overview
51B

Now that the FireWire cards and drivers have been installed, the associated drivers also need to be
configured.
Refer to the following sections, as follows:

Configuration… See…

MS01 + Printer Support: Configuring firewire drivers or Configuring firewire drivers


for the LP 1500, 2000 or for the LP 5500, LP 5700 or
2500 printer, see page 87. X X LP 5900 printer, see page
82. X X

MS01 + Printer & Scanner Support: Configuring firewire drivers or Configuring firewire drivers
for the LP 1500, 2000 or for the LP 5500, LP 5700 or
2500 printer, see page 87. X X LP 5900 printer, see page
82.
X X

and and

Configuring firewire drivers or Configuring firewire drivers


for the SP 3000 film for the SP 1500, SP 2000
scanner, see page 88. X X or SP 2500 film scanner,
see page 91. X X

MS01 + Printer Support (No Scanner Configuring firewire drivers or Configuring firewire drivers
or SP 500 Scanner): for the SP 3000 film for the SP 1500, SP 2000
scanner, see page 88. X X or SP 2500 film scanner,
see page 91. X X

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
81
Configuring FireWire Drivers for an LP 1500, 2000 or 2500
52B

Printer
Set up the LP 1500, LP 2000 or LP 2500 Printer Client Device…

1 IMPORTANT: Before proceeding, read this entire procedure and be prepared to quickly follow
Step 4.

2 Ensure that the printer is turned off.

3 Connect the printer’s FireWire cable to the LPC/FMPC’s FireWire Card #2.

4 For an LP 1500 or LP 2000: For an LP 2500:


• Turn the printer switch to ON. • Turn the printer switch to ON.
• Turn the printer switch to STANDBY. • Wait for the Frontier Starting countdown to
begin.
• Wait until the printer’s LCD screen reads
STAND BY or WARMING UP. • On the LCD screen on the printer, quickly
press:
• Proceed to Step 4.
Menu

Enter
• The printer’s ROM version now appears on
the LCD screen.
• Turn the printer switch to STANDBY.
• Proceed to Step 4.

5 The Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard


screen appears on the LPC/FMPC.

6 Select Install the software automatically (Recommended), if necessary.

7 Click Next.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
82
The drivers install and the Completing the Found
New Hardware Wizard screen displays.

8 Click Finish.

The wizard closes.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
83
Configuring FireWire Drivers for an LP 5500, 5700 or 5900
53B

Printer
First, you will set up the LP 5500, LP 5700 or LP 5900 Printer Client Device…

1 Ensure that the printer is powered off.

2 Connect the printer’s FireWire cable to the LPC/FMPC’s FireWire Card #2.

3 Turn the printer switch to ON, and wait for the LCD screen to display “Frontier…”.

4 Move the printer switch to STANDBY.

5 Wait until the LCD displays STAND BY.

A Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard


screen displays on the LPC/FMPC.

6 Select Install the software automatically (Recommended), if necessary.

7 Click Next.

The Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard


screen displays.

8 Click Finish.

The wizard closes.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
84
9 Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.

Next, you will set up the LP 5500, L P5700 or LP 5900 FireWire Interface IP Address …

10 On the LPC/FMPC, from Windows select Start > Settings > Network Connections.

The Network Connections window opens.

11 Write down which port it the printer’s FireWire cable is connected to.

12 Disconnect the printer’s FireWire cable from the back of the LPC/FMPC.

13 Notice that one of the 1394 Connections has changed


to status Network Cable Unplugged. (This is the
printer’s FireWire connection.)

14 Right-click the 1394 Connection that is still listed as connected. (This is the scanner’s FireWire
connection.)

A context menu opens.


(The scanner does not use the networking capabilities
of FireWire, and must be disabled to allow the scanner
to connect.)

15 Select Disable.
NOTE: Disabling the connection takes a few seconds. The screen may need to be manually
refreshed to reflect the disabled connection.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
85
16 Right-click the “unplugged” connection that is listed.

A context menu opens.

17 Select Properties.

The 1394 Connection Properties dialog box opens.

18 In the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties section,


select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP).

19 Click the Properties button.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
86
The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog
box opens.

20 Select Use the following IP address and enter the following:


IP address: 192.168.0.10
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0

21 Click OK.

The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box closes, and the 1394 Connection 2
Properties dialog box returns to focus.

22 Click Close.

The Properties dialog box closes.

23 Re-connect the printer’s FireWire cable to the port it was unplugged from.

24 Click to close the window.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
87
Configuring FireWire Drivers for the SP 1500, SP 2000 or SP
54B

2500 Film Scanner


Make sure that you follow these procedures exactly.

1 Ensure that the SP 1500, SP 2000 or SP 2500 film scanner is turned off.

2 Complete the scanner installation process.

3 Turn on the SP 1500, SP 2000 or SP 2500 film scanner and wait for it to boot.

Switch to the computer where the scanner’s


FireWire cable is connected (LPC/FMPC or
ICIII Server).
The Welcome to the Found New Hardware
Wizard screen displays.

4 Select Install the software automatically (Recommended), if necessary.

5 Click Next.

The Completing the Found New Hardware


Wizard screen displays.

6 Click Finish.

The wizard closes.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
88
Configuring FireWire Drivers for the SP 3000 Film Scanner
5B

Make sure that you follow these procedures exactly.

First, prepare the SP 3000 film scanner for installation…

1 Ensure that the SP 3000 film scanner is turned off.

2 Complete the scanner installation process.

Next, determine the ID Number for the Film Scanner FireWire Card:

Important: This procedure must be completed before running the vdentry application.

3 Examine the computer and determine if there is a built-in FireWire interface.

If there is a built-in FireWire interface, one or more FireWire ports will appear on the exterior of the
computer’s case.
• The ports may be labeled 1394, IEEE 1394, iLink or FireWire.
• The ports may be labeled with the FireWire symbol:

• See the images below for examples of built-in FireWire ports.

If there is not a built-in FireWire interface, the newly added film scanner FireWire board has a
BusID of 0.

If there is a built-in FireWire interface, the newly added film scanner FireWire board has a BusID of
1.

Lastly, run the vdentry application to install Virtual Device Drivers:

4 From Windows, select Start > Run.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
89
The Run dialog box opens.

5 Type VDEntry in the Open field.

6 Click OK.

The VirtualDriverEntry dialog box opens.

7 Set IEEE 1394 BusID to the BusID of the film scanner FireWire card.
See above.

8 Click Regist.

Note: If no error messages appear, the vdentry registration was successful.

9 The Welcome to the Found New Hardware


Wizard screen displays.

10 Select Install the software automatically (Recommended).

11 Click Next.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
90
The Completing the Found New
Hardware Wizard screen displays.

12 Click Finish.

The wizard closes.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
91
SPC/MCU Disk Space Configuration
27B

After an SP 1500, 2000, or 2500 system’s SPC/MCU is ghosted, perform the following tasks to prevent
lack-of-space issues.

>>> First, move some directories on the SPC/MCU

1 Open a Windows Explorer window, and browse to the C:\ drive.

2 Select both the I386 directory and the Drvlib directory, and right-click.

A context menu opens.

3 Select Cut.

The directories and their contents are placed on the Windows clipboard.

4 Browse to the D:\ drive.

5 Right-click anywhere in the window.

A context menu opens.

6 Select Paste.

The directories are pasted into the D:\ drive.

7 Close all Windows.

>>> Second, reconfigure the pagefile size on the SPC/MCU

8 On the desktop of SPC/MCU, right-click the My Computer icon.

A context menu opens.

9 Select Properties.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
92
A System Properties dialog box opens.

10 Select the Performance tab.

The Performance tab displays.

11 Click the Change button.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
93
A Virtual Memory dialog box opens.

12 Ensure that the C: drive is selected in the Drive (Volume Label) list box.

13 Make the following changes:


In the Initial Size (MB) field, change the value to 383
In the Maximum Size (MB) field, change the value to 383

14 Click the Set button.

The new settings for the C: drive are saved, and the Drive (Volume Label) list box is updated.

15 Now, select the D: drive in the Drive (Volume Label) list box.

16 Make the following changes:


In the Initial Size (MB) field, change the value to 700
In the Maximum Size (MB) field, change the value to 700

17 Click the Set button.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
94
The new settings for the D: drive are saved, and
the Drive (Volume Label) list box is updated.

18 Click OK.

The Virtual Memory dialog box closes, and focus returns to the System Properties dialog box.

19 Click OK.

The System Properties dialog box closes.

20 Reboot the SPC/MCU.

The SPC/MCU system is now ready to install the scanner (also called A1) and MS01 software.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
95
Rimage Setup & Configuration
28B

Setup to Support Rimage 8.0 & Multiple Input Bins


56B

This is an optional installation based on your system’s configuration . . .

By default, MS01 supports Rimage version 7.x. In order to support Rimage 8.0, the following procedure must be
completed. For more information on Rimage, contact your Rimage representative.

Note . . . There is no installation CD-ROM for this procedure; the software has already been placed on the
system, but it is not installed.

>>> Verifying Rimage Version:

1 Ensure that the MS01 software is in Support mode.

2 From Windows, select Start > Run.

The Run dialog box opens.

3 In the Open field, type mstsc

4 Click OK.

The Run dialog box closes and a Remote


Desktop Connection dialog box opens.

5 In the Computer field, type the name of the


Rimage.

6 Click Connect.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
96
After a few minutes, the Rimage computer interface displays.

7 If the Log on to Windows dialog box opens, enter FRONTIER8 in the User name and Password fields,
F F

and click OK.

The Rimage desktop displays showing the


Production Server window.

8 Select Help > About.

The About dialog box opens.

9 Write down the version number for future use.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
97
>>> Software Version and Input Bin Configurations:

10 On the MS01 Server where the Rimage device resides, ensure that the View Orders or View Images
screen is displayed.

11 On the SwLauncher, click the Panda button.

The Panda window opens.

12 In the top-most list box displaying devices, double-click the Rimage / CD Writer device.

The associated setup dialog box opens.


The title bar of the dialog box displays the name of
the device; therefore, this example may not exactly
match the dialog box that opens on your system.

13 From the Device drop-down menu, select Rimage (if not already selected).

14 Click the Rimage Setup button.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
98
The Rimage Setup dialog box opens.

15 If your Rimage is running version 7.x software, move ahead to the next step.
If your Rimage is running version 8.0, then select Software compatibility > Upgrade to 8.0 support.
Note: Choosing this option requires a system restart. Once the system is restarted, this menu will display
No changes needed.
Options include:
No changes needed: This option is selected by default.
Downgrade to v7.0 support: Select this option if you are changing from version 8.0 to version 7.0.
Upgrade to v8.0 support: Select this option if you are upgrading to 8.0.

16 From the Input Bin Configuration > Number of bins drop-down menu, select the correct bin
configuration based on your Rimage model bin structure.
Options include:
Single input bin
Two input bins (upper/lower)
4-Bin Carousel

17 From the Input Bin Configuration > Media types option buttons, make appropriate selections:
Single media type in all bins: Select this option if you plan to only use CDs or one type of media.
Multiple media types: Select this option if you plan to only use both pre-mastered CDs and regular CD
media.

18 Click OK.

The Rimage Setup dialog box closes, and the setup dialog box returns to focus.

19 Click OK.

The setup dialog box closes.

20 Restart the system.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
99
>>> Setting up the Rimage for Single or Multiple Media:

If the Rimage unit supports multiple-input bins, you should now load different media in each.

1 On the Rimage, navigate to the Production Server


window.

2 Pause the production server by clicking the Start button at lower left.

3 From the Options menu, select Parameters.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
100
The Parameters dialog box opens.

1 On the Autoloader tab, click the Autoloader1


button.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
101
An Bin Configuration dialog box opens.
Note: The default settings are correct for single input bin
configurations.

2 Change drop-down menus so that bins use Reserved Input.


Note: Reserved Input are the options you want to choose for
multi input bin configurations.

3 Click OK.

The Autoloader dialog box closes, and the Parameters dialog box returns to focus.

4 Click OK.

The Parameters dialog box closes, and the Production Server window returns to focus.

5 To resume the production server, click Start button.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
102
Configuring the Rimage for Pre-Mastered CDs
57B

This is an optional installation based on your system’s configuration . . .

To burn pre-mastered CDs on the Rimage, you must first turn on the Rimage Imaging Server.

>>> To turn on the Rimage Imaging Server:

1 Ensure that the MS01 software is in Support mode.

2 From Windows, select Start > Run.

The Run dialog box opens.

3 In the Open field, type mstsc

4 Click OK.

The Run dialog box closes and a Remote Desktop


Connection dialog box opens.

5 In the Computer field, type the name of the


Rimage.

6 Click Connect.

After a few minutes, the Rimage computer interface displays.

7 If the Log on to Windows dialog box opens, enter FRONTIER9 in the User name and Password fields,
F F

and click OK.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
103
The Rimage desktop displays showing the
Production Server window.

8 From Windows, select Start > Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Services.

The Services window opens.

9 Locate and double-click Rimage Imaging Server.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
104
The Rimage Imaging Server Properties dialog box
opens.

10 From the Startup Type drop-down menu, select


Automatic.

11 Click Apply.

12 Under the Server Status group, click Start.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
105
A progress dialog box opens and completes.

13 Focus returns to the Rimage Imaging Server Properties dialog box.

14 Click OK.

The Rimage Imaging Server Properties dialog box closes.

15 Close the Services window.

16 Close Remote Desktop via the close box button on the bar at the top of the screen.

ASK Printer Product Installations and


29B

Configuration Settings (Fujifilm U.S. Full


Installations Only)
Install the Correct ASK Product Files
58B

The operator will have to remove and add products via the product setup user interfaces in Maintenance,
as appropriate. Use the Product Setup instructions in the MS01 Guides for instructions.

Configure Backprint Settings


59B

The operator will have to set the Backprint option to Custom to include the customer name to ensure
that it is included on the separator sheet.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
106
Appendix A: Software Localization Tool
Introduction
Overview
Localization of the Frontier Workflow Management Software (MS) is a simple process, using
Fujifilm’s Multi-Language Tool. The tool is intended for use by authorized Fuji representatives to
translate the text in the MS software files.

This guide defines how to use the Multi-Language Tool in normal mode, based on the English
language.

Abbreviations, Acronyms, and Definitions


Term Definition

context Strings are grouped into objects called contexts. A context can be a
screen or simply a group of unrelated strings.

Frontier The name used to describe Fujifilm-developed printers.

MS01 Frontier Workflow Management Software.

Also used as an abbreviation for the controller computer formerly


known as Digital Imaging Controller III computer (DICIII) or Photo
Imaging Controller computer (PIC).

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
107
Installation and Start-up
Overview
The Multi-Language Tool can be installed two ways:
• Stand-alone, for instance on a PC that does not have the entire MS software package installed
(see below).
• Via the main MS software installer (see page 110).

Stand-Alone Software Package Installation and


Start-up
The Multi-Language Tool can easily be installed as a stand-alone application.

1 Insert the Multi-Language Tool Installation CD into your computer’s CD-ROM drive.

2 Via My Computer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive, and open the window.

3 Double-click the file named Setup.exe.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
108
The Language Tool - InstallShield
Wizard launches.

The Preparing Setup screen displays


and self-dismisses.

The Setup Status screen displays and


self-dismisses.

Once installation is complete, the


InstallShield Wizard Complete screen
displays.

4 Click Finish.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
109
The Language Tool - InstallShield Wizard closes.

5 To launch the Multi-Language Tool application from Windows, use the mouse to left-click/hold on
the Start icon and select Programs > Fes > Language Tool.

Main Software Package Installation and Start-up


The Multi-Language Tool is accessed via Fujifilm’s software Maintenance application, which is installed
on all MS systems.

12 Run the MS01 installer per the Installation Guide provided with the software.

13 Launch the MS01 Maintenance application.

The Maintenance application window


opens

14 Select 10 Language.

Its expanded sub-menu automatically


appears on the right side of the screen.

15 Select 1003 Launch Multi-Language Tool.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
110
A progress bar appears and self-
dismisses.

The Multi-Language Tool application


window opens.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
111
Getting Started
It is important to know what the tool does and how to use it. Review the following details for the Multi-
Language Tool’s major screens before you begin translations.

Application Window
The application window displays the functions that you must perform in order to create a fully-translated
system.

Language: This is a drop-down menu


of all of the languages that are currently
installed on your system.

New: Opens the Create New


Language dialog box (described later).
This allows you to add a new language
to the drop-down menu, making it
available on your system.

Language Files: The columns in this


list box are unpopulated. This is
because we have not yet initiated the
steps to add a new language by clicking
on the New button. When adding a new
language, these lists will become
automatically populated with the
following information:
Filename: All translation files that are
detected.
Progress: The number of strings
changed of the total requiring change,
expressed as percent.
Warnings: Posted when the entered
text is longer than the control on
which it is displayed, so that text
would be truncated.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
112
Edit Selected File: Opens the
Language Editor dialog box (described
in detail in Chapter 4).
Translate Message Log Files: For
future use. Currently disabled.
Find: Opens the Find dialog box that is
used to search for particular words or
phrases within one or more contexts.
Verify: Looks for any potential
problems caused by the editing or
translating operations. Opens the
Results dialog box that contains
Localization Inconsistencies data
where problems are listed.
Export: Opens the Select Destination
Directory dialog box that allows you to
transfer the files you create into a
storage directory you specify.
Import: Opens the Select Source
Directory dialog box that allows you to
transfer necessary files from an input
directory you specify.\
About: Opens the Language Tool
window. It displays the “usual” Version
number and copyright date information
about the Multi-Language Tool
application.
Run-Time Edit: Opens the Language
Editor dialog box that allows you to see
the default English text for a selected
file and the Translation text in the new
language that will be displayed on the
MS system.
Close: Closes the Multi-Language
Tool application window.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
113
Language Editor
The Language Editor application window allows you to see the default English text and the translated
text of the new language that will be displayed on the MS system.
Note: It is possible that the Multi-Language Tool could not find a suitable translation for a particular word.
It is also possible that you may want to over-ride a translation that was found. The Language Editor
provides the capability to insert translations other than those automatically found by the Multi-Language
Tool application itself.
Strings are grouped into objects called contexts. A context can be a screen or simply a group of unrelated
strings.

As mentioned in the section immediately


above, the Language Editor dialog box
is accessed by selecting a file from the
Filename list within the Multi-
Language Tool application window and
clicking Run-Time Edit.

It may also be accessed by selecting a


file, then clicking Edit Selected File.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
114
The Language Editor dialog box
opens.

File: This field contains the path and


filename of the file selected above.

Show: Choosing All from the drop-


down menu causes each of the contexts
within the selected file to be displayed.

Expand All: Causes all of the individual


strings and translations within each and
every context to be displayed in the list,
as shown in the lower picture.

Once the Expand All button has been


clicked, it changes to a Collapse All
button, which is used in the reverse
manner, “hiding” all of the individual
strings and translations within each and
every context, as shown in the upper
picture.

The strings and translations contained


within individual contexts may be
selectively expanded or collapsed by
clicking on the + icon adjacent to each.

Note: If there had been any strings that


had not been translated, they would
have been displayed as gray-colored
text. A gray background is simply used
to highlight each of the individual
strings. It does not mean that the
strings are not translated.

If there had been any strings that were


too long to fit on the respective control,
they would have been displayed as red-
colored text.

The Edit Selected Text and Screen


Preview buttons are disabled because
no string has been selected yet.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
115
End User Instructions
Overview
Translating and deploying files is a six-step process described in the following sections:
ƒ Install the Multi-Language Tool (see page 116).
ƒ Create a New Language (see page 116).
ƒ Translate All Strings into the New Language (see page 120).
ƒ Verify the New Language Translations (see page 123).
ƒ Create a CD of the New Language Files (see page 126).
ƒ Deploy the New Language Files (see page 128).

Step 1: Install the Multi-Language Tool


See page 2 for Stand-Alone Software Package Installation.
See page 5 for Main Software Package Installation.

Step 2: Create a New Language


1 Launch the Maintenance application.

The Maintenance application’s main


menu opens.

2 Select 10 Language.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
116
Its expanded sub-menu automatically
appears on the right side of the screen.

3 Select 1003 Launch Multi-Language Tool.

A progress bar opens and self-


dismisses.

The Multi-Language Tool application


window opens.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
117
4 Click New.

The Create New Language dialog box


opens.

5 Choose the desired language from the


Select the language to be created
drop-down menu.

The chosen language now appears in


the Select the language to be created
drop-down menu.

6 Click OK.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
118
An Analyzing. Please Wait... progress
dialog box opens and self-dismisses.

The Create New Language dialog box self-dismisses.

The Multi-Language Tool application


window returns to focus.

The newly-selected language is now


displayed in the Language drop-down
menu and the Filename column in the
Language Files list box is populated.

Note: The same three- or four-letter


prefix that appears in the Language
drop-down menu will also appear within
the name of the displayed files.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
119
Step 3: Translate All Strings into the New
Language
1 Select the name of the file to be
translated.

2 Click Edit Selected File.

The Language Editor dialog box


opens, displaying all of the contexts
and strings that appear within the
selected file.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
120
3 To edit a particular string, select it
from the list, and click Edit Selected
Text.

The Modify Text dialog box opens.

In the Source Text field is the previously-selected text.

In the Translated Text field is the translation of the selected text, as provided by the Multi-
Language Tool.

4 If you need or want a translation other than what was provided automatically by the Multi-
Language Tool, type that text into the Translated Text field.

5 Click OK.

The Modify Text dialog box closes.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
121
The Language Editor dialog box
returns to focus.

6 Click OK.

The Language Editor dialog box closes.

The Multi-Language Tool application window returns to focus.

Repeat these steps until all strings have been translated.


Continue with Step 4.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
122
Step 4: Verify the New Language Translations
After all strings have been translated, you have to verify that you did not make any errors.

1 Within the Multi-Language Tool


application window, click Verify.

A Validating. Please Wait... progress


bar opens and self-dismisses.

The Results dialog box opens.

If any problematic text was discovered


during the validating step, it is displayed
under Possible Newline Problems.

Included for each result are:


• the English text
• the Translated text
• the context identification
• the location of the context file

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
123
To correct an error or problem that was
found, double-click it.

The Language Editor dialog box (which


contains all of the strings in the Multi-
Language Tool application) opens at
the location of the problematic text string
that you just double-clicked.

2 Select the string that you want to correct.

The Edit Selected Text button becomes enabled.

3 Click Edit Selected Text.

The Language Editor dialog box


closes, and the Modify Text dialog box
returns to focus.

The Source Text and the Translated


Text for the problematic string are
shown.

4 Click within the Translated Text field.

5 If there are other problematic strings that require changing, click Next.

6 When all desired changes have been made, click OK.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
124
The Modify Text dialog box closes, and
the Language Editor dialog box returns
to focus.

7 If there are no other changes to be made, click OK.

The Language Editor dialog box


closes, and the Results dialog box
returns to focus.

8 Once all verifications are complete, click Close.

The Results dialog box closes, and the Multi-Language Tool application window returns to focus.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
125
Step 5: Create a CD of the New Language Files
1 On your system, create a directory on the C:\ drive named
TranslatedFiles.
2 Ensure that the Multi-Language Tool is running.
3 Click Export.

A Validating. Please Wait... progress


bar opens and self-dismisses.

The Select Destination Directory


dialog box opens.

4 Use the Drives drop-down menu and the Directories list box to locate and select the
C:\TranslatedFiles directory that you created.
5 Click OK.

The Select Destination Directory dialog box closes.

A Language Tool dialog box opens


displaying the number of file exported.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
126
6 Click OK.

The Language Tool dialog box


closes, and the Multi-Language Tool
application window returns to focus.

7 If you want to make the localized software password-protected10, place the lang.reg and lang.xml
files (available from your Fujifilm representative) into the LanguageFiles directory created in the
step above.

Write the C:\TranslatedFiles directory to CD-ROM.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
127
Step 6: Deploy the New Language Files
There are two ways to install the new language files once you have created your language CD.

During the MS installation


If the system is being installed in a language other than English, the MS installer will prompt you to insert
the language CD at the end of the MS software installation.

If MS is Already Installed on Your System


1 Launch the Maintenance application.

2 Insert the language CD you created into the system’s CD-ROM drive.

3 Launch the Maintenance application.

4 From the Maintenance application’s


main menu, select 10 Language > 1002
Update Language.

An Update Language dialog box


opens.

5
Click the Browse button.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
128
The Choose a Drive dialog box opens.

6 Navigate to and select the CD-ROM


drive.

7 Click OK.

The Choose a Drive dialog box closes, and the Update Language dialog box returns to focus. The
path to the CD-ROM drive displays in the Location of New Files field.

8 Click OK.

The files are imported from the CD into the system.

9 Restart the MS software.

The MS software is now translated.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
129
Other Important Features
Finding Specific Language Files
The Find feature allows you to search all language files to pinpoint those that contain a specific text
string. This is helpful when you see a string while running the MS software, but you don’t know the
location of its language file.

1 Within the Multi-Language Tool


application window, click Find.

The Find dialog box opens.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
130
2 Into the Find What field, type the text that you want to search for.

Note: For search criteria, you can choose any combination of English text, Translated text, and
whether you want your search to be case sensitive by selecting the appropriate check box.

3 Click Find.

An Analyzing. Please Wait... dialog


box opens and self-dismisses.

The Find dialog box returns to focus.

4 Click Close.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
131
The Find dialog box closes, and the
Multi-Language Tool application
window returns to focus.

5 Click Close.

The Multi-Language Tool application


window closes, and the Maintenance
application window returns to focus.

6 Click Close.

The Maintenance application closes.

MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide


© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
132
MS01 Subsidiary Reference Guide
© 2006-2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
133
FUJIFILM Corporation
7-3, Akasaka 9-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 107-0052, Japan
INSTALLATION GUIDE

FRONTIER WORKFLOW
MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE
1394 Driver Setup & Printer Update
for Windows 7

Basic Software (MS01) Ver.4.0 or later


First Edition
Ref.No. PP3-A1423E
Appendix A: Additional MS01 Tasks

FireWire Driver Installation


Installing the FireWire Drivers on the ICIII or Printer Server

1 Turn on the computer.


2 After Windows launches, insert the MS Installation CD into the server’s CD-ROM drive.
3 [Windows]Key + [R]Key
The [Run] dialog box opens.
4 Click [Browse].
The Browse dialog box opens.

5 Navigate to the server’s CD drive(X represents the CD drive letter) and open directories to the
following path:
Using an SP2000 film scanner : X¥EZ171¥fmpc W7 drivers¥ez171¥Install¥EZ171
Using an SP3000 film scanner : X¥EZ171¥fmpc W7 drivers¥ez171¥SP3000Install¥EZ171
6 Select the setup.exe file, and click Open.
The filename and path are populated in the Open field of the Run dialog box.
7 Click OK.

The RUN dialog box closes, and the Device


Drivers Disk[D-01] dialog box opens.

8 Click OK.

9 Windows Security dialog box opens.

Install this driver software anyway click.

2
10 The Device Drivers Disk[D-02] dialog box opens.

11 Click OK.
12 Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.
The system reboot.

13 Turn the printer switch to ON.

3
Setting the LP5500, LP5700 or LP5900 FireWire Interface IP Address
1 On the Printer Server, select Start > Control Panel
2 Select Network and Internet > View network status and tasks

3 Network and Sharing Center window opens.

4 Click [Change adapter settings]

5 Network Connections window opens.

[Note] Figure is an example. It is likely to become opposite by the situation.


Local Area Connection 2 : Printer
Local Area Connection 3 : Scanner

4
6 Right-click the Local Area Connection x IP Over 1394 #2 Connection that is still listed as
connected.(This is the scanner’s FireWire connection.)

A context menu open.


(The scanner does not use the networking capbilities of FireWire, and must be disabled to allow the
scanner to connect.)

7 Select Disabled.

Note: Invalidate both of "Local Area Connection X IP Over 1394#" when you connect
LP1500/2000/2500.

8 Right-click the Local Area Connection x IP Over 1394 Connection that is still listed as connected.
A context menu opens.

9 Select Properties.
The 1394 Connection Properties dialog box opens.

5
10 In the Internet Protocol properties section,
select Internet Protocol(TCP/IPv4).

11 Click the Properties button.


The Internet Protocol(TCP/IPv4) Properties dialog box opens.

12 Select Use the follow IP address and enter the following.


IP address 192.168.0.10
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
13 Click OK.
The Internet protocol(TCP/IPv4) properties dialog box close.
14 Click Close.
The Properties dialog box closes.
15 Re-connect the printer’s FireWire cable to the port it was unplugged from.

16 Click to close the window.

6
Setting Up FireWire Drivers for an LP 1500,2000, or LP 2500 Printer Client Device
Not support

Setting Up FireWire Drivers for an SP3000 Film Scanner


Operation 1-4 is Not Change.
Next, run the vdentry application to install virtual device drivers…
5 From Windows, select Start >
Type VDEntry in the Search Programs and files filed.

6 Click Enter Key


7 The VirtualDriverEntry dialog box opens.
8 Set the IEEE1394 BusID to 0.

Nore:Not check in UnRegist.box.

9 Click Regist.
Note:If no error messages appear, the vdentry registration was successful.

10 Click CLOSE.

7
Setting Up FireWire Drivers for an SP1500, SP2000, or SP2500 Film Scanner
Make sure that you follow these procedures exactiy.
1 Ensure that SP1500, SP2000 or SP2500 film scanner is turned off.
2 Complete the scanner installation process.
3 Turn on the SP1500, SP2000 or SP2500 film scanner and wait for it to boot.

Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP 1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanner


Note:Only perform these steps on system without LP 5500/5700/5900 printers; follow the steps on page
98 for these systems.
1 On the Printer Server, select Start > Control Panel
2 Select Network and Internet > View network status and tasks

3 Network and Sharing Center window opens.

4 Click Change adapter settings.

8
5 Network Connections window opens.

[Note] Figure is an example. It is likely to become opposite by the situation.


Local Area Connection 2 : Printer
Local Area Connection 3 : Scanner

6 Right-click the [Local Area Connection x IP Over 1394 #2] Connection that is still listed as
connected.(This is the scanner’s FireWire connection.)

A context menu open.


(The scanner does not use the networking capbilities of FireWire, and must be disabled to allow the
scanner to connect.)
7 Select Disabled.
Note: Disabling the connection takes a few seconds. The screen may need to be manually refreshed to
reflect the disabled connection.
8 Repeat step 5 and 6 above for each 1394 connection in your system.

9
Printer Firmware Update for an LP5500, LP5700, or LP5900 Printer

1 Turn on the computer.


2 Confirm three points of follows.
(a) 1394 driver are installed in FMPCIII.
(b) Printer is starting.
(c) FMPCIII is connected to the Printer with 1394 cables.
3 After Windows launches, insert the MS Installation CD into the server’s CD-ROM drive.
4 [Windows]Key + [R]Key
The [Run] dialog box opens.
5 Click [Browse].
The Browse dialog box opens.

6 Navigate to the server’s CD drive(X represents the CD drive letter) and open directories to the
following path:
X¥EZ171¥PrinterUpdateTool¥LP5500-5700-5900¥Firmware downloader
7 Select the install.bat file, and click Open.
The filename and path are populated in the Open field of the Run dialog box.
8 In the Run Dialog, Click the OK button.

•The Firmware Update dialog box appears.

9 In the Firmware Update Dialog box, Click the OK button.

•With Cancel button or Close button, cancellation of the update of the firmware is possible.

The “Please wait” message appears and update of the printer firmware stars.

10
10 Click the OK button in the “Printer update finished…” dialog box.

If error message to show as follows is displayed, FMPCIII and Printer restart and then perform Steps
4 to 10.

11
FUJIFILM Corporation
7-3, Akasaka 9-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 107-0052, Japan

Ref.No. PP3-A1423E 113208 FP


MS V4.2 Release Note
1.Software
1.1 Released Software
No. Category Software Name Version
1 MS01 MS01 Basic Software for Global for Win7 Ver. 4.2.0.82192 (It5)
2 MS01 Basic Software for Global for WinXP Ver. 4.2.0.82192 (It5)
3 MS11 MS11 Film Scanner for SP500 for Win7 Ver. 2.0-0E-011
4 MS13 MS13 LAN Spool Software for Win7 Ver. 2.0-0E-015
5 MS16 Six Frame Adjust Guide Ver. 1.0-0X-050

1.2 Released Document


a) MS_V4.2_FFAU_ReleaseNote.pdf
b) OS and driver setup manual before MS software install
(b-1) PP3-A1420E_INSTALLATION OVERVIEW.pdf

(b-2) PP3-A1421E2_Operating System Setup GUIDE.pdf[

(b-3) PP3-A1422E_Microsoft Windows 7 SP1 and Hotfix INSTALLATION GUIDE.pdf

(b-4) PP3-A1423E_1394 Driver Setup & Printer Update for Windows 7 INSTALLATION GUIDE.pdf

(b-5) PP3-A1424E_Loopback Adapter Install Guide for Windows 7.pdf

c) MS01 installation manual


(c-1) PP3-A1425E_INSTALLATION GUIDE for MSV4.0.pdf

d) MS11 installation manual


(d-1) PP3-A1362E_INSTALLATION MANUAL.pdf

(d-2) PP3-B1268E2_Operating Instructions INSTRUCTION MANUAL.pdf

(d-3) PP3-B1269E2_Condition Setup and Maintenance INSTRUCTION MANUAL.pdf

(d-4) PP3-C1071E2_Servicing and Electrical Circuit Diagram, Principle of Operation SERVICE MANUAL.pdf

e) MS13 installation manual


(e-1) PP3-B1277E4_MS13 LAN SPOOL SOFTWARE INSTRUCTION INSTALLATION MANUAL.pdf

(e-2) PP3-B1397E_Additional information of MS13 LAN SPOOL SOFTWARE for Windows 7.pdf

1.3 Support Devices


No. Category Device Name MSP Supported/Unsupported
1 LP(E-net) DL450 MSP45 Supported
DL430 MSP43 Supported
DL400,410 (MS01) Unsupported
DL600 MSP46 Supported
DL650 MSP47 Developing
LP7000,7100,7200,7500,7600,7700,7900 (MS01) Supported
LP5000 - Unsupported
LP(1394) LP5500,5700,5900, LP5500R,5700R (MS01) Supported
Printer

with FMPCIII LP1500,2000 (MS01) Supported


LP2500 (MS01) Unsupported
ASK ASK1500,2000,2500,4000 (MS01) Supported
EPSON Wide 4880, 7800, 7880, 7900,9880, 9900, 11880 MSP51,53 Supported
Format
Phaser Phaser7760 MSP61 Supported
Phaser6270 MSP64 Supported
2 All-in-one F-330/340(SLP800/1000) (MS01) Supported
Scanner-Print

Tethered F-550/570(SP3000-LP5500/5700) (MS01) Unsupported


F-350/370(SP1500/2000-LP1500/2000) (MS01) Unsupported
F-355/375(SP3000-LP1500/2000) Unsupported
er

(MS01)
3 SP(1394) SP1500/2000 MS11 Supported

SP2500 A1 V7.7 Unsupported


Scanner

with FMPCIII SP3000 MS11 Supported


SP(USB) SP500 MS11 V2 Supported
4 OM I/F KIOSK Supported
C17 I/F KIOSK Supported
F-DIA I/F KIOSK TS(JP) V2.5 Supported
TS(JP)SELF 2nd Supported
Job Maker I/F KIOSK

BBK2(OM I/F) V3.1V2.5 Unsupported


OCneo(C17 I/F)OC V3.1step3 Supported
KIOSK

(WW Ver.)

2.Fix Issues
MS01: Panda hung issue. (FFAU problem)

3.Unloaded Function
None

4.Restrictions
None

5.Unresolved Defects
None.

6.Installation
Refer to “PP3-A1425E_INSTALLATION GUIDE for MSV4.0.pdf”

7.Method of sending log


Please acquire and send the following logs when trouble occurs.

[Log] * Please acquire it respectively in connected ICIII, FMPCIII, and SP3000.


1. C:\Windows\Minidump\Minimmddyy_xx.dmp (There might not be file.)
2. Method of collecting MS logs.
1. Please double-click the following
tool by starting Explorer.

C:\Fes\TOOLS\LogArchive\LogArchiv
e.bat

2. When the tool starts, the DOS


screen is displayed.

Please wait until the screen


disappears.

3. Please copy the folder that exists


in “D:\GatheredLOG “ and send it.
INSTALLATION GUIDE

FRONTIER WORKFLOW
MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE
1394 Driver Setup & Printer Update
for Windows 7

Basic Software (MS01) Ver.4.0 or later


First Edition
Ref.No. PP3-A1423E
Appendix A: Additional MS01 Tasks

FireWire Driver Installation


Installing the FireWire Drivers on the ICIII or Printer Server

1 Turn on the computer.


2 After Windows launches, insert the MS Installation CD into the server’s CD-ROM drive.
3 [Windows]Key + [R]Key
The [Run] dialog box opens.
4 Click [Browse].
The Browse dialog box opens.

5 Navigate to the server’s CD drive(X represents the CD drive letter) and open directories to the
following path:
Using an SP2000 film scanner : X¥EZ171¥fmpc W7 drivers¥ez171¥Install¥EZ171
Using an SP3000 film scanner : X¥EZ171¥fmpc W7 drivers¥ez171¥SP3000Install¥EZ171
6 Select the setup.exe file, and click Open.
The filename and path are populated in the Open field of the Run dialog box.
7 Click OK.

The RUN dialog box closes, and the Device


Drivers Disk[D-01] dialog box opens.

8 Click OK.

9 Windows Security dialog box opens.

Install this driver software anyway click.

2
10 The Device Drivers Disk[D-02] dialog box opens.

11 Click OK.
12 Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.
The system reboot.

13 Turn the printer switch to ON.

3
Setting the LP5500, LP5700 or LP5900 FireWire Interface IP Address
1 On the Printer Server, select Start > Control Panel
2 Select Network and Internet > View network status and tasks

3 Network and Sharing Center window opens.

4 Click [Change adapter settings]

5 Network Connections window opens.

[Note] Figure is an example. It is likely to become opposite by the situation.


Local Area Connection 2 : Printer
Local Area Connection 3 : Scanner

4
6 Right-click the Local Area Connection x IP Over 1394 #2 Connection that is still listed as
connected.(This is the scanner’s FireWire connection.)

A context menu open.


(The scanner does not use the networking capbilities of FireWire, and must be disabled to allow the
scanner to connect.)

7 Select Disabled.

Note: Invalidate both of "Local Area Connection X IP Over 1394#" when you connect
LP1500/2000/2500.

8 Right-click the Local Area Connection x IP Over 1394 Connection that is still listed as connected.
A context menu opens.

9 Select Properties.
The 1394 Connection Properties dialog box opens.

5
10 In the Internet Protocol properties section,
select Internet Protocol(TCP/IPv4).

11 Click the Properties button.


The Internet Protocol(TCP/IPv4) Properties dialog box opens.

12 Select Use the follow IP address and enter the following.


IP address 192.168.0.10
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
13 Click OK.
The Internet protocol(TCP/IPv4) properties dialog box close.
14 Click Close.
The Properties dialog box closes.
15 Re-connect the printer’s FireWire cable to the port it was unplugged from.

16 Click to close the window.

6
Setting Up FireWire Drivers for an LP 1500,2000, or LP 2500 Printer Client Device
Not support

Setting Up FireWire Drivers for an SP3000 Film Scanner


Operation 1-4 is Not Change.
Next, run the vdentry application to install virtual device drivers…
5 From Windows, select Start >
Type VDEntry in the Search Programs and files filed.

6 Click Enter Key


7 The VirtualDriverEntry dialog box opens.
8 Set the IEEE1394 BusID to 0.

Nore:Not check in UnRegist.box.

9 Click Regist.
Note:If no error messages appear, the vdentry registration was successful.

10 Click CLOSE.

7
Setting Up FireWire Drivers for an SP1500, SP2000, or SP2500 Film Scanner
Make sure that you follow these procedures exactiy.
1 Ensure that SP1500, SP2000 or SP2500 film scanner is turned off.
2 Complete the scanner installation process.
3 Turn on the SP1500, SP2000 or SP2500 film scanner and wait for it to boot.

Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP 1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanner


Note:Only perform these steps on system without LP 5500/5700/5900 printers; follow the steps on page
98 for these systems.
1 On the Printer Server, select Start > Control Panel
2 Select Network and Internet > View network status and tasks

3 Network and Sharing Center window opens.

4 Click Change adapter settings.

8
5 Network Connections window opens.

[Note] Figure is an example. It is likely to become opposite by the situation.


Local Area Connection 2 : Printer
Local Area Connection 3 : Scanner

6 Right-click the [Local Area Connection x IP Over 1394 #2] Connection that is still listed as
connected.(This is the scanner’s FireWire connection.)

A context menu open.


(The scanner does not use the networking capbilities of FireWire, and must be disabled to allow the
scanner to connect.)
7 Select Disabled.
Note: Disabling the connection takes a few seconds. The screen may need to be manually refreshed to
reflect the disabled connection.
8 Repeat step 5 and 6 above for each 1394 connection in your system.

9
Printer Firmware Update for an LP5500, LP5700, or LP5900 Printer

1 Turn on the computer.


2 Confirm three points of follows.
(a) 1394 driver are installed in FMPCIII.
(b) Printer is starting.
(c) FMPCIII is connected to the Printer with 1394 cables.
3 After Windows launches, insert the MS Installation CD into the server’s CD-ROM drive.
4 [Windows]Key + [R]Key
The [Run] dialog box opens.
5 Click [Browse].
The Browse dialog box opens.

6 Navigate to the server’s CD drive(X represents the CD drive letter) and open directories to the
following path:
X¥EZ171¥PrinterUpdateTool¥LP5500-5700-5900¥Firmware downloader
7 Select the install.bat file, and click Open.
The filename and path are populated in the Open field of the Run dialog box.
8 In the Run Dialog, Click the OK button.

•The Firmware Update dialog box appears.

9 In the Firmware Update Dialog box, Click the OK button.

•With Cancel button or Close button, cancellation of the update of the firmware is possible.

The “Please wait” message appears and update of the printer firmware stars.

10
10 Click the OK button in the “Printer update finished…” dialog box.

If error message to show as follows is displayed, FMPCIII and Printer restart and then perform Steps
4 to 10.

11
FUJIFILM Corporation
7-3, Akasaka 9-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 107-0052, Japan

Ref.No. PP3-A1423E 113208 FP


INSTALLATION GUIDE

FRONTIER WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE

MS01 Software Version 4.0

Universal Guide for


First Edition
Service Technician Use
Copyright Not ice
© Copyright 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation
Frontier Workflow Management Software MS01 Installation Guide
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, translated, or
stored in a retrieval system in any form or by any means, without the prior written consent of FUJIFILM
Corporation.

Soft ware Licensing Agreem ent


PLEASE READ THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE OPENING THIS
PACKAGE OR USING THIS SOFTWARE. OPENING THIS PACKAGE OR USING THIS SOFTWARE
INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE
WITH THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, PROMPTLY RETURN THIS SOFTWARE UNOPENED TO
YOUR SUPPLIER AND YOUR MONEY WILL BE REFUNDED.
This Software License Agreement is a legal document between you (a single entity) and FUJIFILM
Corporation (the "Licensor") for the MS01 Frontier Workflow Management Software (the "Software"). The
Software includes the Frontier Workflow Management Software MS01 software, the associated media,
any printed materials and any electronic documentation. By using the Software, you agree to the terms of
this Software License Agreement.
The Licensor grants you a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use one copy of the Software in
object code only.

Ownership Retained By Licensor


FUJIFILM Corporation owns all title and copyrights in and to the Software and the Licensor has the full
right and authority to grant the license granted herein. Your license does not give you any title or
ownership in the Software, nor is it a sale of any rights in the Software. The only right granted to you is
the right to use the Software in accordance with the terms of this Software License Agreement. All rights
not specifically granted to you under this Software License Agreement are reserved by the Licensor.
You may make only a single copy of this Software as a backup copy, provided that it includes all notices
and markings, including copyright, trademark and other proprietary notices as on the original. Such
backup copy of the Software may not be in use at any time unless the original Software is damaged
beyond use, and it must remain in your possession and control. You may not copy the Software onto any
public network. You may not, and you may not allow others to, modify, disassemble, decompile, translate,
reverse engineer, reproduce, make derivative works of or enhance the software. You may not, and you
may not allow others to, rent, lease, sell, sublicense or otherwise transfer the Software to any other
person.
In addition to any other rights it may have, the Licensor may terminate this Software License Agreement if
you fail to comply with the terms and conditions hereof. In such event, you must cease all use of the
Software and destroy all copies of the Software and all of its component parts.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
i
At the Licensor's sole discretion, the Licensor may from time to time provide you with updates to the
Software. Any such updates shall become part of the Software licensed to you hereunder and subject to
all of the terms and conditions of this Software License Agreement.

Disclaim er of Warranties
The Licensor expressly disclaims any and all warranties relative to the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS
PROVIDED “AS IS," WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR OF
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT AND THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY
AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LICENSED PRODUCT IS WITH YOU.

Lim itation of Liability


In no event shall the Licensor be liable for any direct, special, incidental, indirect or consequential
damages whatsoever to you (including, without limitation, damages for loss of profits, sales or data or for
business interruption) arising out of the use of or inability to use the Software, even if the Licensor has
been advised of the possibility of such damages. In any event, the Licensor's entire liability under any
provision shall be limited to the greater of the amount actually paid by you for the Software or $25.
Because some states and jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability, the above
limitation may not apply to you. If any provision of the Software License Agreement is declared by a court
of competent jurisdiction to be invalid for any reason, such invalidity shall not effect the remaining
provisions hereof.

Governing Law
This Software License Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard
to conflict of laws principles.

Term
This License Agreement is effective until terminated. You may terminate this License Agreement by
returning the Licensed Product to Licensor. Licensor may terminate this License Agreement if you breach
any of the terms and conditions. Upon termination of this License Agreement for any reason, you shall
return the Licensed Product to Licensor. All provisions of this Agreement relating to disclaimers of
warranties, limitation of liability, remedies, or damages, and Licensor's proprietary rights shall survive
termination.
YOU ACKNOWLEDGE YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS AGREEMENT AND AGREE TO
BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS. YOU FURTHER AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT IS THE COMPLETE
AND EXCLUSIVE STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU AND LICENSOR, AND
SUPERSEDES ANY PROPOSAL OR PRIOR AGREEMENT, ORAL OR WRITTEN, AND ANY OTHER
COMMUNICATIONS RELATING TO SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT.

NY-177971 v3 0950000-102

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
ii
Table of Cont ent s

CH APTER 1 : I N TROD UCTI ON .......................................................................................................................1


OVERVI EW ................................................................................................................................................................1
K NOW YOUR SYSTEM ..............................................................................................................................................2
I CI I I Com put er ...............................................................................................................................................2
I CI I I Support ed Operat ing Syst em s ......................................................................................................3
FUJI FI LM Print er s ..........................................................................................................................................3
FUJI FI LM Scanners ........................................................................................................................................3
Third- Part y Hardware ..................................................................................................................................3
SYSTEM TERMI NOLOGY ...........................................................................................................................................4
CH APTER 2 : D ETERM I N I N G PROPER I N STALLATI ON TYPE ..................................................... 12
OVERVI EW .............................................................................................................................................................. 12
I NSTALLATI ON SETUP TYPES ................................................................................................................................ 12
Prim ar y MS01 Set up Ty pes – MS01 Serv er ...................................................................................... 12
Secondary MS01 Set up Types ................................................................................................................ 15
Set up Type I nst allat ion Mat rix ............................................................................................................... 17
CH APTER 3 : D ETERM I N I N G I N STALLATI ON W ORKFLOW ......................................................... 18
Overview ......................................................................................................................................................... 18
I NSTALLATI ON CHECKLI STS BY MS01 SETUP TYPE ........................................................................................... 19
Prim ar y MS01 Set up Ty pe I nst allat ion Checklist s .......................................................................... 19
Secondary MS01 Set up Type I nst allat ion Checklist s ..................................................................... 24
CH APTER 4 : M S0 1 V 4 .0 I N STALLATI ON .............................................................................................. 28
MS01 SERVER....................................................................................................................................................... 28
PRI NTER.................................................................................................................................................................. 34
SCANNER ................................................................................................................................................................ 43
MS01 WI TH PRI NTER SUPPORT ........................................................................................................................... 50
MS01 WI TH SCANNER SUPPORT ......................................................................................................................... 58
MS01 WI TH PRI NTER AND SCANNER SUPPORT.................................................................................................. 64
MS01 W ORKSTATI ON ........................................................................................................................................... 71
MS01 W ORKSTATI ON WI TH PRI NTER SUPPORT ................................................................................................ 76
MS01 SERVER WI TH TETHERED PRI NTER........................................................................................................... 83
CANCELLI NG I NSTALLATI ON .................................................................................................................................. 90
APPEN D I X A: AD D I TI ON AL M S0 1 TASKS ............................................................................................ 91
VDENTRY & 1394 FI REWI RE SETUP................................................................................................................... 91
Preparat ion of Fir eWire Cards and Driv er s ........................................................................................ 91
FireWir e Card I nst allat ion ........................................................................................................................ 93
FI REW I RE – D RI VER I NSTALLATI ON AND NETWORK CONFI GURATI ONS .......................................................... 96
Windows XP FireWir e Dr iver I nst allat ion and Net work Configurat ions ................................... 97
Windows 7 Fir eWire Driver I nst allat ion and Net work Configurat ions.................................... 106
ADJUSTI NG THE SYSTEM’ S D ATE AND TI ME PROPERTI ES ................................................................................ 116
Windows XP – Dat e and Tim e Pr opert ies ......................................................................................... 116
Windows 7 – Dat e and Tim e Pr opert ies ............................................................................................ 117
ENSURI NG ADEQUATE SPC/ MCU D I SK SPACE ............................................................................................... 122

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
iii
I NSTALLI NG & CONFI GURI NG THE ASK 2000, 4000, & 4000A PRI NTERS ............................................... 126
ASK Hardwar e I nst allat ion & Configurat ion .................................................................................... 127
TO BACK UP ( SAVE) SETTI NGS ......................................................................................................................... 138
APPEN D I X B: I N FORM ATI ON ABOUT M S0 1 ..................................................................................... 140
POWER FOR THE MS01 SYSTEM ........................................................................................................................ 140
Non- Connect ed Syst em s ........................................................................................................................ 140
Connect ed Sy st em s .................................................................................................................................. 140
SUPPORT MODE ................................................................................................................................................... 141
OPERATOR MODE................................................................................................................................................. 143
ACCESSI NG MAI NTENANCE ................................................................................................................................. 145

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
iv
Chapter 1: Introduction

Overview
This universal guide is intended for retail labs running FUJIFILM systems regardless of
location.
Important: Review this entire guide to determine which sections apply to your lab before you
begin installing any software.

This installation guide provides details and instructions for installing FUJIFILM’s Frontier Workflow
Management Software (MS01) for retail lab systems internationally. It may need to be used in
association with a regional or retail client-specific guide.

In this chapter, you will learn the various hardware pieces that can comprise a FUJIFILM system (see
page 2).

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
1
Know Your System
It is very important to know your system configuration before installing the MS software to ensure proper
functionality and performance.

ICIII Computer
The minimum hardware requirements for ICIII computers is:

Items Specification Remarks

CPU Core 2 Duo, 2.4GHz or more

Memory 2 GB or more

Hard Disk 160 GB Two drive allocation: C and D

Clock Frequency 450 MHz or higher

External I/F 1000 BASE-TX Depending on the peripheral


USB 2.0 equipment

SCSI
etc.

OS Windows XP Professional SP3


Windows 7

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
2
ICIII Supported Operating FUJIFILM Printers
Systems The MS01 software supports the following printer models:
o Windows XP Service Pack 3 Network Printers
1
o Windows 7 o DL 600 Inkjet Dry Lab Printer

USB Printers
o ASK 1500 Dry Lab Printer
FUJIFILM Scanners o ASK 2000 Dry Lab Printer
The MS software supports the following scanner o ASK 4000 Dry Lab Printer
models: o ASK 4000A Dry Lab Printer
USB Scanners:
o SP 500 1394 FireWire Printers:
o LP 5500 Wet Lab Printer
o LP 5700 Wet Lab Printer
1394 FireWire Scanners: o LP 5900 Wet Lab Printer
o SP 1500
o SP 2000
o SP 3000

Third-Party Hardware
The MS01 software supports the following printer
models:
o DYMO LabelWriter Printers
o Epson Stylus Pro Wide Format Printers
o Flatbed Scanners

1
This printer is installed via a separate installation guide.
MS01 Installation Guide
© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
3
System Terminology
330 System A tethered system consisting of an SLP 800 printer/scanner combination.

340 System A tethered system consisting of an SLP 1000 printer/scanner combination.

350 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 1500 wet lab printer and an SP 1500 or 2000 scanner.

355 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 1500 wet lab printer and an SP 3000 scanner.

370 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 2000 wet lab printer and an SP 2000 scanner.

375 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 2000 wet lab printer and an SP 3000 scanner.

550 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 5500 wet lab printer and an SP 3000 scanner.

570 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 5700 wet lab printer and an SP 3000 scanner.

590 System A tethered system consisting of an LP 5900 wet lab printer and an SP 3000 scanner.

A1 Scanner software that works with the SP 1500, SP 2000, SP 2500, and SP 3000 scanners.

ASK Dye-sublimation dry lab printers. See FUJIFILM USB printers in this glossary.

B1 Variety Print Service for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

B5 Single Scan Digitizing Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

B7 Professional Scanning Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

B8 Hyper Reorder Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

B9 Tone Selection Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

B11 Hyper Retouch Software for SP 2000/2500 scanners not using FrontMan.

backprint Text printed on the reverse side of the print. Sometimes customizable.

CD Compact disc. Referred to in MS01 as Disc.

Composed A composite created via MS01’s Compose feature. The template used to create a Composite
Print Print was selected by the operator via the Choose Template dialog box.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
4
Composite The combination of a template and one or more images. It is displayed as an thumbnail in
MS01’s View Images screen, and its thumbnail shows a preview of what will be printed. Quick
Prints and Compose Prints created via MS gateways are all composites.

Connected A connected MS01 system is a system that receives data from FUJIFILM’s fulfillment network,
sends data to FUJIFILM’s Fulfillment Network, and receives orders from various sources (such
as retailers and FUJIFILM labs). This is accomplished via Internet connectivity.

Cover A Cover is an order’s thumbnail as displayed in the MS01’s View Images screen. It represents
a print group.

Crop modes MS01 offers different crop choices. For this example, assume that the original product size
and image dimensions are:
8x10 Image

4x6 Product
3.5x5 Image

Fill in Print area is filled with image and there may be image data lost if it does not match the
aspect ratio of the print size selected. Output will have no white space.
8 x 10 Image 3.5 x 5 Image

Fit in Fits the image into the size selected leaving it at its current aspect ratio to maintain all
the image data. This will produce white space if the image is not the same aspect
ratio as the size selected.
8 x 10 Image 3.5 x 5 Image

No Image is rendered on the product without resizing. Takes the size selected and cuts
resize out the center portion of the image (think of it as a cookie cutter). If the image is
smaller than the size selected it will produce white space.
8 x 10 Image 3.5 x 5 Image

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
5
custom Backprint text specified by the operator; only replaces second line of backprint. Not all printers
backprint support the backprint feature.

Also see backprint.

digital input Digital images loaded into the system for printing (not film-based images). Examples include
.jpg, .tif, and .gif image files generated from digital cameras.

Digital Link One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, this application performs all background
Request processing for producing prints and CDs, receiving input from external sources such as kiosk,
Spooler and communications with remote systems via the Internet.

It also manages a database containing all production information, and is responsible for
scheduling of tasks and devices throughout the system.

This application is also known as Simon.

DL printers A line of FUJIFILM inkjet printers. DL stands for “Dry Lab.”

Duplex Printing on both sides of the printer paper.


Printing

Dymo Label A small label printer used to output labels for CDs, kiosk orders, Web orders, etc.

E5 Fujicolor CD/DVD Digital software (also known as Backup CD Service).

Epson Stylus Wide-format printer used in some FUJIFILM regions. Supported models include 4880, 7800,
Pro 7880, 7900, 9880, 9900, and 11880.

FDD Frontier Driver Direct. This service provides more control and greater messaging capabilities
when printing.

FDIA FUJIFILM’s Frontier Digital Imaging Architecture.

FDIA DB The database used by MS01 and other FUJIFILM and third-party software to facilitate image
transfer and order fulfillment.

FCIM Frontier Communication Interface Module.

film type A film type must be selected if creating prints from film. Options include color, black and white,
and slide film.

Frontier The name used to describe FUJIFILM-developed systems.

FrontMan The FrontMan software is an optional film input software interface included with MS01. (The
FrontMan application window is also known as Main or the Order Entry screen.)

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
6
FMPC Also known as the LPC and an abbreviation for Frontier Manager Printer Controller, the FMPC
is a separate computer used to drive a laser printer (LP printer) and receive data from the
scanner (if configured to do so).

Note: Not all system configurations use an FMPC/LPC.

FUJIFILM LP 1500 Wet Lab Printer LP 5700 Wet Lab Printer


Printers
(1394 LP 2000 Wet Lab Printer LP 5900 Wet Lab Printer
FireWire)
LP 5500 Wet Lab Printer

FUJIFILM DL 600 Inkjet Dry Lab Printer


Printers
(Network)

FUJIFILM ASK 1500 Dry Lab Printer ASK 4000 Dry Lab Printer
Printers
(USB) ASK 2000 Dry Lab Printer ASK 4000A Dry Lab Printer

ASK 2500 Dry Lab Printer

FUJIFILM SP 1500 SP 3000


Scanners
(FireWire) SP 2000

FUJIFILM SP 500
Scanners
(USB)

Gateway A gateway is an MS01 system interface that supports the creation of MS01 orders by external
order interfaces.

HCIP High capacity image processor. This is a rendering device attached to the MS01 system. By
having an HCIP attached to your MS01 system, its order processing speed is increased.

Hot Job Provides an order with a prioritized status.

Hyper- Officially called Hyper-Threading Technology (HTT), this is Intel Corporation’s trademark for
Threading their implementation of the simultaneous multithreading technology on their Pentium 4 micro-
architecture.

The technology improves processor performance under certain workloads by providing useful

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
7
work for execution units that would otherwise be idle, for example during a cache miss.

A Pentium 4 with Hyper-Threading enabled is treated by the operating system as two


processors instead of one.

IC Imaging controller.

ICIII Imaging Controller III computer, formerly known as PIC (photo imaging controller computer)
and DIC (digital imaging controller computer).

Image Info One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Image Info allows operators to see
information about the image data.

Index Print A supplementary print that displays image thumbnails.

Job Manager One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Job Manager manages the images in MS01
orders.

Also known as JobMan.

Kaleida A FUJIFILM printer used in some FUJIFILM regions. Supported model includes PX-7550.

Local Disc This is a CD/DVD writer attached to the IC or an IC Workstation. This allows for one (1) CD to
Writer be written at a time. Local CD/DVD writers do not have the ability to print the labels
automatically on the CD/DVDs.

Log Off One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, the Log Off function shuts down the
application and also performs a Windows operating system log off.

LP (Laser This is the abbreviation that pre-pends some FUJIFILM printer model names. For example, LP
Printer) 5000.

LPC Also known as the FMPC, and an abbreviation for Laser Printer Controller, the LPC is one of
the terms used as a name for the computer, which is separate from the ICIII computer that is
used to drive a printer.

Maintenance One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, the MS01 Maintenance application houses
the software used to configure the MS01 system.

This is a different application than the Maintenance offered via the printer software.

MCU (Main Known as the SPC in some regions, the MCU is the computer that drives the film scanner
Control Unit) hardware. Note: The SP 500 runs via the ICIII without a separate SPC/MCU device.

Media SD/Memory Stick/Compact Flash/xD Card/Compact Flash/CD/DVD used to store digital


images.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
8
MS01 Also known as the Frontier Workflow Management Software. This is the overall system,
including the scanner software and the printer software.

Operators should always use the system in Operator mode.

MS11 Scanner software that works with SP 500, 1500, 2000, 2500, and 3000 model scanners. This
is a sub-component of the MS01 system.

MS12 Printer driver support software for Adobe Photoshop CS3 and CS4.

MS13 LAN spool software.

MS14 Variety Print Service software.

MS15 Variety Template Composite / Variety Templates software, including Template Editor.

MS16 Image-Adjust software. Also called 6-frame adjust.

MS17 Net Connection for FDI-net software.

MS18 Skin Color Correction Image Processing software.

MS19 Photo ID Print Service software.

MS21 Express Variety Print Software.

Multi-Roll A multi-roll order is an order that contains more than one roll of film. Each roll in a multi-roll
Order order has a unique Film ID (which is included in the backprint information).

Operator On the ICIII, this mode locks down the system so only Fuji applications can be used. After
Mode logging to Operator mode (default mode), Fuji applications automatically launch, and
automatically re-launch if terminated.

Page Page is the term used to refer to a Composite when it is part of a Print Group.

Panda One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Panda provides an interface between the
(Printer And Digital Link Request Spooler (Simon) and various devices, such as printers and CD-writers. It
Device manages device operations and provides status and messages to the rest of the system in a
Application) consistent manner to ensure that devices may easily be interchanged or added, as needed.

Personality Custom MS system settings associated with a particular FUJIFILM region or retailer.

PIC Photo Imaging Controller, now known as IC.

Print Group A Print Group is set of composites that are processed together as a single product, such as a

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
9
photo book. A Print Group consists of a Cover and a set of Pages.

Product On the MS01 system, each print created has an associated “product” file. For example, there
are product files for 4x6-sized prints,

Production The mechanism in the MS01 system that manages routing ordered products to output devices
Manager for production. It also handles ordering the output based on due time, etc.

Promo Print A product that enables retailers to print promotional offers (using the MS01 system) for
distribution to consumers.

Puma One of the sub-applications of the MS01 system, Puma is the mechanism used to display
system messages (such as errors, warnings, and informational messages).

Quick Print A Quick Print is a composite created as the result of a Quick Print operation in MS01. The
template used is not user-selectable; it is the template for the Quick Printed product.

Red This will power off the ICIII system. For proper shut-down procedures, see the MS01 Start-up
exclamation and Shut-down Guide.
mark
On the FMPC, this is an emergency shutdown for only the Panda application. This will not
power off the FMPC box. Note: This is not the proper shut-down procedure for this device;
only do this if directed to do so by Technical Support.

Important: For systems that are not connected to the FUJIFILM fulfillment network, this
function can be used as a proper method of shutting down the system.

For systems that are connected to the FUJIFILM fulfillment network, this should be treated as
an emergency shut-down command only. By clicking this button, you are not performing a
proper shut-down procedure. Only use this button if instructed to do so by Technical Support.

Retain Print Enables you to retain the size, surface, and color settings between orders.
Settings

Rimage This is a third-party CD burning device designed for high volumes of CD creation. This system
allows multiple CDs to be written simultaneously. The Rimage system can print labels directly
onto CDs. Depending on the model of Rimage, it may have two or four CD burners and a
single printer.

S3 Variety Print Service for SP 3000 scanners not using FrontMan.

S5 Professional Software for SP 3000 scanners not using FrontMan.

Scan Modes Auto: When using film input, if the operator selects Auto as the scan mode, the system scans
six images at a time without requiring the operator to press <Enter>. Pressing any key on the
keyboard will stop the Auto Mode and will allow image adjustments as in Semi Mode.

Manual: Manual operates just as semi mode operates, but you can choose size and quantity
for each frame.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
10
Semi: When using film input, if the operator selects Semi as the scan mode, the system scans
six images at a time and the operator can correct the color and density on each image as
necessary. The operator then presses <Enter> to scan the next set of six images.

Printing on only one side of the printer paper.


Simplex
Printing

Software This is a tool that allows the user to switch to any of the programs that are currently running.
Launcher Also known as the Switcher application, this replaces the need for the Windows <Alt+Tab>
function.

SP The abbreviation that pre-pends FUJIFILM scanner model names. For example, SP 500.

SPC Known as the MCU in some regions, this is the name for the computer that drives the scanner.
Note: The SP 500 runs via the ICIII without a separate SPC/MCU device.

Summary A print output that includes the file names of the images in the order.
Sheet

Surface Prints can be produced using different surface textures. Some printer models can only print on
certain surface types. Surfaces include Glossy, Lustre, Matte, Silk, SupremeG, SupremeL,
Thin, SupremeM, ThinGlossy, GlossyRoll, SatinRoll, SemiGlossBoard, CanvasRoll,
CatsbyRoll, PearlRoll, SatinCanvasRoll, AquarellRoll, TalbotRoll, ScrimVinyl, and
PearlPosterBoard.

Support On the ICIII, this mode allows the user to access the operating system. After logging to Support
Mode mode, Fuji applications automatically launch but do not re-launch if terminated.

Third-Party MS01 4.0 supports various models of Epson Stylus Pro Wide Format Printers, Xerox Phaser
Printers Printers, and Rimage CD duplicators.

Whole Roll A product type applied to an image that will make <#> of each image in the order.

Workstation This is another digital input system for the MS01 software. It allows control of a printer, digital
ingest, and CD/DVD burning.

Xerox Color printers used in some FUJIFILM regions. Supported models Phaser 7760.
printers

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
11
Chapter 2: Determining Proper Installation Type

Overview
There are various installation methods for the deployment of MS01 version 4.0.
It is essential that you perform the correct installation. See pages 12 -16.

Some portions of installation are documented in separate guides; contact your FUJIFILM subsidiary for
the proper diagram for your lab. It is essential to use the proper guides for your lab/configuration
when installing.

Important: See the next section, Installation Setup Types for detailed information on the various
MS01 setup types. Once you have determined the appropriate setup type for your lab, refer to the
corresponding installation checklist.

Installation Setup Types


When you run the installer, there will be a Setup Type screen that provides ten software installation
options to choose from.
The installation option you choose is determined by the hardware configuration of your system.
Use the definitions in this section to determine the appropriate setup type for your lab, and then refer to the
corresponding installation workflow in Chapter 3: Determining Installation Workflow.

Primary MS01 Setup Types – MS01 Server


This section defines the primary MS01 setup types – MS01 Server configurations. Installation of an MS01
Server setup type is mandatory for all labs. Some MS01 Server setup types incorporate the installation of
secondary setup types which can be either required or optional. Read this section carefully in order to
determine the proper primary MS01 setup type to install in your specific lab.

MS01 Server Installation (see page 19).


The MS01 Server installation setup type installs the MS01 software
on an ICIII computer.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
12
MS01 Server with Printer Support
Installation (see page 20).
The MS01 with Printer Support
installation setup type installs the
MS01 and printer functionality on the
ICIII server.
Supported printers in this
configuration include network and
USB printers. Supported scanners in
this configuration include FireWire
scanners only.

MS01 Server with Scanner Support Installation (see page 21).


The MS01 Server with Scanner Support installation setup type
installs the MS01 and scanner functionality on the ICIII server.
Supported scanners in this configuration include USB scanners only.
Printer support should be added via a separate computer.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
13
MS01 Server with Printer and Scanner Support Installation (see
page 22).
The MS01 Server with Printer and Scanner Support installation
setup type installs the MS01, printer, and scanner functionality on the
ICIII server.
Supported printers in this configuration include network and USB
printers. Supported scanners in this configuration include USB
scanners only.

MS01 Server with Tethered Printer Installation (see page 23).


This is a legacy configuration where the printer and scanner are
connected to each other via FireWire.
The scanner is connected to the ICIII via network connection.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
14
Secondary MS01 Setup Types
This section defines secondary MS01 setup types. These setup types can be either required and/or
optional, depending on the primary MS01 setup type appropriate for your specific lab. Refer to the
appropriate MS01 Server setup type checklist in the Installation Checklists by MS01 Setup Type section
to determine which of these other MS01 setup types are appropriate for your lab.

Printer Installation (see page 24).


The Printer installation setup type
installs the printer functionality on
an FMPC/LPC computer.
Supported printers in this
configuration include network and
FireWire printers.

Scanner Installation (see page 25).


The Scanner installation setup type installs the scanner functionality on
the SPC/MCU.
Supported scanners in this configuration include FireWire scanners
only.

MS01 Workstation Installation (see page 26).


The MS01 Workstation installation setup type enables you to add
additional MS01 workstation computers to the system.
A scanner is not connectable to a workstation.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
15
MS01 Workstation with Printer Support Installation (see page 27).
The MS01 Workstation with Printer Support installation setup type
installs an additional MS01 workstation computer with added printer
support (additional printer).
Supported printers in this configuration include network and USB
printers.

Cancelling Installation (see page 90).

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
16
Setup Type Installation Matrix
The following installation matrix illustrates which secondary MS01 setup types are either required or optional for installa
of a primary MS01 setup type.

Primary MS01 Setup Types – (Select one for install)

MS01 Server MS01 Server with MS01 Server with MS01 Server with
Printer Support Scanner Support Printer and Scann
Secondary MS01 Setup Support
Types

Printer Required Required – if printer


is installed on server

Scanner Required – only if


system includes an
MCU/SPC

MS01 Workstation Optional Optional Optional Optional

MS01 Workstation with


Printer Support

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
17
Chapter 3: Determining Installation Workflow
Overview
The following installation checklists are categorized based on the steps required during installation.
Important: It is mandatory to install one of the Primary [MS01 Server] setup types in each lab. If
additional (required or optional) setup types are necessary, the specific Primary MS01 Server
installation checklist will refer you to the appropriate steps to follow for each additional setup
type.
 For definitions of each MS01 setup type, see pages 12 -16.
 For installation workflow information refer to the appropriate checklist for your labs primary MS01
setup type:
 MS01 Server – Installation Checklist, on page 19.
 MS01 Server with Printer Support – Installation Checklist, on page 20.
 MS01 Server with Scanner Support – Installation Checklist, on page 21.
 MS01 Server with Printer and Scanner Support – Installation Checklist, on page 22.
 MS01 Server with Tethered Printer Support – Installation Checklist, see page 23.
 For installation workflow information refer to the appropriate checklist for your labs required/optional
secondary MS01 setup types:
 Printer – Installation Checklist, on page 24.
 Scanner – Installation Checklist, on page 25.
 MS01 Workstation – Installation Checklist, on page 26.
 MS01 Workstation with Printer Support – Installation Checklist, on page 27.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
18
Installation Checklists by MS01 Setup Type
Follow the installation order-of-operations corresponding to the MS01 setup type appropriate for your lab.
To determine the correct setup type for your lab, refer to Chapter 2: Determining Proper Installation
Type.

Primary MS01 Setup Type Installation Checklists


Now that you have determined the proper primary MS01 setup type for your lab, find its corresponding
installation checklist in this section. Carefully follow the steps in the checklist. There will be instances in
which you will need to reference other sections in this manual. After you complete the steps in those other
sections, be sure to return to this section and complete the remainder of steps in the appropriate primary
MS01 setup type checklist.

MS01 Server – Installation Checklist

1 Install the base operating system. (Refer to instructions provided by your FUJIFILM subsidiary.)

2 Verify the system date and time properties (see page 106).

3 Perform additional pre-installation tasks. (Refer to instructions provided by your FUJIFILM


subsidiary.)

4 Install the MS01 software on the ICIII, selecting MS01 Server as setup type (see page 28).

5 Install other MS01 setup types:


 Required: Printer (refer to Printer – Installation Checklist on page 24)
 Optional: Workstation (see MS01 Workstation – Installation Checklist page 26)
Important: Once the steps for installing other MS01 setup types are complete, return to this
checklist and complete the remaining steps.

6 Install additional, optional components, such as the:


 Epson Stylus wide format printer
 Xerox Phaser printer
 Flatbed scanners
 DL 430/450/600 printer

7 Configure the MS01 software and perform necessary post-installation tasks (as defined by your
FUJIFILM subsidiary).
Note: This step may not be necessary if your subsidiary has already customized your installer.

8 Perform system backup (see page 91).

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
19
MS01 Server with Printer Support – Installation Checklist

1 Install the base operating system. (Refer to instructions provided by your FUJIFILM subsidiary.)

2 Verify the system date and time properties (see page 106).

3 Perform additional pre-installation tasks. (Refer to instructions provided by your FUJIFILM


subsidiary.)

4 Install the MS01 software on the ICIII, selecting MS01 with Printer Support as setup type (see
page 50).

5 Install the printer software and register the printer.

6 Install other required or optional components:


 If no other system hardware exists, proceed to the next step
 If the system includes an MCU/SPC , install Scanner (refer to Scanner – Installation Checklist
on page 25)
 Install optional MS01 setup types:
 Workstation (see page 26)
Important: Once the steps for installing these required or optional components are complete,
return to this checklist and complete the remaining steps.

7 If you chose ASK as the printer type during MS01 installation, perform tasks on page 126.
Important: Once the ASK printer steps are complete, return to this checklist and complete the
remaining steps.

8 Install additional, optional components, such as the:


 Epson Stylus wide format printer
 Xerox Phaser printer
 Flatbed scanners
 DL 430/450/600 printer

9 Configure the MS01 software and perform necessary post-installation tasks (as defined by your
FUJIFILM subsidiary).
Note: This step may not be necessary if your subsidiary has already customized your installer.

10 Perform system backup (see page 91).

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
20
MS01 Server with Scanner Support – Installation Checklist

1 Install the base operating system. (Refer to instructions provided by your FUJIFILM subsidiary.)

2 Verify the system date and time properties (see page 106).

3 Perform additional pre-installation tasks. (Refer to instructions provided by your FUJIFILM


subsidiary.)

4 Install the MS01 software on the ICIII, selecting MS01 with Scanner Support as setup type (see
page 58).

5 Install the scanner software.

6 Install other MS01 setup types:


 Required: Printer (refer to Printer – Installation Checklist on page 24)
 Optional: Workstation (see MS01 Workstation – Installation Checklist page 26)
Important: Once the steps for installing other MS01 setup types are complete, return to this
checklist and complete the remaining steps.

7 Install additional, optional components, such as the:


 Epson Stylus wide format printer
 Xerox Phaser printer
 Flatbed scanners
 DL 430/450/600 printer

8 Configure the MS01 software and perform necessary post-installation tasks (as defined by your
FUJIFILM subsidiary).
Note: This step may not be necessary if your subsidiary has already customized your installer.

9 Perform system backup (see page 91).

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
21
MS01 Server with Printer and Scanner Support – Installation Checklist

1 Install the base operating system. (Refer to instructions provided by your FUJIFILM subsidiary.)

2 Verify the system date and time properties (see page 106).

3 Perform additional pre-installation tasks. (Refer to instructions provided by your FUJIFILM


subsidiary.)

4 Install the MS01 software on the ICIII, selecting MS01 with Printer and Scanner Support as setup
type (see page 64).

5 Install the printer software and register the printer.

6 Install the scanner software.

7 Install other required or optional components:


 If no other system hardware exists, proceed to the next step
 If the system includes an MCU/SPC , install Scanner (refer to the Scanner – Installation
Checklist on page 25)
 Install optional MS01 setup types:
 Workstation (see MS01 Workstation – Installation Checklist, page 26)
Important: Once the steps for installing these required or optional components are complete,
return to this checklist and complete the remaining steps.

8 If you chose ASK as the printer type during MS01 installation, perform tasks on page 126.
Important: Once the ASK printer steps are complete, return to this checklist and complete the
remaining steps.

9 Install additional, optional components, such as the:


 Epson Stylus wide format printer
 Xerox Phaser printer
 Flatbed scanners
 DL 430/450/600 printer

10 Configure the MS01 software and perform necessary post-installation tasks (as defined by your
FUJIFILM subsidiary).
Note: This step may not be necessary if your subsidiary has already customized your installer.

11 Perform system backup (see page 91).

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
22
MS01 Server with Tethered Printer Support – Installation Checklist

1 Install the base operating system. (Refer to instructions provided by your FUJIFILM subsidiary.)

2 Verify the system date and time properties (see page 106).

3 Perform additional pre-installation tasks. (Refer to instructions provided by your FUJIFILM


subsidiary.)

4 Install the MS01 software on the ICIII, selecting MS01 Server with Tethered Printer as setup type
(see page 83).

5 Install other required or optional components:


 If the system includes an MCU/SPC , install Scanner (refer to Scanner – Installation Checklist
on page 25).

6 Install additional, optional components, such as the:


 Epson Stylus wide format printer
 Xerox Phaser printer
 Flatbed scanners
 DL 430/450/600 printer

7 Configure the MS01 software and perform necessary post-installation tasks (as defined by your
FUJIFILM subsidiary).
Note: This step may not be necessary if your subsidiary has already customized your installer.

8 Perform system backup (see page 91).

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
23
Secondary MS01 Setup Type Installation Checklists
This section provides installation order-of-operations for the various secondary MS01 setup types. You
have been referred to this section by an installation checklist for a primary MS01 setup type in the
Primary MS01 Setup Type Installation Checklists section. Carefully follow the steps in the appropriate
checklist in this section. There will be instances in which you will need to reference other sections in this
manual. After you complete the steps in those other sections, return to this section and complete the
remainder of steps in the appropriate secondary MS01 setup type checklist. Once you have completed all
steps in the appropriate secondary MS01 setup type checklist, return to the primary MS01 setup type
checklist which referred you to this section and complete the remainder of the steps in that checklist.

Printer – Installation Checklist

Important: The MS01 Server must be powered on with the MS01 software running to enable
successful installation on all computers in the system.

1 Install the operating system on the LPC/FMPC computer. (Refer to instructions provided by your
FUJIFILM subsidiary.)

2 Verify the system date and time properties (see page 106).

3 Perform additional pre-installation tasks. (Refer to instructions provided by your FUJIFILM


subsidiary.)

4 Perform FireWire and Vdentry tasks (see page 91) ONLY for the following LP printer models:

 5500  5700  5900

5 Install the MS01 software, selecting Printer as setup type (see page 50).

6 For the DL 4x0/600 printers, install the printer software & register the printer.
Otherwise, move on to the next step.

7 Install additional, optional components, such as the:

 Epson Stylus wide format printer  Flatbed scanners


 Xerox Phaser printer  DL 430/450/600 printer

8 Configure the MS01 software and perform necessary post-installation tasks (as defined by your
FUJIFILM subsidiary).
Note: This step may not be necessary if your subsidiary has already customized your installer.

9 Perform system backup (see page 91).

10 Return to the appropriate Primary MS01 Setup Types – MS01 Server installation checklist, and
complete remaing steps.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
24
Scanner – Installation Checklist

Important: The MS01 Server must be powered on with the MS01 software running to enable
successful installation on all computers in the system.

1 Install the operating system on the MCU/SPC computer. (Refer to instructions provided by your
FUJIFILM subsidiary.)

2 Verify the system date and time properties (see page 106).

3 Perform additional pre-installation tasks. (Refer to instructions provided by your FUJIFILM


subsidiary.)

4 Install the appropriate scanner software based on scanner model.

5 Install the MS01 software, selecting Scanner as setup type (see page 58).

6 Enable Event Viewer logging settings on the scanner’s SPC/MCU (refer to instructions provided by
your FUJIFILM subsidiary.)

7 Configure the MS01 software and perform necessary post-installation tasks (as defined by your
FUJIFILM subsidiary).
Note: This step may not be necessary if your subsidiary has already customized your installer.

8 Perform system backup (see page 91).

9 Return to the appropriate Primary MS01 Setup Types – MS01 Server installation checklist, and
complete remaing steps.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
25
MS01 Workstation – Installation Checklist

Important: The MS01 Server must be powered on with the MS01 software running to enable
successful installation on all computers in the system.

1 Install the operating system on the Workstation computer. (Refer to instructions provided by your
FUJIFILM subsidiary.)
Important: You must install the same base operating system that is installed on the MS01
Server associated with this system.

2 Verify the system date and time properties (see page 106).

3 Perform additional pre-installation tasks. (Refer to instructions provided by your FUJIFILM


subsidiary.)

4 Install the MS01 software, selecting MS01 Workstation as setup type (see page 71).

5 Install additional, optional components, such as the:


 Epson Stylus wide format printer
 Xerox Phaser printer
 Flatbed scanners

6 Configure the MS01 software and perform necessary post-installation tasks (as defined by your
FUJIFILM subsidiary).
Note: This step may not be necessary if your subsidiary has already customized your installer.

7 Perform system backup (see page 91).

8 Return to the appropriate Primary MS01 Setup Types – MS01 Server installation checklist, and
complete remaining steps.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
26
MS01 Workstation with Printer Support – Installation Checklist

Important: The MS01 Server must be powered on with the MS01 software running to enable
successful installation on all computers in the system.

1 Install the operating system on the Workstation computer. (Refer to instructions provided by your
FUJIFILM subsidiary.)
Important: You must install the same base operating system that is installed on the MS01
Server associated with this system.

2 Verify the system date and time properties (see page 106).

3 Perform additional pre-installation tasks. (Refer to instructions provided by your FUJIFILM


subsidiary.)

4 Install the MS01 software, selecting MS01 Workstation with Printer Support as setup type (see
page 76).

5 Install the printer software & register the printer.


If you chose ASK as the printer type during MS01 installation, perform tasks on page 126.

6 Install additional, optional components, such as the:


 Epson Stylus wide format printer
 Xerox Phaser printer
 Flatbed scanners
 DL 430/450/600 printer

7 Configure the MS01 software and perform necessary post-installation tasks (as defined by your
FUJIFILM subsidiary).
Note: This step may not be necessary if your subsidiary has already customized your installer.

8 Perform system backup (see page 91).

9 Return to the appropriate Primary MS01 Setup Types – MS01 Server installation checklist, and
complete remaing steps.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
27
Chapter 4: MS01 v4.0 Installation

MS01 Server
Selecting the MS01 Server installation setup type installs
the MS01 software on an ICIII computer.

>>> To install MS01 Server:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation checklist for this MS01 setup type (page 19).

2 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the ICIII’s CD-ROM drive.

The installer automatically launches.


NOTE: If it does not, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start > Run or Explorer
feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

The software launches, and the Choose


Setup Language screen displays.

3 Select the language that the software should display.

4 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
28
A Preparing Setup screen displays and self-
dismisses.

The Choose Setup Language screen closes,


and the InstallShield Wizard launches, using
the selected language.

5 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Select System Type


screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
29
6 From the drop-down menu, select MS01
Server.

7 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Additional Security


screen displays.

8  To lock down the system to prevent the end user from accessing the operating system while
running the Fuji software (operator mode), select the Add additional security to this system
check box.
 If Add additional security to this system is not selected, users will have access to the
operating system.

9 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
30
The Setup Type > Disc Writer Support
screen displays.

10  If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
 If the system will be using a Rimage CD duplication device, select the Rimage option.
 If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

11 Click Next >.

The Edit Data > Enter the name of the


FMPC system screen displays.

12 In the Printer field, enter the name of the FMPC/LPC to be connected to the printer.
Note: Ensure that names do not exceed 15 characters.

13 Click Next >.

Note: If an error dialog opens, then a component name has been incorrectly typed into an Edit
Data screen. Click OK and the Edit Data information that needs to be changed will appear.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
31
The Information screen displays.

14 Review the system information displayed in this screen.

15 If the information is incorrect, click < Back to navigate to previous selection screens, and modify
settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, click Next >.

The Setup Type > Installing screen displays.

Installation progress completes for this screen, and subsequent installation progress screens open
and self-dismiss.

The installer completes this portion of the installation, and the system automatically restarts.
WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE THE INSTALLATION CD FROM THE CD-ROM DRIVE.

Once the system completely launches and the Windows desktop displays, a subsequent screen
opens for additional installation progress.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
32
An InstallShield Wizard Complete screen
displays.

16 Ensure that the Yes, I want to restart my computer again radio button is selected.

17 Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.

18 Click Finish.

The system restarts.

FUJIFILM applications launch.

19 Proceed following the installation checklist on page 19; subsequent installations are required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
33
Printer
Selecting the Printer installation setup type installs the printer functionality on an FMPC/LPC computer.
Supported printers in this configuration include network and FireWire printers.

Hardware Associated with this Setup Type


This setup type should be selected only when installing on the LPC/FMPC computers associated with the
following printers:

LP 5000 printer LP 7600 printer LP 1500 printer

LP 7000 printer LP 7700 printer LP 2000 printer

LP 7100 printer LP 7900 printer LP 2500 printer

LP 7200 printer DL 400 printer LP 5000 printer

LP 7500 printer DL 410 printer LP 5500 printer

LP 5700 printer

Note: The DL 430, DL 450, and DL 600 printers Note: The printers listed above require FireWire and
are installed via separate printer software. VDEntry tasks completed before MS01 installation.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
34
>>> To install Printer only:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation checklist for this MS01 setup type (page 24).

2 All FireWire drivers must be installed and VDEntry settings must be completed prior to starting this
procedure.

3 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the FMPC’s/LPC’s CD-ROM drive.

4 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start > Run
or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

The software launches, and the Choose Setup


Language screen displays.

5 Select the language that the software should display.

6 Click Next >.

A Preparing Setup screen displays and self-


dismisses.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
35
The Choose Setup Language screen closes,
and the InstallShield Wizard launches, using
the selected language.

7 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Select System Type screen


displays.

8 From the drop-down menu, select Printer.

9 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
36
The Setup Type > Please select type of printer
screen displays.

10 From the drop-down menu, select the printer for


this configuration.

11 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Disc Writer Support screen


displays.

12  If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
 If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

13 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
37
The Setup Type > What type of scanner will
this printer be used with? screen displays.

14 Select the type of scanner that will be connected


to the LPC/FMPC.

15 Click Next >.

The Edit Data > Enter the names of the MS01 & SP systems screen displays.

Note: The Scanner field only displays if you are Note: If you selected None or SP 500 when
installing the SP 1500, 2000, 2500, and 3000 selecting your scanner type, the Edit Data screen
models. does not display a Scanner field.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
38
16 Enter the names ensuring that they do not exceed 15 characters.

17 Click Next >.

The Information screen displays.

Note: If an error dialog opens, then a component


name has been incorrectly typed into an Edit
Data screen, or the ICIII isn’t accessible via the
network.
Click OK and the Edit Data information that
needs to be changed will appear.

18 Review the system information displayed in this screen.

19 If the information is incorrect, click < Back to navigate to previous selection screens, and modify
settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, ensure that the printer is in StandBy mode and click Next >.

The Setup Type > Installing screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
39
20 If you selected None during scanner model selections, an InstallShield Wizard Complete screen displays.
Ensure that the Yes radio button is selected.
Click Finish.
The system restarts. FUJIFILM applications launch.
Proceed following the installation workflow referenced on page 25; subsequent installations are required.

If you are installing an LP 1500/2000/2500 series If you are installing an LP If you are installing an
printer… 7x00 , LP 5000 or DL 4x0
series printer…

The InstallShield Wizard > Frontier An The status halts and t


Workflow Management Software – InstallShield InstallShield Wizard
InstallShield Wizard dialog box Wizard Data dialog box open
opens informing you that the printer Complete
update will run. screen
displays.

Click OK. Select the No radio button. Insert the Printer Dat
drive.

The Please Wait message Click Finish. Click OK.


displays and self-dismisses.

The status halts and the Insert the printer software The printer reads the
InstallShield Wizard > disk into the CD-ROM drive.
Printer Data dialog box
opens.

Insert the Printer Data diskette into the printer’s floppy Install the printer software Once the data load ha
drive. and register the printer. the InstallShield Wiz
Data load finished di
opens.

Click OK. Restart the computer. Remove the floppy dis


OK.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
40
The printer reads the floppy FUJIFILM applications The InstallShield Wiz
data. launch. Frontier Workflow M
Software – InstallSh
dialog box opens infor
the printer update will

Once the data load has Proceed following the Click OK.
finished, the InstallShield installation workflow
Wizard > Printer Data load referenced on page 24;
finished dialog box opens. subsequent installations are
required.

Remove the floppy diskette from the floppy drive and The Please Wait mes
click OK. and self-dismisses.

MS01 installation progress continues. MS01 installation prog

Finally, an InstallShield Finally, an InstallShie


Wizard Complete screen Wizard Complete scr
displays. displays.

Ensure that the Yes radio button is selected. Ensure that the Yes ra

If you are installing an LP 1500, LP 2000, or LP 2500 Remove the CD from


printer, you must turn the printer power off and then
Click Finish.
back on using the breaker.

Wait until the Standby or Warming up message The system restarts.


appears on the printer operation panel before moving
FUJIFILM applications
to the next step.

Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive. Proceed following the


page 24; subsequent

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
41
Click Finish.

FUJIFILM applications launch.

A printer message may display.

Wait for the printer message to self-dismiss.


Note: When the message “Printer memory has been
updated” appears, click OK to close the message.
Important: Do not turn the printer power off during this
process.

FUJIFILM applications launch.

Proceed following the installation checklist referenced


on page 24; subsequent installations are required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
42
Scanner
Selecting the Scanner installation setup type
installs the scanner functionality on the
SPC/MCU.
Supported scanners in this configuration include
FireWire scanners only.

IMPORTANT: Verify available disk space on the SPC/MCU before starting this procedure. This task
is only required for the certain scanner hardware models, including: SP 1500, 2000, or 2500. After
an SP 1500, 2000, or 2500 system’s SPC/MCU has had the operating system installed, perform
tasks to prevent lack-of-space issues (see page 122).

Hardware Associated with this Setup Type


Important: The scanner software must be installed before you start the following procedure.
This setup type should only be chosen when installing on the computers associated with the following
scanners:

SLP-800 (tethered only) SP-2000 scanner

SLP-1000 (tethered only) SP-2500 scanner

SP-1500 scanner SP-3000 scanner

>>> To install scanner only:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation checklist for this MS01 setup type (page 25).

2 Before performing this installation, you must have already completed:


a. If you are installing on a system configured with the SP3000 scanner, the A1 and MS11
software must both be installed before starting this procedure.
b. If you are installing on a system configured with the SP 1500/2000/2500 scanner,
o If you plan on using the FrontMan software for film scanning, the A1 and MS11 software
must both be installed before starting this procedure.
o If you do NOT plan on using the FrontMan software for film scanning, only the A1
software must be installed before starting this procedure.

3 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the SPC’s/MCU’s CD-ROM drive.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
43
4 Post-op the system.

5 Power on the scanner while holding down the <Ctrl> keyboard key (to prevent the scanner software
from launching).

6 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start >
Run or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

The software launches, and the Choose Setup


Language screen displays.

7 Select the language that the software should display.

8 Click Next >.

A Preparing Setup screen displays and self-


dismisses.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
44
The Choose Setup Language screen closes,
and the InstallShield Wizard launches, using
the selected language.

9 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Select System Type screen


displays.

10 Select Scanner.

11 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
45
The Setup Status > Select Scanner Type
screen displays.

12 Select the scanner type in your configuration.

13 Click Next >.

The Setup Status > Select FrontMan or No


FrontMan screen displays.

14 Select the appropriate option for this lab’s configuration.


o Selecting YES will ensure that FrontMan is the software used for film scanning.
o Selecting NO will ensure that the A1 and MS11 software are used when film scanning.

15 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
46
The Edit Data > Enter the name of the
MS01 system screen displays.

16 Enter the name of the ICIII.


Note: Ensure that names do not exceed 15 characters.

17 Click Next >.

18 If this is a tethered system, a screen opens asking if you want to load the printer size table.
o Select Yes if you want to load the print size table for the default products loaded by the
software. Doing this will overwrite any changes made to the print size table since the last
installation. This is the recommended choice.
o Select No if you want to manually enter all print sizes that you will want the scanner and
printer to process.
Click Next >.

A screen displays asking you whether or not


you want to user the FrontMan software for film
scanning.

19 Select Yes if you want to use the FrontMan software interface when film scanning.
Select No if you want to use the A1/S1 software interface when film scanning.

20 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
47
The Information screen displays.
Note: You ICIII System Name may differ from
the example displayed here.
Note: If an error dialog opens, then a
component name has been incorrectly typed
into an Edit Data screen, or the ICIII is
inaccessible via the network.
Click OK and the Edit Data information that
needs to be changed will appear.

21 Review the system information displayed in this screen.

22 If the information is incorrect, click < Back to navigate to previous selection screens, and modify
settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, click Next >.

The Setup Type > Installing screen displays.

An InstallShield Wizard Complete screen


displays.

23 Ensure that the Yes, I want to restart my computer again. radio button is selected.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
48
24 Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.

25 Click Finish.

The system restarts.

FUJIFILM applications launch.

26 Proceed following the installation workflow checklist on page 25; subsequent installations are
required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
49
MS01 with Printer Support
Selecting the MS01 with Printer Support installation setup type installs the MS01 and printer
functionality on the ICIII server.
Supported printers in this configuration include network and USB printers. Supported scanners in this
configuration include FireWire scanners only.

Hardware Associated with this Setup Type


This setup type should be selected only when installing on ICIII computers serving as the LPC/FMPC for
the following printers:

LP 5000 printer LP 7700 printer


LP 7000 printer LP 7900 printer
LP 7100 printer ASK
LP 7200 printer DL 400 printer
LP 7500 printer DL 410 printer
LP 7600 printer Note: The DL 430, DL 450, and DL 600 printers are
installed via separate printer software.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
50
>>> To install MS01 with Printer Support:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation checklist for this MS01 setup type (page 20).

2 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the ICIII’s CD-ROM drive.

3 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start > Run
or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

The software launches, and the Choose Setup


Language screen displays.

4 Select the language that the software should display.

5 Click Next >.

A Preparing Setup screen displays and self-


dismisses.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
51
The Choose Setup Language screen closes,
and the InstallShield Wizard launches, using
the selected language.

6 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Select System Type screen


displays.

7 Select MS01 with Printer Support.

8 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
52
The Setup Type > Additional Security screen
displays.

o If you want to lock down the system to prevent the end user from accessing the operating
system while running the Fuji software (operator mode), select the Add additional security
to this system check box.
2
o If Add additional security to this system is not selected, the system runs in Support
mode.

9 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Disc Writer Support screen


displays.

10  If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
 If the system will be using a Rimage CD duplication device, select the Rimage option.
 If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

11 Click Next >.

2
The system can be run in two modes: Support or Operator. Support mode allows full-access to the
operating system; Operator mode does not.
MS01 Installation Guide
© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
53
The Setup Type > Please select type of
printer screen displays.

12 From the drop-down menu, select the printer for


this configuration.
Note: Select None if you will be installed a
printer that is installed via separate printer
software (such as the DL 430, DL 450, and DL
600).

13 Click Next >.

Note: If you selected ASK in the previous


screen, a subsequent screen displays the
possible ASK models and configurations.
Select the option applicable to your ASK
configuration, and click Next.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
54
The Setup Type > What type of scanner will
this printer be used with? screen displays.

14 Select the type of scanner that will be connected to the MS01 Server.

15 Click Next >.

If you selected None, this screen will not If you selected a scanner model number in the
appear. Proceed to the next step. previous step, the Edit Data screen displays.

If necessary, edit the Scanner server name. Note:


Ensure that names do not exceed 15 characters.

Click Next >.

The Information screen displays.


Note: If an error dialog opens, then a component name has been incorrectly typed into an Edit Data
screen. Click OK and the Edit Data information that needs to be changed will appear.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
55
16 Review the system information displayed in the
body of the screen.

17 If the information is incorrect, click < Back to navigate to previous selection screens, and modify
settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, click Next >.

The Setup Type > Installing screen displays.

Once progress completes, several small installation screens open and self-dismiss.

The system automatically restarts, and the InstallShield wizard continues with installation.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
56
An InstallShield Wizard Complete screen
displays.

18 Remove the MS01 Installation CD from the CD-ROM drive.

If you are installing an LP 5000 or ASK series If you are installing an LP 7x000 / DL 4x0 series
printer… printer…

Ensure that the Yes radio button is selected. Select the No radio button.

Click Finish. Click Finish. The InstallShield Wizard closes.

The system restarts, and the Windows desktop Insert the printer software disk into the CD-ROM
displays. drive.

FUJIFILM applications launch. Install the printer software and register the
printer.

A printer message may Restart the computer.


display. Wait for the printer
message to self-dismiss.

When the message “Printer memory has been


updated” appears, click OK to close the
message.
Important: Do not turn the power-off the printer
during this process.

19 FUJIFILM applications launch.

20 Proceed following the installation workflow referenced on page 20; subsequent installations are
required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
57
MS01 with Scanner Support
Selecting the MS01 with Scanner Support installation
setup type installs the MS01 and scanner functionality
on the ICIII server.
Supported scanners in this configuration include USB
scanners only. Printer support should be added via a
separate computer.

Hardware Associated with this Setup Type


This installation setup type is only applicable with an SP 500 scanner; these scanners use the
MS01 Server as their SPC/MCU computer.

>>> To install MS01 with Scanner Support:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation checklist for this MS01 setup type (page 21).

2 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the ICIII’s CD-ROM drive.

3 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start >
Run or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

The software launches, and the Choose Setup


Language screen displays.

4 Select the language that the software should display.

5 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
58
A Preparing Setup screen displays and self-
dismisses.

The Choose Setup Language screen


closes, and the InstallShield Wizard
launches, using the selected language.

6 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Select System Type


screen displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
59
7 Select MS01 with Scanner Support.

8 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Additional Security screen


displays.

o If you want to lock down the system to prevent the end user from accessing the operating
system while running the Fuji software (operator mode), select the Add additional security
to this system check box.
3
o If Add additional security to this system is not selected, the system runs in Support
mode.

9 Click Next >.

3
The system can be run in two modes: Support or Operator. Support mode allows full-access to the
operating system; Operator mode does not.
MS01 Installation Guide
© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
60
The Setup Type > Disc Writer Support screen
displays.

10  If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
 If the system will be using a Rimage CD duplication device, select the Rimage option.
 If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

11 Click Next >.

The Edit Data > Enter the name of the FMPC


system screen displays.

12 If necessary, edit the Printer server name field:


Note: Ensure that names do not exceed 15 characters.

13 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
61
The Information screen displays.

Note: If an error dialog opens, then a


component name has been incorrectly typed
into an Edit Data screen. Click OK and the Edit
Data information that needs to be changed will
appear.

14 Review the system information displayed in the body of the screen.

15 If the information is incorrect, click < Back to navigate to previous selection screens, and modify
settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, click Next >.

The Setup Type > Installing screen displays.

Once progress in the screen completes, several small installation screens open and self-dismiss.

The system automatically restarts during installation.


WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE THE INSTALLATION CD FROM THE CD-ROM DRIVE.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
62
An InstallShield Wizard Complete screen
displays.

16 Ensure that the Yes, I want to restart my computer again. radio button is selected.

17 Remove the MS01 Installation CD and insert the MS11 for SP500 installation CD into the CD-ROM
drive.

18 Click Finish.

The system restarts.

19 Proceed following the installation checklist referenced on page 21; subsequent installations are
required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
63
MS01 with Printer and Scanner Support
Selecting the MS01 with Printer and Scanner Support
installation setup type installs the MS01, printer, and scanner
functionality on the ICIII server.
Supported printers in this configuration include network and
USB printers. Supported scanners in this configuration include
USB scanners only.

Hardware Associated with this Setup Type


This installation setup type is only applicable with an SP 500 Scanner. SP 500 scanners no longer
have separate computers (SPCs/MCUs); these scanners now use the MS01 ICIII Server as their
SPC/MCU computer.
This setup type should be chosen when installing on the computers associated with the following printers:

LP 5000 printer LP 7700 printer

LP 7000 printer LP 7900 printer

LP 7100 printer ASK

LP 7200 printer DL 400 printer

LP 7500 printer DL 410 printer

LP 7600 printer Note: The DL 430, DL 450, and DL 600 printers are
installed via separate printer software.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
64
>>> To install MS01 with Printer and Scanner Support:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks referenced in
the installation checklist for this MS01 setup type (page 22).

2 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the ICIII’s CD-ROM drive.

3 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start > Run or
Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

The software launches, and the Choose Setup


Language screen displays.

4 Select the language that the software should display.

5 Click Next >.

A Preparing Setup screen displays and self-


dismisses.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
65
The Choose Setup Language screen closes, and the
InstallShield Wizard launches, using the selected
language.

6 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Select System Type screen


displays.

7 Select MS01 with Printer and Scanner Support.

8 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
66
The Setup Type > Additional Security screen
displays.

9 o If you want to lock down the system to prevent the end user from accessing the operating system
while running the Fuji software (operator mode), select the Add additional security to this
system check box.
o If Add additional security to this system is not selected, the system runs in support mode.

10 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Disc Writer Support screen


displays.

11  If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
 If the system will be using a Rimage CD duplication device, select the Rimage option.
 If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

12 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
67
The Setup Type > Please select type of printer
screen displays.

13 From the drop-down menu, select the printer for this


configuration.
Note: Select None if you will be installed a printer that
is installed via separate printer software (such as the
DL 430, DL 450, and DL 600).

14 Click Next >.

The Information screen displays.

Note: If an error dialog opens, then a component name


has been incorrectly typed into an Edit Data screen.
Click OK and the Edit Data information that needs to
be changed will appear.

15 Review the system information displayed in the body of the screen.

16 If the information is incorrect, click < Back and modify settings, as appropriate. If the information is correct,
click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
68
The Setup Status > Installing screen displays.

Once progress in the screen completes, several small installation screens open and self-dismiss.

The system restarts.


WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE THE INSTALLATION CD FROM THE CD-ROM DRIVE.
The InstallShield wizard continues with installation.

An InstallShield Wizard Complete screen displays.

17 Reference the following instructions based on your hardware configuration.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
69
LP 7x00 / DL 4x0 + SP 500 Scanners ASK / LP 5000 + SP 500 Scanners

a If you are installing a LP 7x00 / DL 4x0- a If you are installing an ASK or LP 5000
series printer with an SP 500 model model printer with an SP 500 model
scanner, an InstallShield Wizard scanner, an InstallShield Wizard
Complete screen displays. Complete screen displays.

b Select the No radio button (so the b Select the No radio button (so the system
system does NOT restart). does NOT restart).

c Click Finish. The MS01 installer closes. c Click Finish. The MS01 installer closes.

d Insert the printer’s SDK installation CD d Insert the MS11 for SP 500 installation
and run the installer. CD and run the installer.

e Perform all instructions noted during the e Perform all instructions noted during the
printer installation. scanner installation.

f Insert the MS11 for SP 500 installation f Once the scanner installation is complete,
CD and run the installer. restart the system.

g Perform all instructions noted during the


scanner installation.

h Once the installation is complete, restart


the system.

18 Proceed following the installation checklist referenced on page 22; subsequent installations are required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
70
MS01 Workstation
Selecting the MS01 Workstation installation setup type enables
you to add additional MS01 workstation computers to the
system.
A scanner is not connectable to a workstation.

>>> To install MS01 Workstation:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation checklist for this MS01 setup type (page 26).

2 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the ICIII workstation’s CD-ROM drive.

3 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start >
Run or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

The software launches, and the Choose Setup


Language screen displays.

4 Select the language that the software should display.

5 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
71
A Preparing Setup screen displays and self-
dismisses.

The Choose Setup Language screen closes,


and the InstallShield Wizard launches, using
the selected language.

6 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Select System Type screen


displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
72
7 Select MS01 Workstation.

8 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Additional Security screen


displays.

9 o If you want to lock down the system to prevent the end user from accessing the operating
system while running the Fuji software (operator mode), select the Add additional security
to this system check box.
o If Add additional security to this system is not selected, the system runs in support
mode.

10 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
73
The Setup Type > Disc Writer Support screen
displays.

11  If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
 If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

12 Click Next >.

The Edit Data > Enter the name of the


MS01 system screen displays.

The Information screen displays.

Note: If an error dialog opens, then a


component name has been incorrectly typed
into an Edit Data screen. Click OK and the
Edit Data information that needs to be
changed will appear.

13 Review the system information displayed in the body of the screen.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
74
14 If the information is incorrect, click < Back and modify settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, click Next >.

The Setup Type > Installing screen displays.

Once progress in the screen completes, several small installation screens open and self-dismiss.

The system restarts.

WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE THE INSTALLATION CD FROM THE CD-ROM DRIVE, the
InstallShield wizard continues with installation.

An InstallShield Wizard Complete screen


displays.

15 Ensure that the Yes, I want to restart my computer again. radio button is selected.

16 Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.

17 Click Finish.

The system restarts.

FUJIFILM applications launch.

18 Proceed following the installation checklist referenced on page 26; subsequent installations are
required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
75
MS01 Workstation with Printer Support
Selecting the MS01 Workstation with Printer Support
installation setup type installs an additional MS01 workstation
computer with added printer support (additional printer).
Supported printers in this configuration include network and
USB printers.

Hardware Associated with this Setup Type


This setup type should be chosen when installing on the computers associated with the following:

LP 5000 printer LP 7700 printer

LP 7000 printer LP 7900 printer

LP 7100 printer ASK

LP 7200 printer DL 400 printer

LP 7500 printer DL 410 printer

LP 7600 printer Note: The DL 430, DL 450, and DL 600 printers are
installed via separate printer software.

>>> To install MS01 Workstation with Printer Support:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation checklist for this MS01 setup type (page 27).

2 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the ICIII workstation’s CD-ROM drive.

3 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start >
Run or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
76
The software launches, and the Choose Setup
Language screen displays.

4 Select the language that the software should display.

5 Click Next >.

A Preparing Setup screen displays and self-


dismisses.

The Choose Setup Language screen closes,


and the InstallShield Wizard launches, using
the selected language.

6 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
77
The Setup Type > Select System Type screen
displays.

7 Select MS01 Workstation with Printer


Support.

8 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Additional Security screen


displays.

9 o If you want to lock down the system to prevent the end user from accessing the operating
system while running the Fuji software (operator mode), select the Add additional security
to this system check box.
o If Add additional security to this system is not selected, the system runs in support mode.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
78
10 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Disc Writer Support screen


displays.

11  If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
 If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

12 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Please select type of


printer screen displays.

13 From the drop-down menu, select the printer for


this configuration.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
79
14 Click Next >.

The Edit Data > Enter the name of the


MS01 system screen displays.

15 Edit the ICIII server name.

16 Click Next >.

The Information screen displays.

Note: If an error dialog opens, then a


component name has been incorrectly typed
into an Edit Data screen. Click OK and the Edit
Data information that needs to be changed will
appear.

17 Review the system information displayed in the body of the screen.

18 If the information is incorrect, click < Back and modify settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
80
The Setup Type > Installing screen displays.

Once progress in the screen completes, several small installation screens open and self-dismiss.

The system restarts.


WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE THE INSTALLATION CD FROM THE CD-ROM DRIVE.
The InstallShield wizard continues with installation.

An InstallShield Wizard Complete screen


displays.

Remove the MS01 Installation CD and insert the printer software installation CD into the CD-ROM
drive.

19 If you are installing an LP 5000 or an If you are installing an LP 7x00 / DL 4x0 series printer…
ASK series printer…

Ensure that the Yes radio button is Select the No radio button.
selected.

Click Finish. Click Finish.

The system automatically restarts, and Insert the printer software disk into the CD-ROM drive.
the Windows desktop displays.

FUJIFILM applications launch. Install the printer software and register the printer.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
81
A printer Restart the computer.
message
may display.

Wait for the printer message to self- FUJIFILM applications launch.


dismiss.
Note: When the message “Printer
memory has been updated” appears,
click OK to close the message.
Important: Do not turn the printer power
off during this process.

20 Proceed following the installation checklist referenced on page 27; subsequent installations are
required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
82
MS01 Server with Tethered Printer
This is a legacy configuration where the printer and
scanner are connected to each other via FireWire.
The scanner is connected to the ICIII via network
connection.

Hardware Associated with this Setup Type


This setup type should be chosen when installing on the computer associated with the following:

SLP 800 scanner/printer LP 2500 printer

SLP 1000 scanner/printer LP 5500 printer

LP 1500 printer LP 5700 printer

LP 2000 printer LP 5900 printer

>>> To install MS01 with Tethered Printer:

1 Before beginning this installation, you must complete all pre-MS01 installation tasks
referenced in the installation checklist for this MS01 setup type (page 23).

2 Insert the MS01 Installation CD into the ICIII server’s CD-ROM drive.

3 If the CD does not auto-run the installer, navigate to the CD-ROM drive via the Windows Start >
Run or Explorer feature, and double-click the setup.exe file in the EZ171 directory.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
83
The software launches, and the Choose
Setup Language screen displays.

4 Select the language that the software should display.

5 Click Next >.

A Preparing Setup screen displays and self-


dismisses.

The Choose Setup Language screen closes,


and the InstallShield Wizard launches, using
the selected language.

6 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
84
The Setup Type > Select System Type
screen displays.

7 Select MS01 Server with Tethered Printer.

8 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Additional Security


screen displays.

o If you want to lock down the system to prevent the end user from accessing the operating
system while running the Fuji software (operator mode), select the Add additional
security to this system check box.
o If Add additional security to this system is not selected, the system runs in support
mode.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
85
9 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Disc Writer Support


screen displays.

10  If the system will be using a CD writer, select the Local Disc Writer option.
 If the system will be using a Rimage CD duplication device, select the Rimage option.
 If the system will not be writing CDs, select the None option.

11 Click Next >.

The Setup Type > Please select type of


tethered printer screen displays.

12 From the drop-down menu, select the printer for this configuration.

13 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
86
14 If you selected an SLP model, proceed below. If you selected an LP model, the Setup Type >
select scanner screen displays.

Select the appropriate scanner model.

Click Next >.

An Edit Data screen displays.

15 Enter the scanner’s name in the Scanner field.

16 Click Next >.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
87
The Information screen displays.

Note: If an error dialog opens, then a


component name has been incorrectly typed
into an Edit Data screen. Click OK and the
Edit Data information that needs to be
changed will appear.

17 Review the system information displayed in the body of the screen.

18 If the information is incorrect, click < Back and modify settings, as appropriate.

If the information is correct, click Next >.

The Setup Type > Installing screen displays.

An InstallShield Wizard Complete screen


displays.

19 Ensure that the Yes, I want to restart my computer again. radio button is selected.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
88
20 Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.

21 Click Finish.

The system restarts, and the Windows desktop displays.

22 Proceed following the installation checklist referenced on page 23; subsequent installations are
required.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
89
Cancelling Installation
You can cancel the installation via the Cancel button on the Installation Wizard up until the point the installer
begins to copy files onto the system.

1 After invoking cancellation, an Exit Setup dialog box


opens.

2 Click Yes.

If cancellation was invoked from the Choose If cancellation was selected from the Welcome screen
Setup Language screen, the Preparing Setup or any other screen before the auto-restart that occurs
screen, or after the auto-restart that occurs during installation, an InstallShield Wizard Complete
during the installation process, the installer screen displays informing you that the software has
simply closes. not been installed.

Click Finish.

The InstallShield Wizard closes, and installation is


cancelled.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
90
Appendix A: Additional MS01 Tasks

VDEntry & 1394 Firewire Setup


This task is only required for the certain hardware devices, including: LP 1500, 2000, 2500, 5500, 5700,
5900 printers and the SP 1500, 2000, 2500, and 3000 scanners.

Preparation of FireWire Cards and Drivers


If you are installing only a FireWire film scanner to the MS01 Server or Printer Server 4, perform
the following:
If there is a FireWire card in the ICIII, write down which port the scanner FireWire cable is connected
to, then disconnect the cable.
If there is no FireWire card installed in the ICIII, refer to page 93.
• Install FireWire drivers on the ICIII Server:
o Windows XP – Refer to page 96.
o Windows 7 – Refer to page 106.
• If using an SP 3000 film scanner:
o Windows XP – Refer to page 102.
o Windows 7 – Refer to page 113.
• If using an SP 1500, SP 2000 or SP 2500 film scanner, refer to page Error! Bookmark not
defined..
• For:
o Windows XP: Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP 1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanners,
refer to page 105.
o Windows 7: Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP 1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanner,
refer to page 113.

If you are installing only a FireWire scanner and printer connected to the printer server 5,
perform the following:
If there are FireWire cards in the Printer Server, write down which port the scanner FireWire cable is
connected to, write down which port the printer FireWire cable is connected to, then disconnect both
cables.
If there are no FireWire cards installed in the Printer Server, refer to page 93.
• Install FireWire drivers on the Printer Server. Refer to page 96.
• If using an SP 3000 film scanner:

4
If you are installing an MS01+Printer system with an SP1500, SP2000, SP2500 or SP3000 film scanner,
there must be a single FireWire card in the ICIII server.
5
If you are installing a Frontier Manager system with an ICIII Server, Printer Server (also known as LPC
or FMPC), SP1500, SP2000, SP2500 or SP3000 film scanner and LP1500, LP2000, LP2500, LP5500,
LP5700 or LP5900 printer, there must be two separate FireWire cards in the Printer Server. One
FireWire card connects to the film scanner, and the other one connects to the printer.
MS01 Installation Guide
© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
91
o Windows XP – Refer to page 102.
o Windows 7 – Refer to page 113.
• If using an SP 1500, SP 2000 or SP 2500 film scanner, refer to page 104.
• If using an LP5500, LP5700 or LP5900 printer, refer to LP5500, LP5700 or LP5900 Printer on:
o Windows XP – Refer to page 98.
o Windows 7 – Refer to page
• If using an LP1500, LP2000 or LP2500 printer, refer to LP1500, LP2000 or LP2500 Printer on
page 99.
• For:
o Windows XP: Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP 1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanners,
refer to page 105.
o Windows 7: Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP 1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanner,
refer to page 113.

If you are installing a FireWire scanner connected to the printer server 6, perform the following:
• If there is a FireWire card in the Printer Server, write down which port the scanner FireWire cable
is connected to, then disconnect the cable.
• If there is no FireWire card installed in the Printer Server, refer to Installing One FireWire Card in
the Printer Server. Refer to page 93.
• Install FireWire drivers on the Printer Server. Refer to page 96.
• If using an SP 3000 film scanner: refer to Setting Up Drivers for an SP 3000 Film Scanner. Refer
to page 102.
o Windows XP – Refer to page 102.
o Windows 7 – Refer to page 111.
• If using an SP 1500, SP 2000 or SP 2500 film scanner. Refer to page 104.
• For
o Windows XP: Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP 1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanners,
refer to page 105.
o Windows 7: Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP 1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanner,
refer to page 113.

If you are installing a FireWire printer connected to the printer server 7, perform the following:
• If there is a FireWire card in the Printer Server, write down which port the scanner FireWire cable
is connected to, then disconnect the cable.

6
If you are installing a Frontier Manager system with an ICIII Server, Printer Server (also known as LPC
or FMPC) and SP1500, SP2000, SP2500 or SP3000 film scanner and ARE NOT USING an LP1500,
LP2000, LP2500, LP5500, LP5700 or LP5900 printer, there must be a single FireWire card in the Printer
Server.
7
If you are installing a Printer system with an LP1500, LP2000, LP2500, LP5500, LP5700 or LP5900, and
either no film scanner will be installed or an SP500 film scanner will be connected to the ICIII, there must
be a single FireWire card in the Printer server.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
92
• If there is no FireWire card installed in the Printer Server, refer to Installing One FireWire Card in
the Printer Server. Refer to page 93.
• Install FireWire drivers on the Printer Server. Refer to page 96.
• If using an LP5500, LP5700 or LP5900 printer on:
o Windows XP – Refer to page 99.
o Windows 7 – Refer to page 108.
• If using an LP1500, LP2000 or LP2500 printer, refer to page Error! Bookmark not defined..

FireWire Card Installation


Installing a Single FireWire Card in the MS01 Server or Printer Server
Please make sure that you follow these procedures exactly.

>>> To install a FireWire card:

1 Remove any media from the computer’s drives (i.e., disks, CDs, and tapes).

2 Turn off all attached devices.

3 Turn off the computer.

4 Unplug all power cords from the electrical outlets.

5 Disconnect all cables attached to the computer.

6 Locate the service manual for the ICIII computer.

7 Follow the instructions in the service manual to open the computer’s case.

8 Locate a single open PCI slot in the computer.

9 Follow the instructions in the service manual to install the FireWire card in the open PCI slot.

10 Write down that the adapter is FireWire Card #1. It will be used for the Scanner (SP).

11 Follow the instructions in the service manual to close the computer’s case.

12 Proceed to “Installing the FireWire Drivers on the ICIII or Printer Server”.

Installing Two FireWire Cards in the Printer Server


Please make sure that you follow these procedures exactly.

>>> To install two FireWire cards:

1 Remove any media from the computer’s drives (i.e., disks, CDs, and tapes).

2 Turn off all attached devices.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
93
3 Turn off the computer.

4 Unplug all power cords from the electrical outlets.

5 Disconnect all cables attached to the computer, including power cords, input/output (I/O) cables,
and any other connected cables.

6 Locate the service manual for the Printer server computer.

7 Follow the instructions in the service manual to open the computer’s case.

8 Locate two open PCI slots in the computer.

9 Determine whether the PCI slots are located on


a riser card.
See the following image for an example of PCI
slots on a riser card.

If the PCI slots are on a riser card,


refer to the following diagram to
identify the FireWire cards.

FireWire card #1 will be at the top of


the riser card.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
94
If the PCI slots are not on a riser card, they are directly on the computer’s motherboard.
Refer to one of the following diagrams to identify the FireWire cards.

FireWire card #1 will be closest to the CPU, memory and other motherboard components.
FireWire card #2 will be closest to the bottom edge of the motherboard.

If there are more than two PCI slots, the above guidelines still apply.

Regardless of where the FireWire cards are installed, the cards will always be identified as cards #1 and
#2.
10 Follow the instructions in the service manual to install FireWire cards in two open PCI slots.

11 Write down which adapter is FireWire Card #1. It will be used for the Scanner (SP).

12 Write down which adapter is FireWire Card #2. It will be used for the Printer (LP).

13 Follow the instructions in the service manual to close the computer’s case.

14 Proceed to
FireWire – Driver Installation below.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
95
FireWire – Driver Installation and Network Configurations
For instructions on installing the FireWire Drivers and performing network configuration tasks on the ICIII
or Printer Server for:
 Windows XP Systems – See the instructions starting on page 97.
 Windows 7 Systems – See the instructions starting on page 106.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
96
Windows XP FireWire Driver Installation and Network Configurations
Windows XP: Installing the FireWire Drivers on the ICIII or Printer Server
Important: Always install the FireWire drivers on the computer that has the FireWire cards installed.

1 After Windows launches, insert the MS Installation CD into the server’s CD-ROM drive.

2 Select Start > Run.

The Run dialog box opens.

3 Click Browse.

The Browse dialog box opens.

4 Navigate to the server’s CD drive (X represents the CD drive letter) and open directories to the
following path: X:\ EZ171\FMPC XP Drivers\EZ171\

5 Select the setup.exe file, and click Open.

The filename and path are populated in the Open field of the Run dialog box.

6 Click OK.

The Run dialog box closes, and the


Device Drivers Disk [D-01] dialog box
opens.

7 Click OK.

The Device Drivers Disk [D-02] dialog


box opens.

8 Click OK.

9 Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.

The system reboots.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
97
Windows XP: Setting Up FireWire Drivers for LP 5500, LP 5700 or LP 5900 Printer Client Device

1 Ensure that the printer is turned off.

2 Connect the printer’s FireWire cable to the Printer Server’s FireWire Card #2.

3 Turn the printer switch to ON. Wait for the LCD screen to display Frontier…

4 Move the printer switch to STANDBY.

5 Wait until the LCD displays STAND BY.

A Welcome to the Found New


Hardware Wizard screen displays on the
Printer Server.

6 Select Install the software automatically (Recommended).

7 Click Next.

The Completing the Found New


Hardware Wizard screen displays.

8 Click Finish.

The wizard closes.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
98
Windows XP: Setting the LP 5500, LP 5700 or LP 5900 FireWire Interface IP Address

1 On the Printer Server, select Start > Settings > Network Connections.

The Network Connections window opens.

2 Disconnect the printer’s FireWire cable from the back of the Printer Server. Note which port it is
connected to.

3 Notice that one of the 1394 Connections has


changed to status Network Cable
Unplugged. (This is the printer’s FireWire
connection.)

4 Right-click the 1394 Connection that is still listed as connected. (This is the scanner’s FireWire
connection.)

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
99
A context menu opens.
(The scanner does not use the networking
capabilities of FireWire, and must be
disabled to allow the scanner to connect.)

5 Select Disable.
Note: Disabling the connection takes a few seconds. The screen may need to be manually refreshed to
reflect the disabled connection.

6 Right-click the “unplugged” connection that is listed.

A context menu opens.

7 Select Properties.

The 1394 Connection Properties dialog box opens.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
100
8 In the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties section,
select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP).

9 Click the Properties button.

The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box


opens.

10 Select Use the following IP address and enter the following:


IP address: 192.168.0.10
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0

11 Click OK.

The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box closes, and the 1394 Connection 2 Properties
dialog box returns to focus.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
101
12 Click Close.

The Properties dialog box closes.

13 Re-connect the printer’s FireWire cable to the port it was unplugged from.

14 Click to close the window.

Windows XP: Setting Up FireWire Drivers for an SP 3000 Film Scanner


Make sure that you follow these procedures exactly.

1 Ensure that the SP 3000 film scanner is turned off.

2 Complete the scanner installation process.

3 Important: This procedure must be completed before running the vdentry application.
Examine the computer and determine if there is a built-in FireWire interface. If there is a built-in
FireWire interface, one or more FireWire ports will appear on the exterior of the computer’s case.
• The ports may be labeled 1394, IEEE 1394, iLink or FireWire.
• The ports may be labeled with the FireWire symbol:

See the images below for examples of built-in FireWire ports.

4 If there is not a built-in FireWire interface, the newly added film scanner FireWire board has a
BusID of 0.
If there is a built-in FireWire interface, the newly added film scanner FireWire board has a BusID of
1.

Next, run the vdentry application to install virtual device drivers . . .

5 From Windows, select Start > Run.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
102
The Run dialog box opens.

6 Type VDEntry in the Open field.

7 Click OK.

The VirtualDriverEntry dialog box opens.

8 Set the IEEE1394 BusID to 0.

9 Click Regist.

Note: If no error messages appear, the vdentry registration was successful.

The Welcome to the Found New Hardware


Wizard screen displays.

10 Select Install the software automatically (Recommended).

11 Click Next.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
103
The Completing the Found New
Hardware Wizard screen displays.

12 Click Finish.

The wizard closes.

13 Continue installation on the next page with the Windows XP: Disabling FireWire Networking for
the SP 1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanners section.

Windows XP: Setting Up FireWire Drivers for an SP 1500, SP 2000 or SP 2500 Film Scanner
Make sure that you follow these procedures exactly.

1 Ensure that the SP1500, SP2000 or SP2500 film scanner is turned off.

2 Complete the scanner installation process.

3 Turn on the SP1500, SP2000 or SP2500 film scanner and wait for it to boot.

4 Switch to the computer where the scanner’s


FireWire cable is connected (Printer Server or ICIII
Server).
The Welcome to the Found New Hardware
Wizard screen displays.

5 Select Install the software automatically (Recommended).

6 Click Next.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
104
The Completing the Found New Hardware
Wizard screen displays.

7 Click Finish.

The wizard closes.

8 Continue installation on the next page with the Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP
1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanners below.

Windows XP: Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP 1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanners


Note: Only perform these steps on systems without LP 5500/5700/5900 printers; follow the steps on page
99 for these systems.

1 On the Printer Server, select Start > Settings > Network Connections.

The Network Connections window opens.

2 Right-click the first 1394 Connection that is listed.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
105
A context menu opens.

3 Select Disable.
Note: Disabling the connection takes a few seconds. The screen may need to be manually refreshed to
reflect the disabled connection.

4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 above for each 1394 connection in your system.

Windows 7 FireWire Driver Installation and Network Configurations


Windows 7: Installing the FireWire Drivers on the ICIII or Printer Server

Important: Always install the FireWire drivers on the computer that has the FireWire cards installed.

1 Turn on the computer.

2 After Windows launches, insert the MS Installation CD into the server’s CD-ROM drive.

3 Press the [Windows] + [R] keys.

The Run dialog box opens.

4 Click the Browse… button.

The Browse dialog box opens.

5 Navigate to the server’s CD drive (X represents the CD drive letter) and open directories to the

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
106
following path:
 Using an SP 2000 film scanner: X:\ EZ171\FMPC W7 Drivers\Install\EZ171\
 Using an SP 3000 film scanner: X:\ EZ171\FMPC\EZ171\SP3000Install\EZ171\

6 Select the setup.exe file and click the Open button.

The Run dialog box returns to focus. The Open field is populated with the path to the setup.exe
file.

7 Click OK.

The Run dialog box closes and the


Device Drivers Disk[D- 01] dialog box
opens.

8 Click OK.

A Windows Security dialog box opens.

9 Click Install this driver software anyway.

The Device Drivers Disk[D- 02] dialog


box opens.

10 Click OK.

11 Remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
107
The system reboots.

12 Turn the printer switch to the ON position.

Windows 7: Setting the LP 5500, LP 5700 or LP 5900 FireWire Interface IP Address

1 On the Printer Server, select Start >


Control Panel.

The Windows Control Panel displays.

2 Select Network and Internet > View network status and tasks.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
108
The Network and Sharing Center
window opens.

3 Click Change adapter settings.

The Network Connections window


opens.
Note: This is only an example (right), the
proper configuration is:

 LocalAreaConnection2: Scanner
 LocalAreaConnection3: Printer

4 Right-click the Local Area Connection x IP Over 1394 #2 connection that is still listed as
connected (this is the scanner’s FireWire connection).

A context menu opens.

Note: The scanner does not use the networking capabilities of FireWire and must be disabled to
allow the scanner to connect.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
109
5 Select Disable.

6 Right-click the Local Area Connection x IP Over 1394 connection that is still listed as connected.

A context menu opens.

7 Select Properties.

The Local Area Connection x


Properties dialog box opens.

8 From the This connection uses the following items list, select Internet Protocol Version 4
(TCP/IPv4).

9 Click the Properties button.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
110
The Internet Protocol Version 4
(TCP/IPv4) Properties dialog box
opens.

10 Select the Use the following IP address radio button and enter the following information in the
corresponding fields:
 IP address: 192.168.0.10
 Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0

11 Click OK.

The Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties dialog box closes and the Local Area
Connection x Properties dialog box returns to focus.

12 Click OK.

The Local Area Connection x Properties dialog box closes and the Network Connections
window returns to focus.

13 Re-connect the printer’s FireWire cable to the port from which it was previously disconnected.

14 Click the button to close the Network Connections window.

Windows 7: Setting Up FireWire Drivers for an SP 3000 Film Scanner


Make sure that you follow these procedures exactly.

1 Ensure that the SP 3000 film scanner is turned off.

2 Complete the scanner installation process.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
111
3 Important: This procedure must be completed before running the vdentry application.
Examine the computer and determine if there is a built-in FireWire interface. If there is a built-in
FireWire interface, one or more FireWire ports will appear on the exterior of the computer’s case.
• The ports may be labeled 1394, IEEE 1394, iLink or FireWire.
• The ports may be labeled with the FireWire symbol:

See the images below for examples of built-in FireWire ports.

4 If there is not a built-in FireWire interface, the newly added film scanner FireWire board has a BusID
of 0.
If there is a built-in FireWire interface, the newly added film scanner FireWire board has a BusID of
1.

Next, run the vdentry application to install virtual device drivers . . .

5 From Windows, select Start > Search


programs and files field and type
VDEntry.

6 Press the <Enter> key.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
112
The VirtualDriverEntry dialog box
opens.

7 Set the IEEE1394 BusID to 0.

8 Ensure the UnRegist check-box is not selected.

9 Click Regist.
Note: If no error messages display, the VDEntry registration was successful.

10 Click Close.

Windows 7: Disabling FireWire Networking for the SP 1500/2000/2500/3000 Scanner


Note: Only perform these steps on systems without LP 5500/5700/5900 printers.

1 On the Printer Server, select Start >


Control Panel.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
113
The Windows Control Panel displays.

2 Select Network and Internet > View


network status and tasks.

The Network and Sharing Center


window opens.

3 Click Change adapter settings.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
114
The Network Connections window
opens.

4 Right-click the Local Area Connection x IP Over 1394 #2 connection that is still listed as connected
(this is the scanner’s FireWire connection).

A context menu opens.

Note: The scanner does not use the networking capabilities of FireWire and must be disabled to
allow the scanner to connect.

5 Select Disable.

Note: Disabling the connection takes a few seconds. The screen may need to be manually refreshed
to reflect the disabled connection.

6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for each 1394 connection in your system.

7 Click the button to close the Network Connections window.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
115
Adjusting the System’s Date and Time Properties
Verify the date and time on each PC in your system before software installation:
For PCs running Windows XP: See the instructions starting on this page.
For PCs running Windows 7: See the instructions starting on page .

Windows XP – Date and Time Properties


1 In the Windows taskbar’s system tray, double-click the clock icon in the bottom right corner.

The Date and Time Properties


dialog box opens.

2 Click the Time Zone tab if the


displayed time zone is incorrect.

3 Adjust, as necessary.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
116
4 Click Apply to retain changes.

5 Click the Date & Time tab to adjust today’s date on the calendar if the date displayed is incorrect.

6 Use the Time interface to adjust the time.

7 Click Apply to retain changes.

8 Click OK.

Date and time settings are updated, and the dialog box closes.

Windows 7 – Date and Time Properties


1 From the Windows Start Menu, click
Control Panel.

The Windows Control Panel opens.

2 Click Date and Time.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
117
The Date and Time dialog box opens.

3 Ensure the correct Time zone is


displayed.

4 If the Time zone displayed is:


 Correct, move on to step 8.
 Incorrect, continue to the next step.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
118
5 Click the Change time zone… button.

The Time Zone Settings dialog box


opens.

6 Select the appropriate option from the Time zone drop-down menu.
Note: If the region observes Daylight Saving Time, ensure the Automatically adjust clock for
Daylight Saving Time check-box is selected.

7 Click OK.

The Date and Time dialog box returns


to focus.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
119
8 If the information displayed for the
Date and Time is:
 Correct, skip to step 14.
 Incorrect, proceed to the next step.

9 Click the Change date and time…


button.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
120
The Date and Time Settings dialog
box opens.

10 Select the correct Date:


 Select the correct month using the back and forward arrows on the calendar.
 Select the correct day by selecting it on the calendar.

11 Use the spin controls under the clock


to adjust the Time.

12 Click OK.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
121
The Date and Time dialog box returns
to focus, displaying the updated date
and time.

13 Click the Apply button.

14 Click OK.
Date and time settings are updated, and the dialog box closes.

Ensuring Adequate SPC/MCU Disk Space


This task is only required for the certain scanner hardware models, including: SP 1500, 2000, or 2500.
After an SP 1500, 2000, or 2500 system’s SPC/MCU has had the operating system installed, perform the
following tasks to prevent lack-of-space issues.

>>> First, move some directories on the SPC/MCU

1 Open a Windows Explorer window, and browse to the C:\ drive.

2 Select both the I386 directory and the Drvlib directory, and right-click.

A context menu opens.

3 Select Cut.

The directories and their contents are placed on the Windows clipboard.

4 Browse to the D:\ drive.

5 Right-click anywhere in the window.

A context menu opens.

6 Select Paste.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
122
The directories are pasted into the D:\ drive.

7 Close all Windows.

>>> Second, reconfigure the pagefile size on the SPC/MCU

8 On the desktop of SPC/MCU, right-click the My Computer icon.

A context menu opens.

9 Select Properties.

A System Properties dialog box opens.

10 Select the Performance tab.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
123
The Performance tab displays.

11 Click the Change button.

A Virtual Memory dialog box opens.

12 Ensure that the C: drive is selected in the Drive (Volume Label) list box.

13 Make the following changes:


In the Initial Size (MB) field, change the value to 383
In the Maximum Size (MB) field, change the value to 383

14 Click the Set button.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
124
The new settings for the C: drive are saved, and the Drive (Volume Label) list box is updated.

15 Now, select the D: drive in the Drive (Volume Label) list box.

16 Make the following changes:


In the Initial Size (MB) field, change the value to 700
In the Maximum Size (MB) field, change the value to 700

17 Click the Set button.

The new settings for the D: drive are saved, and


the Drive (Volume Label) list box is updated.

18 Click OK.

The Virtual Memory dialog box closes, and focus returns to the System Properties dialog box.

19 Click OK.

The System Properties dialog box closes.

20 Reboot the SPC/MCU.

The SPC/MCU system is now ready to install the scanner (also called A1) and MS01 software.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
125
Installing & Configuring the ASK 2000, 4000, & 4000A
Printers
Once the MS01 software has been installed, the next step is to install the ASK printers.
This is a two-step process:
1. Install the ASK printers and
o Windows XP: run the Windows-standard Found New Hardware wizard. See page 127.
o Windows 7: manually setup printer drivers. See page 130.
2. Configure the printers to properly coordinate with the USB ports that the printers are plugged into
on the ICIII CPU. See page 136.
Based on your system’s configuration, the printers must be installed in the particular order defined in the
table below.

Install First Install Second Install Third Install Fourth

Configurations Printer Size USB# Printer Size USB# Printer Size USB# Printer Size USB#

2-4x6 _1-8x10 ASK- 4x6 2 ASK- 4x6 1 ASK- 8x10 0


2000 2000 4000

2-4x6_1-5x7 ASK- 4x6 2 ASK- 4x6 1 ASK- 5x7 0


2000 2000 2000

2-6x9 _1-8x10 ASK- 6x9 2 ASK- 6x9 1 ASK- 8x10 0


2000 2000 4000

1-4x6_1-6x9_1-8x10 ASK- 6x9 2 ASK- 4x6 1 ASK- 8x10 0


2000 2000 4000

1-4x6_1-5x7_1-8x10 ASK- 5x7 2 ASK- 4x6 1 ASK- 8x10 0


2000 2000 4000

2-3.5x5_1-A4* ASK- 3.5x5 2 ASK- 3.5x5 1 ASK- A4 0


2000 2000 4000A

1-3.5x5_ 1-5x7_1-A4 ASK- 3.5x5 1 ASK- 5x7 2 ASK- A4 0


A4* 2000 2000 4000A

2-4x6_1-5x7_1-8x12 ASK- 5x7 3 ASK- 4x6 2 ASK- 4x6 1 ASK- 8x12 0


2000 2000 2000 4000

2-4x6_1-6x9_1-8x12 ASK- 6x9 3 ASK- 4x6 2 ASK- 4x6 1 ASK- 8x12 0


2000 2000 2000 4000

* Non-US configurations only

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
126
ASK Hardware Installation & Configuration
Windows XP – Install ASK Printer Drivers

1 Ensure that all of the printers are turned off.

2 Plug each printer’s USB cable into the ICIII.

3 Referring to the configuration chart at the beginning of this chapter, turn on the first printer in your
configuration.

A Found New Hardware Wizard opens.

4 Select the Install from a list or specific


location (Advanced) radio button.

5 Click Next.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
127
The Please choose your search and
installation options screen displays.

6 Select the Search for the best driver in


these locations radio button.

7 Select the Include this location in the search check box.

8 In the associated field, type C:\DRIVERS\Copal\Drivers.

9 Click Next.

Hardware installation progress displays.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
128
A Hardware Installation dialog box
displays.

10 Click Continue Anyway.

The Completing the Found New


Hardware Wizard screen displays.

11 Click Finish.

The wizard closes.

12 Once all ASK printer drivers are installed move on to the Configure ASK Printer USB Ports section
on page 136.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
129
Windows 7 – Install ASK Printer Drivers

1 From the Windows Start Menu, click


Control Panel.

The Windows Control Panel opens.

2 Click Hardware and Sound.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
130
The Hardware and Sound window
displays.

3 Under the Devices and Printers


group, click Device Manager.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
131
The Device Manager window opens.

4 Click the arrow corresponding to Other


devices to expand the contents of
options in the list.

5 Right-click the first printer in the Other


Devices list to display a context menu.

6 From the context menu, select Update Driver Software…

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
132
An Update Driver Software – [Printer
Name] dialog box opens.

7 Click Browse my computer for driver software.

The dialog box updates, displaying a


Search for driver software in this
location field.

8 Click the Browse… button.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
133
A Browse For Folder dialog box
opens.

9 Navigate to the Copal Drivers folder.

10 Select the Copal Drivers folder and click OK.

The Update Driver Software –


[Printer Name] dialog box returns to
focus, displaying the path to the Copal
Drivers folder.

11 Click Next.

A Windows Security dialog box


opens.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
134
12 Click Install this driver software anyway.

The Windows Security dialog box


closes and the Update Driver
Software – [Printer Name] dialog box
returns to focus, indicating that the
driver software is being installed.

After a few moments, the dialog box


updates, indicating the driver
installation is complete.

13 Click Close.

The Device Manager window returns


to focus.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
135
14 Repeat steps 5 – 13 until all ASK printer drivers are installed.

15 Once all ASK printer drivers are installed move on to the next section - Configure ASK Printer
USB Ports.

Configure ASK Printer USB Ports

1 From Windows, select Start > Run.

The Windows-standard Run dialog box opens.

2 In the Open field, type C:\FES\ASKTool.exe

3 Click OK.

After a few moments, the ASK Tool


application window opens.

4 In the list box, select the ASK-2000 item


that you just added.
It will have a USB No. of 0.

5 Click the Set USB No. button.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
136
The Set New USB No. dialog box opens.

6 In the Please set new USB field, enter the number that corresponds to the printer in the USB #
configuration chart at the beginning of this chapter.

7 Click OK.

The Set New USB No. dialog box closes, and focus returns to the ASK Tool application window.

The USB No. displayed in the ASK Tool application window for the selected printer updates.

8 Click Exit.

The ASK Tool application window closes.

9 Repeat the above new hardware installation and USB number configuration procedures for
each remaining ASK printer based on the order listed in the table at the beginning of this
chapter.

10 After all ASK printers in your system have been installed and configured, select Start > Shut Down.

The Shut Down Windows dialog box opens.

11 From the drop-down menu, select Restart.

12 Click OK.

The system restarts and is ready to use.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
137
To Back Up (Save) Settings
You can save system configuration settings via MS01’s Backup and Restore tool. The data is saved to the
specified output directory and an XML file. This file is used to restore the data.
Use this backup procedure to move this data to another system or to restore a system.

WARNING: You must perform a new backup anytime the system’s configuration settings have been
changed.

1 In the MS01 Maintenance application,


navigate to 02 System Settings > 0215
Backup and Restore.

The Data Backup and Restore dialog box


opens.

2 Configure the backup information as desired using the options displayed on the Backup tab.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
138
3 Click Save.

A Copying dialog box opens displaying


backup progress.

After copying completes, a Data Backup and Restore dialog box


opens confirming that the backup is complete.

4 Click OK.

The dialog box closes, and focus returns to the main Data Backup and Restore dialog box.

5 Click Close.

The Data Backup and Restore dialog box closes.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
139
Appendix B: Information about MS01

Power for the MS01 System

Non-Connected Systems 8
If the lab does not have a connected system, power off all devices nightly using the established shut down
procedures as defined in the MS01 3.0 Start-up and Shut down Guide.

Important: Do not shut down the ICIII without first post-op’ing printers and scanners configured
with the system. Proper shut down requires post-op of these devices prior to clicking the
exclamation mark button on the MS01 interface.

Connected Systems
Not all hardware components in a FUJIFILM retail lab system should be shut-down nightly. Use the
following guidelines to ensure that your lab system’s components run properly.
9 Power Off Nightly
Never Power Off

ICIII CPU (formerly known as the PIC) FUJIFILM Inkjet printer(s)

Kiosks RIP CPU associated with the inkjet printers

Xerox Phaser Printer Epson Wide Format Printer

Rimage CD Writer/Printers FUJIFILM Film Scanner

Frontier Manager Printer Controller (FMPC/LPC) FUJIFILM Frontier Printer

8
Non-connected systems have no Internet connectivity and no communication to outside networks. A
connected MS01 system is a system that receives data from FUJIFILM’s fullfilment network, sends data
to FUJIFILM’s fullfilment network, and receives orders from various sources (such as retailers’ photo Web
sites). This is all accomplished via Internet connectivity.
9
These devices should only be powered off for necessary maintenance.
MS01 Installation Guide
© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
140
Support Mode
Throughout this guide, you will find that many procedures require you to be in Support mode. Support
mode enables you to access additional features of the operating system that Operator mode does not
allow you to access.
Getting into Support mode is a four-step process. Rather than repeating these four steps (with the
accompanying descriptive screen captures) in every location where Support mode is required, we show
those steps here and refer to this area when Support mode is mentioned in the rest of the guide.

To enter Support mode:

1 From the MS01 4.0 FUJI -- View


Orders screen, click Tools in the top
right corner.

The MS01 Setup dialog box opens.

2 Click LOG OFF.

The Fujifilm Log-Off dialog box opens.

3 Enter the password 5u990rtm0d3.

4 Click OK.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
141
The system automatically logs off and logs back on. This takes a minute or two. Some Windows
screens appear and self-dismiss during the process.

The MS01 4.0 FUJI – View Orders


screen returns to focus and the system
is now in Support mode.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
142
Operator Mode
Throughout this guide, you will find that many procedures require you to be in Operator mode. Getting
into Operator mode is a four-step process. Rather than repeating these four steps (with the
accompanying descriptive screen captures) in every location where Operator mode is required, we show
those steps here and refer to this area when Operator mode is mentioned in the rest of the guide.

To enter Operator mode:

1 From MS01 4.0 -- View Orders, click


Tools.

The MS01 dialog box opens.

2 Click LOG OFF.

The FUJIFILM Log-off dialog box opens.

3 Type the password: operator.

4 Click OK.

The system automatically logs off and logs back on. This may take a couple minutes. Some
Windows screens display and self-dismiss during the process.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
143
From MS01 4.0 FUJI -- View Orders
screen returns to focus and the system is
now in Operator mode.

MS01 Installation Guide


© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
144
Accessing Maintenance 10
Many of the procedural instructions in this guide require the operator to launch the Maintenance
application.

Note: SPCs do not display a SwLauncher. You will have to press <Alt+Tab> to access Maintenance on
these computers.

To launch Maintenance:

1 Ensure that the View Orders or View Images screen is displayed.

2 If necessary, click the SwLauncher button.

The SwLauncher application expands.

3 Click the Maintenance button.

The Maintenance application window


opens.

10
Note: Not all labs have access to the Maintenance application. For instance, if a lab is set-up in a
“locked-down” mode, Maintenance will not be accessible unless the system is in Support mode.
MS01 Installation Guide
© 2006-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
145
FUJIFILM Corporation
7-3, Akasaka 9-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 107-0052, Japan
INSTALLATION GUIDE

FRONTIER WORKFLOW
MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE
Loopback Adapter Install Guide
for Windows 7

Basic Software (MS01) Ver.4.0 or later


First Edition
Ref.No. PP3-A1424E
OverView
To install any of the MS Optional Software (MS12 to MS20) in a non-networked IC III, first
install the Microsoft Loopback Adapter.

1 Install Loopback Adapter

1.1 Install Loopback Adapter

Important: If the MS01 system is not connected to the network, perform following steps.

1 From Windows, select start > Type hdwwiz


in the “Search Programs and files“ filed, and
Click Enter Key.

Then “Add Hardware ” opens.

2 Click [Next] button.

2
“The wizard can help you install other
hardware” screen is displayed.

3 Select “Install the hardware that I manually


select from a list (Advanced)”, and click
[Next] button.

”From the list below, select the type of


hardware you are installing” screen is
displayed.

4 Select “Net work adapters” from “Common


hardware types” List Box, and Click [Next]
button.

3
“Select Network Adapter” screen is
displayed.

5 Select “Microsoft Loopback Adapter”, and


click [Next] button.

“The wizard is ready to install your


hardware” is displayed.

6 Click [Next] button

4
After files are copied, “Completing the Add
Hardware Wizard” screen is displayed.

7 Click [Finish] button.

Then Loopback Adapter has been installed.

5
FUJIFILM Corporation
7-3, Akasaka 9-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 107-0052, Japan

Ref.No. PP3-A1424E 113208 FP

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy